Engr10 1
Engr10 1
ANNOUNCEMENT
OCTOBER 1, 2010
Vijay K. Dhir Dean UCLA Henry Samueli School of Engineering and Applied Science
UCLA
HENRY SAMUELI SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE 2010-11
Contents
A Message from the Dean . . . . . . . . . . . . inside front cover Henry Samueli School of Engineering and Applied Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Officers of Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 The Campus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 The School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Endowed Chairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 The Engineering Profession . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Correspondence Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Facilities and Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Library Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Continuing Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Career Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Arthur Ashe Student Health and Wellness Center . . . . . . 8 Services for Students with Disabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Dashew Center for International Students and Scholars . .8 Fees and Financial Support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Fees and Expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Living Accommodations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Financial Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Special Programs, Activities, and Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Center for Excellence in Engineering and Diversity . . . . . . 11 Student Organizations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Women in Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Student and Honorary Societies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Student Representation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Prizes and Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Departmental Scholar Program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Official Publications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Grading Policy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Grade Disputes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 Nondiscrimination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Harassment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Undergraduate Programs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Requirements for B.S. Degrees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Graduate Programs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Departments and Programs of the School . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Bioengineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Biomedical Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Civil and Environmental Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Computer Science. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Electrical Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Materials Science and Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Master of Science in Engineering Online Degree. . . . . . . .108 Schoolwide Programs, Courses, and Faculty . . . . . . . . . . 110 Externally Funded Research Centers and Institutes . . . 113 Curricula Charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Index. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Academic and Admission Calendars . . . inside back cover
Published by UCLA Academic Publications, Box 951429, Los Angeles, CA 90095-1429. 2010 by The Regents of the University of California. UCLA, UCLA Bruins, University of California Los Angeles, and all related trademarks are the property of The Regents of the University of California. Photo credits: Cover, Stephanie Diani; title page, Roxanne Neal; page 73, Phil Channing; page 113, Stephanie Diani.
All announcements herein are subject to revision. Every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information presented in the Announcement of the UCLA Henry Samueli School of Engineering and Applied Science. However, all courses, course descriptions, instructor designations, curricular degree requirements, and fees described herein are subject to change or deletion without notice. Further details on graduate programs are available in various Graduate Division publications which are available online at http://www.gdnet.ucla.edu.
The School
The UCLA College of Engineering (as it was known then) was established in 1943 when California Governor Earl Warren signed a bill to provide instruction in engineering at the UCLA campus. It welcomed its first students in 1945 and was dedicated as the Henry Samueli School of Engineering and Applied Science in 2000. The school ranks among the top 10 engineering schools in public universities nationwide. UCLA engineering faculty members are active participants in many interdisciplinary research centers. The Center for Embedded Networked Sensing (CENS) develops embedded networked sensing systems and applies this revolutionary technology to critical scientific and social applications. The Center for Cell Control (CCC) applies advanced engineering techniques and life sciences knowledge to control and understand how the cell works at the most basic level, with the goal of improving human health. The Center on Functional Engineered Nano Architectonics (FENA) leverages the latest advances in nanotechnology, molecular electronics, and quantum computing to extend semiconductor technology further into the realm of the nanoscale. The Energy Frontier Research Center (EFRC) focuses on the creation and production of nanoscale materials for use in converting solar energy
The Campus
UCLA is a large urban university situated between the city and the sea at the foot of the Santa Monica Mountains. Less than six miles from the Pacific, it is bordered by Sunset and Wilshire boulevards. As the city has grown physically and culturally, so has the campus, whose students and faculty mirror the cultural and racial diversity of todays Los Angeles. UCLA is one of the most widely respected and recognized universities in the world, and its impact on society can be felt into the far reaches of the globe. Students come from around the world to receive a UCLA education, and our alumni go on to become leaders in their fields, from elected officials to heads of international corporations. UCLA is recognized as the Wests leading center for the arts, culture, and medical research. Each year, more than half a million people attend visual and performing arts programs on campus, while more than 300,000 patients from around the world come to the Ronald Reagan UCLA Medical Center for treatment. The universitys 419-
4 / Henry Samueli School of Engineering and Applied Science degrees provide students with a solid foundation in engineering and applied science and prepare graduates for immediate practice of the profession as well as advanced studies. In addition to engineering courses, students complete about one year of study in the humanities, social sciences, and/or fine arts. Master of Science and Ph.D. degrees are offered in Aerospace Engineering, Biomedical Engineering, Chemical Engineering, Civil Engineering, Computer Science, Electrical Engineering, Manufacturing Engineering (M.S. only), Materials Science and Engineering, and Mechanical Engineering. A schoolwide online Master of Science in Engineering degree program was approved in June 2006. The Engineer degree is a more advanced degree than the M.S. but does not require the research effort and orientation involved in a Ph.D. dissertation. For information on the Engineer degree, see Graduate Programs on page 23. A one-year program leading to a Certificate of Specialization is offered in various fields of engineering and applied science. Raytheon Company Chair in Manufacturing Engineering Charles P. Reames Endowed Chair in Electrical Engineering Edward K. and Linda L. Rice Endowed Chair in Materials Science Ben Rich Lockheed Martin Chair in Aeronautics Rockwell Collins Chair in Engineering William Frederick Seyer Chair in Materials Electrochemistry Symantec Chair in Computer Science Carol and Lawrence E. Tannas, Jr., Endowed Chair in Engineering UCLA Engineering Endowed Chair in Civil Engineering Wintek Endowed Chair in Electrical Engineering ration for the creation of new scientific concepts. The B.S. program in Aerospace Engineering emphasizes fundamental disciplines and therefore provides a solid base for professional career development in industry and graduate study in aerospace engineering. Graduate education prepares students for careers at the forefront of aerospace technology. The Ph.D. degree provides a strong background for employment by government laboratories, such as NASA, and industrial research laboratories supported by the major aerospace companies. It also provides the appropriate background for academic careers.
Bioengineering
At the interface of medical sciences, basic sciences, and engineering, bioengineering has emerged internationally as an established engineering discipline. As these disciplines converge in the twenty-first century, bioengineers solve problems in biology and medicine by applying principles of physical sciences and engineering while applying biological principles to create new engineering paradigms, such as biomimetic materials, DNA computing, and neural networking. The genomic and proteomic revolution will drive a new era in the bioengineering industry, and future bioengineers must combine proficiency in traditional engineering, basic sciences, and molecular sciences to function as effective leaders of multidisciplinary teams. UCLA has a long history of fostering interdisciplinary training and is a superb environment for bioengineers. UCLA boasts the top hospital in the western U.S., nationally ranked medical and engineering schools, and numerous nationally recognized programs in basic sciences. Rigorously trained bioengineers are needed in research institutions, academia, and industry. Their careers may follow their bioengineering concentration (e.g., tissue engineering, bioMEMs, bioinformatics, image and signal processing, neuroengineering, cellular engineering, molecular engineering, biomechanics, nanofabrication, bioacoustics, biomaterials, etc.), but the ability of bioengineers to cut across traditional field boundaries will facilitate their innovation in new areas. For example, a bioengineer with an emphasis in tissue engineering may begin a career by leading a team to engineer an anterior cruciate ligament for a large orthopedic company, and later join a research institute to investigate
Aerospace Engineering
Aerospace engineers conceive, design, develop, test, and supervise the construction of aerospace vehicle systems such as commercial and military aircraft, helicopters and other types of rotorcraft, and space vehicles and satellites, including launch systems. They are employed by aerospace companies, airframe and engine manufacturers, government agencies such as NASA and the military services, and research and development organizations. Working in a high-technology industry, aerospace engineers are generally well versed in applied mathematics and the fundamental engineering sciences, particularly fluid mechanics and thermodynamics, dynamics and control, and structural and solid mechanics. Aerospace vehicles are complex systems. Proper design and construction involves the coordinated application of technical disciplines, including aerodynamics, structural analysis and design, stability and control, aeroelasticity, performance analysis, and propulsion systems technology. Aerospace engineers use computer systems and programs extensively and should have at least an elementary understanding of modern electronics. They work in a challenging and highly technical atmosphere and are likely to operate at the forefront of scientific discoveries, often stimulating these discoveries and providing the inspi-
Endowed Chairs
Endowed professorships or chairs, funded by gifts from individuals or corporations, support the research and educational activities of distinguished members of the faculty. The following endowed chairs have been established in the Henry Samueli School of Engineering and Applied Science. L.M.K. Boelter Chair in Engineering Roy and Carol Doumani Chair in Biomedical Engineering Norman E. Friedmann Chair in Knowledge Sciences Evalyn Knight Chair in Engineering Levi James Knight, Jr., Chair in Engineering Nippon Sheet Glass Company Chair in Materials Science Northrop Grumman Chair in Electrical Engineering Northrop Grumman Chair in Electrical Engineering/Electromagnetics Northrop Grumman Opto-Electronic Chair in Electrical Engineering Ralph M. Parsons Foundation Chair in Chemical Engineering Jonathan B. Postel Chair in Computer Systems Jonathan B. Postel Chair in Networking Raytheon Company Chair in Electrical Engineering
Henry Samueli School of Engineering and Applied Science / 5 the effects of zero gravity on mechanical signal transduction pathways of bone cells. prises. Thus, civil and environmental engineering embraces activities in traditional areas and in emerging problem areas associated with modern industrial and social development. The civil engineering profession demands rigorous scientific training and a capacity for creativity and growth into developing fields. In Southern California, besides employment in civil engineering firms and governmental agencies for public works, civil engineering graduates often choose the aerospace industry for assignments based on their structural engineering background. Graduates are also qualified for positions outside engineering where their broad engineering education is a valuable asset. The curriculum leading to a B.S. in Civil Engineering provides an excellent foundation for entry into professional practice, as well as for graduate study in civil engineering and other related fields.
Manufacturing Engineering
Manufacturing engineering is an interdisciplinary field that integrates the basic knowledge of materials, design, processes, computers, and system analysis. The manufacturing engineering program is part of the Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering Department. Specialized areas are generally classified as manufacturing processes, manufacturing planning and control, and computeraided manufacturing. Manufacturing engineering as an engineering specialty requires the education and experience necessary to understand, apply, and control engineering procedures in manufacturing processes and production methods of industrial commodities and products. It involves the generation of manufacturing systems, the development of novel and specialized equipment, research into the phenomena of fabricating technologies, and manufacturing feasibility of new products. Coursework, independent studies, and research are offered in the manufacturing processes area, leading to an M.S. degree. This includes computer-aided design and computer-aided manufacturing, robotics, metal forming and metal cutting analysis, nondestructive evaluation, and design and optimization of manufacturing processes.
Materials Engineering
Materials engineering is concerned with the structure and properties of materials used in modern technology. Advances in technology are often limited by available materials. Solutions to energy problems depend largely on new materials, such as solar cells or materials for batteries for electric cars. Two programs within materials engineering are available at UCLA: 1. In the materials engineering program, students become acquainted with metals, ceramics, polymers, and composites. Such expertise is highly sought by the aerospace and manufacturing industries. Materials engineers are responsible for the selection and testing of materials for specific applications. Traditional fields of metallurgy and ceramics have been merged in industry, and this program reflects the change. 2. In the electronic materials option of the materials engineering program, students learn the basics of materials engineering with a concentration in
Electrical Engineering
The electrical engineering discipline deals primarily with the sensing, analysis, and processing of information. It develops circuits, devices, algorithms, and theories that can be used to sense data, analyze data, extrapolate data, communicate data, and take action in response to the data collected. The Electrical Engineering Department is a recognized leader in education and research related to these subjects.
6 / Correspondence Directory electronic materials and processing. The optional program requires additional coursework which includes five to eight electrical engineering courses. In order to enter a career in research and development of new materials (such as new energy devices), an M.S. or Ph.D. degree is desirable. design, materials, fluid dynamics, solid mechanics, heat transfer, thermodynamics, dynamics, control systems, manufacturing methods, and human factors. Applications of mechanical engineering include design of machines used in the manufacturing and processing industries, mechanical components of electronic and data processing equipment, engines and powergenerating equipment, components and vehicles for land, sea, air, and space, and artificial components for the human body. Mechanical engineers are employed throughout the engineering community as individual consultants in small firms providing specialized products or services, as designers and managers in large corporations, and as public officials in government agencies. Mechanical engineers apply their knowledge to a wealth of systems, products, and processes, including energy generation, utilization and conservation, power and propulsion systems (power plants, engines), and commercial products found in the automotive, aerospace, chemical, or electronics industries. The B.S. program in Mechanical Engineering at UCLA provides excellent preparation for a career in mechanical engineering and a foundation for advanced graduate studies. Graduate studies in one of the specialized fields of mechanical engineering prepare students for a career at the forefront of technology. The Ph.D. degree provides a strong background for employment by government laboratories, industrial research laboratories, and academia.
Mechanical Engineering
Mechanical engineering is a broad discipline finding application in virtually all industries and manufactured products. The mechanical engineer applies principles of mechanics, dynamics, and energy transfer to the design, analysis, testing, and manufacture of consumer and industrial products. A mechanical engineer usually has specialized knowledge in areas such as
Correspondence Directory
University of California, Los Angeles Los Angeles, CA 90095-1361 http://www.ucla.edu
Dashew Center for International Students and Scholars 106 Bradley Hall http://www.internationalcenter.ucla.edu Financial Aid Office A129J Murphy Hall http://www.fao.ucla.edu Graduate Admissions Office 1255 Murphy Hall http://www.gdnet.ucla.edu Housing Community Housing Office 360 De Neve Drive http://www.cho.ucla.edu UCLA Housing Service 360 De Neve Drive http://www.housing.ucla.edu Office of the President, Admissions http://www.universityofcalifornia.edu/ admissions/welcome.html Registrars Office 1105 Murphy Hall http://www.registrar.ucla.edu Summer Sessions 1147 Murphy Hall http://www.summer.ucla.edu Undergraduate Admissions and Relations with Schools 1147 Murphy Hall http://www.admissions.ucla.edu
General Information
Facilities and Services
Teaching and research facilities at HSSEAS are in Boelter Hall, Engineering I, Engineering IV, and Engineering V, located in the southern part of the UCLA campus. Boelter Hall houses classrooms and laboratories for undergraduate and graduate instruction, the Office of Academic and Student Affairs (http://www.seasoasa.ucla.edu), the SEASnet computer facility (http://www.seas .ucla.edu/seasnet/), and offices of faculty and administration. The SEL/Engineering and Mathematical Sciences Library is also in Boelter Hall. The Shop Services Center and the Student and Faculty Shop are in the Engineering I building. The California NanoSystems Institute (CNSI) building hosts additional HSSEAS collaborative research activities. and space sciences with materials in geochemistry, geology, hydrology, tectonics, water resources, geophysics, and space physics. The SEL collection contains over 585,000 print volumes, subscribes to almost 4,900 current serials in print and/or electronic formats, and includes over 4 million technical reports. In addition to e-journals, the library provides Web access to article databases covering each discipline and several thousand e-books. Faculty, students, and staff can e-mail questions to the library at sel-ref@library .ucla.edu. In addition, online live chat and in-person reference assistance is provided Monday through Friday. To contact a librarian, use one of the ? Questions links on any library webpage. The SEL website, located at http://www.library.ucla.edu/librar ies/sel/, highlights other library services including course reserves, laptop lending, interlibrary loan, document delivery and other services, and useful engineering Web resources. Librarians are available for consultations and to provide courserelated instruction. additional software at no charge to all UCLA students. UCLA Academic Technology Services (ATS) operates high-performance computer clusters that provide cluster hosting services to campus researchers in a way that effectively manages the limited highend data center space on campus. They offer help to researchers who need assistance in numerically intensive computing by speeding up long-running serial or parallel programs or by parallelizing existing serial code. A UCLA Grid Portal and other high-performance computing resources are also available. The schools manufacturing engineering program operates a group of workstations dedicated to CAD/CAM instruction, and the Computer Science Department operates a network of SUN, PC, and Macintosh computers. The school is connected via high-speed networks to the Internet, and computing resources at the national supercomputer centers are available.
Library Facilities
University Library System
The UCLA Library, a campuswide network of libraries serving programs of study and research in many fields, is among the top 10 ranked research libraries in the U.S. Total collections number more than 8 million volumes, and nearly 80,000 serial titles are received regularly. Some 15,000 serials and databases are electronically available, and the UCLA Library Catalog is linked to the librarys homepage at http://www .library.ucla.edu.
Services
Instructional Computer Facility
HSSEAS maintains a network of over 120 Sun Fire and Enterprise servers, Dell PowerEdge Windows servers, Network Appliance RAID NFS servers, and Linux RAID NFS servers connected to a high-speed backbone network. The machines function as cycle, file, and application servers to approximately 630 Unix and Microsoft Windows workstations for administrative and instructional support. Four open computer laboratories and one classroom for computerized instruction house 210 PC workstations and a smaller Linux laboratory. Remote access to HSSEAS coursework applications is provided via Microsoft Terminal Server. Student and faculty access to retail Microsoft software through the Microsoft Developer Network Academic Alliance (MSDNAA) program and MathType software through an HSSEAS download service are available at no charge. Faculty and staff have access to Microsoft Office software at no charge through the HSSEAS download service and the Microsoft Consolidated Campus Agreement (MCCA). Autodesk and Dreamspark programs offer
Continuing Education
UCLA Extension
Department of Engineering, Information Systems, and Technical Management
Varaz Shahmirian, Ph.D., Director William R. Goodin, Ph.D., Associate Director
The UCLA Extension (UNEX) Department of Engineering, Information Systems, and Technical Management (540 UNEX, 10995 Le Conte Avenue) provides one of the nations largest selections of continuing engineering education programs. A short course program of 150 annual offerings draws participants from around the world for two- to five-day intensive programs. Many of these short courses are also offered on-site at companies and government agencies; see https://www.uclaexten sion.edu/shortcourses/. The acclaimed Technical Management Program holds its 80th offering in September 2010 and 81st in March 2011. See https://www.uclaexten sion.edu/tmp/. The Information Systems program offers over 100 courses annually in systems analysis, applications programming, database
8 / General Information management, linux/unix, operating systems, and web technology. The engineering program offers over 200 courses annually, including 10 certificate programs in astronautical engineering, construction management, communication systems, digital signal processing, manufacturing engineering, project management, contract management, government cost estimating and pricing, supply chain management, and recycling and solid waste management. In addition, the department offers EIT and PE review courses in mechanical, civil, and chemical engineering. Most engineering and technical management courses are offered evenings on the UCLA campus, or are available online. See https://www.uclaex tension.edu/eistm/. offers primary care, specialty clinics, and physical and occupational therapy. The center has its own pharmacy, optometry, radiology, and laboratory. Visit, core laboratory test, and X-ray fees are all no-charge for students with the UCLA Student Health Insurance Plan (SHIP). Students with SHIP pay lower co-pays for prescriptions filled at the Ashe Center pharmacy. The plan year deductible is waived for network provider office visits, diagnostic X-rays, lab, CT, MRI, and payable emergency room facility fees. The deductible applies to all other services, including at the Ashe Center acupuncture, casts, devices, immunizations, injections, urgent care facility, and physical and occupational therapy. All fees incurred at the Ashe Center are billed directly to students BAR accounts. If a student withdraws, is dismissed, has registration fees cancelled, or takes a leave of absence during a term, he or she continues to be eligible for health services for the remainder of the term at full cost. If a student with SHIP withdraws with a less than 100% refund, SHIP continues through the remainder of the term. The cost of services received outside the Ashe Center is each students financial responsibility. Students who waive SHIP need to ensure that they are enrolled in a plan qualified to cover expenses incurred outside of the Ashe Center, and are responsible for knowing the benefits of and local providers for their medical plan. For emergency care when the Ashe Center is closed, students may call nurse line telephone triage services at (866) 704-9660, or obtain treatment at the UCLA Medical Center Emergency Room or the nearest emergency room on a fee-for-service basis. It is the students responsibility to have insurance billed. A student with SHIP must have follow-up visits, after emergencies, in the Ashe Center. If care cannot be provided in the Ashe Center, the Ashe Center clinician will give the student a written referral to a network provider. The Ashe Center website processes students proof of immunity to Hepatitis B prior to enrollment. Information about this requirement is available on the Ashe website; for questions, send e-mail to [email protected]. Office hours during the academic year are weekdays 8 a.m. to 6:30 p.m. except Friday, when service begins at 9 a.m. Located at 221 Westwood Plaza (next to John Wooden Center), (310) 825-4073; see http://www.studenthealth.ucla.edu.
Career Services
The UCLA Career Center assists HSSEAS undergraduate and graduate students and alumni in exploring career possibilities, preparing for graduate and professional school, obtaining employment and internship leads, and developing skills for conducting a successful job search. Services include career consulting and counseling, skills assessments, workshops, employer information sessions, and a multimedia collection of career planning and job search resources. Bruinview provides undergraduate and graduate students with opportunities to meet one-onone with employers seeking entry-level job candidates and offers 24-hour access to thousands of current full-time, part-time, seasonal, and internship positions. Annual career fairs for HSSEAS students are held in Fall and Winter quarters, and HSSEAS students are also welcomed at all Career Center-sponsored job fairs. The Career Center staff also provides consultation services to HSSEAS student organizations. Career services are available at the UCLA Career Center, 501 Westwood Plaza, Strathmore Building, from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. Monday through Friday, by appointment and for drop-in counseling sessions. For more information call (310) 206-1915 or see http://career.ucla.edu.
General Information / 9
2010-11 ANNUAL UCLA GRADUATE AND UNDERGRADUATE FEES
Fees are subject to revision without notice Graduate Students Resident Nonresident
Student Services (formerly University Registration) Fee Educational Fee Undergraduate Students Association Green Initiative Fee PLEDGE Fee Graduate Students Association Fee Graduate Center Writing Fee Ackerman Student Union Fee Ackerman/Kerckhoff Seismic Fee Wooden Center Fee Student Programs, Activities, and Resources Complex Fee Student Health Insurance Plan Nonresident Tuition
Undergraduate Students Resident Nonresident $ 900.00 9,402.00 121.38 12.00 38.92 $ 900.00 10,260.00 121.38 12.00 38.92
900.00 9,402.00
900.00 9,810.00
Regents Scholarships are awarded to students with an outstanding academic record and a high degree of promise. Regents Scholars receive a yearly honorarium if they have no financial need. If financial need is established, other scholarships and/or grants are awarded to cover that need. Need is determined according to financial aid criteria legislated by Congress. HSSEAS Scholarships are awarded to entering and continuing undergraduate students based on criteria including financial need, academic excellence, community service, extracurricular activities, and research achievement. The school works with alumni, industry, and individual donors to establish scholarships to benefit engineering students. In 2009-10, HSSEAS awarded more than 75 undergraduate scholarship awards totaling more than $125,000. The majority of these scholarships are publicized in the Fall, with additional scholarships promoted throughout the academic year as applicable. For more information on all available scholarships, see http://seasoasa.ucla.edu/studentopportunities/scholarships-for-under graduates. Grants Cal Grants A and B are awarded by the California Student Aid Commission to entering and continuing undergraduate students who are U.S. citizens or eligible noncitizens and California residents. Based on financial need and academic achievement, these awards are applied toward educational and registration fees. Federal Pell Grants are federal aid awards designed to provide financial assistance to those who need funds to attend post-high school educational institutions. Undergraduate students who are U.S. citizens or eligible noncitizens are required by the University to apply. Detailed information on other grants for students with demonstrated need is available from the Financial Aid Office, A129J Murphy Hall, (310) 206-0400, http://www.fao .ucla.edu. Federal Family Education Loan Program Federal loans are available to undergraduate or graduate students who are U.S. citizens or eligible noncitizens and who are carrying at least a half-time academic workload. Information on loan programs is available from the Financial Aid Office, A129J Murphy Hall, or on the web at http:// www.fao.ucla.edu.
38.25 12.00 55.50 113.00 45.00 93.00 1,921.08 14,694.00 55.50 113.00 45.00 93.00 1,087.14 55.50 113.00 45.00 93.00 1,087.14 20,021.00 $ 11,867.94 $ 34,746.94
$ 12,579.83
$ 27,681.83
Students who are not legal residents of California (out-of-state and international students) pay a nonresident tuition fee. See the UCLA General Catalog appendix or the frequent questions residence section at http://www.registrar.ucla.edu for information on how to determine residence for tuition purposes; further inquiries may be directed to the Residence Deputy, 1113 Murphy Hall, UCLA, Los Angeles, CA 90024-1429. In addition to the fees listed, students should be prepared to pay living expenses for the academic period.
Financial Aid
Undergraduate Students
Financial aid at UCLA includes scholarships, grants, loans, and work-study programs. Applications for each academic year are available in January. The priority application deadline for financial aid for the 2011-12 academic year is March 2, 2011. With the exception of certain scholarships, awards are based on need as determined by national financial aid criteria. California residents must file the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). International students in their first year are ineligible for aid. Continuing undergraduate international students are asked to submit a separate Financial Aid Application for International Students. Information on UCLA financial aid programs is available at the Financial Aid Office, A129J Murphy Hall, (310) 206-0400; see http://www.fao.ucla.edu. Scholarships All UCLA undergraduate scholarship awards are made on a competitive basis, with consideration given to academic excellence, achievement, scholastic promise, and financial need. Scholarships are awarded to entering and continuing undergraduates. The term and amount of the award vary; students are expected to maintain academic excellence in their coursework.
Living Accommodations
Housing in Los Angeles, both on and off campus, is in great demand. Students should make arrangements early. The Community Housing Office, 360 De Neve Drive, Box 951495, Los Angeles, CA 90095-1495, (310) 825-4491, http://www .cho.ucla.edu, provides information and current listings for University-owned apartments, cooperatives, private apartments, roommates, rooms in private homes, room and board in exchange for work, and shortterm housing. A current BruinCard or a letter of acceptance and valid photo identification card are required for service. For information on residence halls and suites, contact UCLA Housing Services, 360 De Neve Drive, Box 951381, Los Angeles, CA 90095-1381, (310) 206-7011; see http://www.housing.ucla.edu. Newly admitted students are sent UCLA Housing, which describes costs, locations, and eligi-
10 / General Information When graduating, transferring, withdrawing, or taking a leave of absence, UCLA students who have received campusbased loans must complete an exit interview with Student Loan Services. The exit interview is provided to help students better understand and plan for loan repayment. Failure to complete an exit interview results in a hold being placed on all university services and records. In addition, if the campus-based loans become delinquent following separation from UCLA, all university services and records will be withheld. For further information concerning loan repayment, visit the Student Loan Services Office, A227 Murphy Hall, (310) 825-9864; see http://www.loans.ucla.edu. Work-Study Programs Under Federal Work-Study, the federal government pays a portion of the hourly wage and the employer contributes the balance. When possible, work is related to student educational objectives. Hourly pay rates comply with minimum wage laws and vary with the nature of the work, experience, and capabilities. Employment may be on or off campus. To be eligible, undergraduate and graduate students must demonstrate financial need and be a U.S. citizen or eligible noncitizen. Submission of the financial aid application is required. Community Service is a component of the Federal Work-Study program. Students who secure a community service position are eligible to petition for an increase in work-study funds of up to $5,000 while at the same time reducing their Perkins and/or Stafford loan by the amount of the increase. Most community service positions are located off campus. Students must be enrolled at least half-time (6 units for undergraduates, 4 for graduate students) and not be appointed at more than 50 percent time while employed at UCLA. Students not carrying the required units or who exceed 50 percent time employment are subject to Social Security or Medicare taxation. 3. Employment as a graduate student researcher. Fellowships usually provide stipends competitive with those of other major universities, plus registration and nonresident tuition fees (where applicable). These stipends may be supplemented by a teaching assistantship or graduate student researcher appointment. The awards are generally reserved for new students. Teaching assistantships are awarded to students on the basis of scholarship and promise as teachers. Appointees serve under the supervision of regular faculty members. Graduate student researcher (GSR) appointments are awarded to students on the basis of scholastic achievement and promise as creative scholars. Appointees perform research under the supervision of a faculty member in research work. Fulltime employment in summer and interterm breaks is possible, depending on the availability of research funds from contracts or grants. Since a graduate student researcher appointment constitutes employment in the service of a particular faculty member who has a grant, students must take the initiative in obtaining desired positions. GSR appointments are generally awarded after one year of study at UCLA. Applicants for departmental financial support must be accepted for admission to HSSEAS in order to be considered in the 2008-09 competition. Applicants should check the deadline for submitting the UCLA Application for Graduate Admission and the Fellowship Application for Entering Graduate Students with their preferred department. Need-Based Aid Unlike the awards above, which are based solely on merit and administered by HSSEAS, the University also provides work-study and low-interest loans based on financial need exclusively. Need-based awards are administered by the Financial Aid Office in A129J Murphy Hall. Financial aid applicants must file the Free Application for Federal Student Aid. Continuing graduate students should contact the Financial Aid Office in December 2008 for information on 2009-10 application procedures. International graduate students are not eligible for need-based University financial aid nor for long-term student loans.
Graduate Students
A high percentage of HSSEAS graduate students receive departmental financial support. Merit-Based Support Three major types of merit-based support are available in the school: 1. Fellowships from University, private, or corporate funds. 2. Employment as a teaching assistant.
General Information / 11 with an emphasis in structural engineering Henry Samueli Fellowship. Department of Electrical Engineering; supports masters and doctoral students Henry Samueli Fellowship. Department of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering; supports masters and doctoral students Sun Microsystems Fellowship. Department of Computer Science; supports incoming graduate students in computer science Texaco Scholarship. Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering; supports research in the area of environmental engineering Many other companies in the area also make arrangements for their employees to work part-time and to study at UCLA for advanced degrees in engineering or computer science. In addition, the Graduate Division offers other fellowship packages including the Dissertation Year and Graduate Opportunity Fellowships. MESA Schools Program (MSP). Through CEED, HSSEAS partners with middle and high school principals to implement MSP services, which focus on outreach and student development in engineering, mathematics, science, and technology. At individual school sites, four mathematics and science teachers serve as MSP advisers and coordinate the activities and instruction for 917 students. Advisers work as a team to deliver services that include SAT preparation. MSP prepares students for regional engineering and science competitions and provides an individual academic planning program, academic excellence workshops, CEED undergraduate mentors, field trips, and exposure to high-tech careers. The MSP goal is to increase the numbers of urban and educationally underserved students who are competitively eligible for UC admission, particularly in engineering and computer science. Students are provided academic planning, SAT preparation, career exploration, and other services starting at the elementary school level through college. HSSEAS/ CEED currently serves 18 schools in the Los Angeles Unified School District and four schools in the Inglewood Unified School District. Summer Bridge provides advanced preparation and exposure for Fall Quarter classes in mathematics, chemistry, and computer science. Freshman Orientation Course. Designed to give CEED freshmen exposure to the engineering profession, Engineering 87 Engineering Disciplines also teaches the principles of effective study and team/ community-building skills, and research experiences. Academic Excellence Workshops (AEW). Providing an intensive mathematics/science approach to achieving mastery through collaborative learning and facilitated study groups, workshops meet twice a week for two hours and are facilitated by a Ph.D. student. Bridge Review for Enhancing Engineering Students (BREES). Sponsored by the National Science Foundation (NSF). A 14day intensive summer program designed to provide CEED students with the skills and knowledge to gain sufficient mastery, understanding, and problem solving skills in the core engineering courses. Current CEED students and incoming CEED transfer students take part in lectures and collaborative, problem-solving workshops facilitated by UCLA graduate students. Research Intensive Series in Engineering for Underrepresented Populations (RISE-UP). During the summer of 2005, UCLA CEED began its Research Intensive Series in Engineering for Underrepresented Populations (RISE-UP). The purpose of this program is to keep engineering and computing students, particularly
Undergraduate Programs
CEED currently supports some 260 underrepresented and educationally disadvantaged engineering students. Components of the undergraduate program include CEED Summer Bridge. A two-week intensive residential summer program, CEED
12 / General Information from underrepresented groups, interested in the fun of learning through a process in which faculty participate. The ultimate goal of this program is to encourage these young scholars to go on to graduate school and perhaps the professoriate. Academic Advising and Counseling. A CEED counselor assists in the selection of course combinations, professors, and course loads and meets regularly with students to assess progress and discuss individual concerns. Tutoring. Review sessions and tutoring are provided for several upper division engineering courses. Career Development. Presentations by corporate representatives and field trips to major company locations are offered. Other services include summer and fulltime job placement and assistance. Cluster Systems. Common class sections that team students, Cluster Systems facilitate group study and successful academic excellence workshops. Student Study Center: A complex with a study area open 24 hours a day, the Student Study Center also houses a computer room and is used for tutoring, presentations, and engineering student organizations. STEP-UP. Funded by the National Science Foundation, STEP for Underutilized Populations (STEP-UP) is a regional initiative designed to increase the number of students from Los Angeles urban core populations obtaining baccalaureate degrees in science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM). Awarded in Fall 2004, this five-year, $1.8 million inter-institutional and multi-disciplinary initiative is led by the UCLA Center for Excellence in Engineering and Diversity in the Henry Samueli School of Engineering and Applied Science. Regional partners include California State University, Los Angeles (CSULA) and a number of community colleges in the Los Angeles metropolitan area. The U.S. production of domestic engineers and physical scientists has declined since the high point of the mid-1980s, while that of other countries has increased dramatically. The fastest-growing segments of the U.S. population need to be prepared to enter these vital fields. Nearly 82 percent of the 740,000 K-12 students in the Los Angeles Unified School District are African-American and Latino, yet a miniscule number of these students attempt post-secondary STEM fields, and fewer enroll in and complete degrees in these areas. The UCLA STEP-UP project provides academic learning communities and career-oriented intervention programs to improve access, counseling, and preparation for students with high interest in these subjects. The NSF has funded over 30 STEP projects across the country to address the growing imbalance between the need for technical talent and the U.S. production of engineers and computer and physical scientists.The NSF goal is to strengthen national and economic security by increasing the number of engineers from populations that under-participate in these fields.
Scholarships/Financial Aid
The Henry Samueli School of Engineering and Applied Science also participates in the NACME and GEM scholarships. The CEED Industry Advisory Board and support network provide significant contributions to program services and scholarships. Information may be obtained from the CEED director.
Student Organizations
UCLA CEED supports student chapters of three engineering organizations: the American Indian Science and Engineering Society (AISES), the National Society of Black Engineers (NSBE), and the Society of Latino Engineers and Scientists (SOLES), the UCLA chapter of the Society of Hispanic Professional Engineers (SHPE). These organizations are vital elements of the program.
Women in Engineering
Women make up about 19 percent of the undergraduate and 18 percent of HSSEAS graduate enrollment. Todays opportunities for women in engineering are excellent, as both employers and educators try to change the image of engineering as a males only field. Women engineers are in great demand in all fields of engineering.
General Information / 13
Forum for Energy Economics and Development Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers International Society for Pharmaceutical Engineering Linux Users Group Materials Research Society National Society of Black Engineers
engineering professions, or the general public. The Engineering Achievement Award for Student Welfare is given to undergraduate and graduate engineering students who have made outstanding contributions to student welfare through participation in extracurricular activities and who have given outstanding service to the campus community. Additional awards may be given to those degree candidates who have achieved academic excellence. Criteria may include such items as grade-point average, creativity, research, and community service.
Phi Sigma Engineering social sorority Rho PIE Pilipinos in Engineering Robotics Club Senior Class Campaign SAE SOLES SWE Triangle Society of Automotive Engineers Society of Latino Engineers and Scientists Society of Women Engineers Social fraternity of engineers, architects, and scientists
Upsilon Pi International honor society for Epsilon the computing and information disciplines
Student Representation
The student body takes an active part in shaping policies of the school through elected student representatives on the schools Executive Committee.
Official Publications
This Announcement of the Henry Samueli School of Engineering and Applied Science contains detailed information about the school, areas of study, degree programs, and course listings. The UCLA General Catalog (http://www.registrar.ucla .edu/catalog/), however, is the official and binding document for the guidance of students. UCLA students are responsible for complying with all University rules, regulations, policies, and procedures described in the catalog. For rules and regulations on graduate study, see http://www.gdnet.ucla.edu.
Grading Policy
Instructors should announce their complete grading policy in writing at the beginning of the term, along with the syllabus and other course information, and make
Eta Kappa Electrical engineering honor Nu society EWB Engineers Without Borders
14 / General Information that policy available on the course website. Once the policy is announced, it should be applied consistently for the entire term. 1514, TTY (310) 206-3349; http://www.ada .ucla.edu. Students may complain of any action which they believe discriminates against them on the ground of race, color, national origin, marital status, sex, sexual orientation, disability, or age and may contact the Office of the Dean of Students, 1206 Murphy Hall, and/or refer to Section 111.00 of the University of California Policies Applying to Campus Activities, Organizations, and Students (available in 1206 Murphy Hall or at http://www.ucop.edu/ucophome/ coordrev/ucpolicies/aos/toc.html) for further information and procedures. For both student and/or employee sexual harassment, refer to the University of California Procedures for Responding to Reports of Sexual Harassment. Complaint Resolution Experience has demonstrated that many complaints of sexual harassment can be effectively resolved through informal intervention. Individuals who experience what they consider to be sexual harassment are advised to confront the alleged offender immediately and firmly. Additionally, an individual who believes that she or he has been sexually harassed may contact the Sexual Harassment Coordinator in 2241 Murphy Hall or a Sexual Harassment Information Center counselor for help and information regarding sexual harassment complaint resolution or grievance procedures at one of the locations listed below as determined by the complainants status at the University at the time of the alleged incident: 1. Campus Human Resources/Employee and Labor Relations, Manager, 200 UCLA Wilshire Center, (310) 794-0860 2. Campus Human Resources/Staff and Faculty Counseling Center, Coordinator, 380 UCLA Wilshire Center, (310) 7940248 3. Center for Student Programming, Associate Director, 105 Kerckhoff Hall, (310) 206-8817 4. Chancellors Office, Sexual Harassment Coordinator, 2241 Murphy Hall, (310) 206-3417 5. Counseling and Psychological Services, Director, 221 Wooden Center West, (310) 825-0768 6. David Geffen School of Medicine, Deans Office, Special Projects Director, 12-138 Center for the Health Sciences, (310) 794-1958 7. Graduate Division, Office Manager, 1237 Murphy Hall, (310) 206-3269 8. Healthcare Human Resources, Employee Relations Manager, 400 UCLA Wilshire Center, (310) 794-0500 9. Lesbian Gay Bisexual Transgender Campus Resource Center, Director, B36 Student Activities Center, (310) 206-3628 10.Office of the Dean of Students, Assistant Dean of Students, 1206 Murphy Hall, (310) 825-3871
Grade Disputes
If students believe that they have been graded unfairly, they should first discuss the issue with the instructor of the course. If the dispute cannot be resolved between the student and the instructor, the student may refer the issue to the Associate Dean for Academic and Student Affairs, 6426 Boelter Hall. The associate dean may form an ad hoc committee to review the complaint. The ad hoc committee members are recommended by the appropriate department chair and the associate dean. The student receives a copy of the ad hoc committees report as well as a copy of the associate deans recommendation. The students file will contain no reference to the dispute. The associate dean informs the students of their rights with respect to complaints and appeals at UCLA.
Harassment
Sexual Harassment
The University of California is committed to creating and maintaining a community where all persons who participate in University programs and activities can work and learn together in an atmosphere free from all forms of harassment, exploitation, or intimidation. Every member of the University community should be aware that the University is strongly opposed to sexual harassment and that such behavior is prohibited both by law and by University policy. The University will respond promptly and effectively to reports of sexual harassment and will take appropriate action to prevent, correct and, if necessary, discipline behavior that violates this policy. See http://www.sexualharassment.ucla.edu. Definitions Sexual, racial, and other forms of harassment, are defined as follows: Harassment is defined as conduct that is so severe and/or pervasive, and objectively offensive, in that so substantially impairs a persons access to University programs or activities, that the person is effectively denied equal access to the Universitys resources and opportunities on the basis of her or his race, color, national or ethnic origin, alien niche, sex, religion, age, sexual orientation, gender identity, marital status, veteran status, physical or mental disability, or perceived membership in any of these classifications. When employed by the University of California, and acting within the course and scope of that employment, students are subject to the University of California Policy on Sexual Harassment. Otherwise, the above paragraph is the applicable standard for harassment by students.
Nondiscrimination
The University of California, in accordance with applicable Federal and State Laws and University Policies, does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, religion, sex, gender identity, pregnancy (including pregnancy, childbirth, and medical conditions related to pregnancy and childbirth), physical or mental disability, medical condition (cancer-related or genetic characteristics), ancestry, marital status, age, sexual orientation, citizenship, or service in the uniformed services (including membership, application for membership, performance of service, application for service, or obligation for service in the uniformed services). The University also prohibits sexual harassment. This nondiscrimination policy covers admission, access, and treatment in University programs and activities. Inquiries regarding the Universitys studentrelated nondiscrimination policies may be directed to the UCLA Campus Counsel, 3149 Murphy Hall, Box 951405, Los Angeles, CA 90095-1405, (310) 825-4042. Inquiries regarding nondiscrimination on the basis of disability covered by the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) of 1990 or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 may be directed to Monroe Gorden, ADA and 504 Compliance, A239 Murphy Hall, UCLA, Box 951405, Los Angeles, CA 90095-1405, voice (310) 825-
General Information / 15 11.Office of Ombuds Services, 105 Strathmore Building, (310) 825-7627; 52-025 Center for the Health Sciences, (310) 206-2427 12.Office of Residential Life, Judicial Affairs Coordinator, 205 Bradley Hall, (310) 825-3401 13.Resnick Neuropsychiatric Hospital, Administration/Human Resources Associate Director, B7-370 Semel Institute, (310) 206-5258 14.School of Dentistry, Assistant Dean, Student Affairs, A0-111 Dentistry, (310) 825-2615 15.Student Legal Services, Director, A239 Murphy Hall, (310) 825-9894 16.UCLA Extension, Human Resources Director, 629 UNEX Building, (310) 8254287; Student Services Director, 214 UNEX Building, (310) 825-2656 conduct resulting in damage to or destruction of any property of the University or property of others while on University premises may subject a student violator to University discipline under the provisions of Section 102.04 of the Policies. Further, under specific circumstances described in the Universitywide Student Conduct Harassment Policy (http://www .deanofstudents.ucla.edu), students may be subject to University discipline for misconduct which may consist solely of expression. Copies of this Policy are available in the Office of the Dean of Students, 1206 Murphy Hall, or in any of the Harassment Information Centers listed below: 1. Counseling and Psychological Services, 221 Wooden Center West, (310) 825-0768, http://www.counseling.ucla .edu 2. Dashew Center for International Students and Scholars, 106 Bradley Hall, (310) 825-1681, http://www.international center.ucla.edu 3. Office of Fraternity and Sorority Relations, 105 Kerckhoff Hall, (310) 8256322, http://www.greeklife.ucla.edu 4. Office of Ombuds Services, 105 Strathmore Building, (310) 825-7627, http:// www.ombuds.ucla.edu 5. Office of Residential Life, 205 Bradley Hall, (310) 825-3401, http://www.orl .ucla.edu Complaint Resolution One of the necessary measures in our efforts to assure an atmosphere of civility and mutual respect is the establishment of procedures which provide effective informal and formal mechanisms for those who believe that they have been victims of any of the above misconduct. Many incidents of harassment and intimidation can be effectively resolved through informal means. For example, an individual may wish to confront the alleged offender immediately and firmly. An individual who chooses not to confront the alleged offender and who wishes help, advice, or information is urged to contact any of the Harassment Information Centers listed immediately above. In addition to providing support for those who believe they have been victims of harassment, Harassment Information Centers offer persons the opportunity to learn about the phenomena of harassment and intimidation; to understand the formal and informal mechanisms by which misunderstandings may be corrected and, when appropriate, student perpetrators may be disciplined; and to consider which of the available options is the most useful for the particular circumstances. With regard to the Universitywide Student Conduct Harassment Policy, complainants should be aware that not all conduct which is offensive may be regarded as a violation of this Policy and may, in fact, be protected expression. Thus, the application of formal institutional discipline to such protected expression may not be legally permissible. Nevertheless, the University is committed to reviewing any complaint of harassing or intimidating conduct by a student and intervening on behalf of the complainant to the extent possible.
Undergraduate Programs
The Henry Samueli School of Engineering and Applied Science (HSSEAS) offers nine four-year curricula listed below (see the departmental listings for complete descriptions of the programs), in addition to an undergraduate minor in Environmental Engineering. 1. Bachelor of Science in Aerospace Engineering, B.S. A.E. 2. Bachelor of Science in Bioengineering, B.S. B.E. 3. Bachelor of Science in Chemical Engineering, B.S. Ch.E. 4. Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering, B.S. C.E. 5. Bachelor of Science in Computer Science, B.S. C.S. 6. Bachelor of Science in Computer Science and Engineering, B.S. C.S.&E. 7. Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering, B.S. E.E. 8. Bachelor of Science in Materials Engineering, B.S. Mat.E. 9. Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering, B.S. M.E. The following curricula are accredited by the Engineering Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology (ABET), the nationally recognized accrediting body for engineering programs: aerospace engineering, chemical engineering, civil engineering, computer science and engineering, electrical engineering, materials engineering, and mechanical engineering. The computer science and computer science and engineering curricula are accredited by the Computing Accreditation Commission of ABET, 111 Market Place, Suite 1050, Baltimore, MD 21202-4012, (410) 347-7700. Students applying as freshmen or transfers must submit their applications during the November 1 through 30 filing period. In addition, it is essential that official test scores be received no later than the date in January when the December test scores are normally reported. Applicants must submit scores from an approved core test of mathematics, language arts, and writing. This requirement may be satisfied by taking either (1) the ACT Assessment plus Writing Tests or (2) the SAT Reasoning Test. In addition, all applicants must complete two SAT Subject Tests in two different subject areas selected from history/social studies, mathematics (Mathematics Level 2 only), laboratory science, and a language other than English. Applicants to the school are strongly encouraged to take the following SAT Subject Tests: Mathematics Level 2 and a laboratory science test (Biology E/M, Chemistry, or Physics) that is closely related to the intended major. Fulfilling the admission requirements, however, does not assure admission to the school. Limits have had to be set for the enrollment of new undergraduate students. Thus, not every applicant who meets the minimum requirements can be admitted. Although applicants may qualify for admission to HSSEAS in freshman standing, many students take their first two years in engineering at a community college and apply to the school at the junior level. Students who begin their college work at a California community college are expected to remain at the community college to complete the lower division requirements in chemistry, computer programming, English composition, mathematics, physics, and the recommended engineering courses before transferring to UCLA. tion requirements described at http://www .admissions.ucla.edu.
Admission
Applicants to HSSEAS must satisfy the general admission requirements of the University. See the Office of Admissions and Relations with Schools (UARS) website at http://www.admissions.ucla.edu for details. Applicants must select a major within the school when applying for admission. In the selection process many elements are considered, including grades, test scores, and academic preparation.
Admission as a Freshman
University requirements specify a minimum of three years of mathematics, including the topics covered in elementary and advanced algebra and two- and threedimensional geometry. Additional study in mathematics, concluding with calculus or precalculus in the senior year, is strongly recommended and typical for applicants to HSSEAS. Freshman applicants must meet the University subject, scholarship, and examina-
Undergraduate Programs / 17
Henry Samueli School of Engineering and Applied Science Advanced Placement Credit
All units and course equivalents to AP Tests are lower division. If an AP Test has been given UCLA course equivalency (e.g., Economics 2), it may not be repeated at UCLA for units or grade points.
AP Test
Art History Art, Studio Drawing Portfolio Two-Dimensional Design Portfolio Three-Dimensional Design Portfolio Biology Chemistry
Score
3, 4, or 5
3, 4, or 5 3, 4, or 5 3, 4, or 5 3, 4, or 5 3 4 or 5
8 excess units 8 excess units 8 excess units 8 excess units 8 excess units 4 units (may petition for Chemistry 20A) plus 4 excess units
Computer Science Computer Science (A Test) Economics Macroeconomics 3 4 5 Microeconomics 3 4 5 English Language and Composition 3 4 or 5 Literature and Composition 3 4 or 5 Environmental Science Geography, Human Government and Politics Comparative United States History European 3 4 or 5 United States World Languages and Literatures Chinese Language and Culture French Language 3, 4, or 5 3 8 excess units French 4 (4 units) plus 4 excess units No application No application 3, 4, or 5 3, 4, or 5 4 excess units 8 excess units 8 excess units 8 excess units No application No application Satisfies American History and Institutions Requirement No application 3, 4, or 5 3, 4, or 5 4 excess units 4 excess units No application Satisfies American History and Institutions Requirement 3, 4, or 5 3, 4, or 5 4 excess units Economics 2 (4 excess units) Economics 2 (4 units) 4 excess units Economics 1 (4 excess units) Economics 1 (4 units) 8 units maximum for both tests 8 excess units English Composition 3 (5 units) plus 3 excess units 8 excess units English Composition 3 (5 units) plus 3 excess units 4 excess units 4 excess units Satisfies Entry-Level Writing Requirement Satisfies Entry-Level Writing Requirement Satisfies Entry-Level Writing Requirement Satisfies Entry-Level Writing Requirement No application No application No application No application 4 units toward social analysis GE No application No application 4 units toward social analysis GE 3, 4, or 5 2 excess units No application
18 / Undergraduate Programs
4 5 French Literature 3 or 4 5 German Language 3 4 5 Japanese Language and Culture Latin Latin Literature 3 4 5 Vergil 3 4 5 Spanish Language 3 4 5 Spanish Literature 3 or 4 5 Mathematics Mathematics (AB Test: Calculus) 3 4 5 Mathematics (BC Test: Calculus) 3 4 5 Music Theory Physics Physics (B Test) Physics (C Test: Mechanics) 3, 4, or 5 3 4 or 5 Physics (C Test: Electricity and Magnetism) Psychology 3, 4, or 5 3 4 5 Statistics 3, 4, or 5 3, 4, or 5 3, 4, or 5
French 5 (4 units) plus 4 excess units French 6 (4 units) plus 4 excess units 8 excess units 5 GE units plus 3 excess units German 3 (4 units) plus 4 excess units German 4 (4 units) plus 4 excess units German 5 (4 units) plus 4 excess units 8 excess units 8 units maximum for both tests Latin 1 (4 units) Latin 3 (4 units) Latin 3 (4 units) Latin 1 (4 units) Latin 3 (4 units) Latin 3 (4 units) Spanish 4 (4 units) plus 4 excess units Spanish 5 (4 units) plus 4 excess units Spanish 6 (4 units) plus 4 excess units 8 excess units 5 GE units plus 3 excess units 8 units maximum for both tests 4 excess units 4 excess units 4 units 8 excess units 4 excess units plus 4 units 8 units 8 excess units 8 units maximum for all tests 8 excess units 4 excess units 4 units (may petition for Physics 1A) 4 excess units 4 excess units Psychology 10 (4 excess units) Psychology 10 (4 units) 4 excess units
No application 4 units toward philosophical and linguistic analysis GE No application 5 units toward literary and cultural analysis GE No application No application 4 units toward philosophical and linguistic analysis GE No application
No application No application 4 units toward literary and cultural analysis GE No application No application 4 units toward literary and cultural analysis GE No application No application 4 units toward philosophical and linguistic analysis GE No application 5 units toward literary and cultural analysis GE
No application No application May be applied toward Mathematics 31A No application 4 units may be applied toward Mathematics 31A Mathematics 31A plus 4 units that may be applied toward Mathematics 31B No application
No application No application No application No application No application No application 4 units toward social analysis GE No application
Undergraduate Programs / 19 of the Electrical Engineering major require only one term of chemistry 4. Computer programming, including either Java, C, or C++. Applicants to the Computer Science, Computer Science and Engineering, and Electrical Engineering majors must take C++ 5. Biology, including one year of biology only for applicants to the Bioengineering major 6. English composition courses, including one course equivalent to UCLAs English Composition 3 and a second UCtransferable English composition course Transfer applicants may complete courses in addition to those above that satisfy degree requirements. Engineering and computer science courses appropriate for each major may be found at http://www .assist.org. required for engineering or physical sciences majors. and the major field is also required for graduation.
Writing Requirement
Students must complete the Universitys Entry-Level Writing or English as a Second Language (ESL) requirement prior to completing the school writing requirement. Students admitted to the school are required to complete a two-term writing requirement Writing I and engineering writing. Both courses must be taken for letter grades, and students must receive grades of C or better (C grades are not acceptable).
Writing I
University Requirements
The University of California has two requirements that undergraduate students must satisfy in order to graduate: (1) Entry-Level Writing or English as a Second Language and (2) American History and Institutions. These requirements are discussed in detail in the Undergraduate Study section of the UCLA General Catalog.
The Writing I requirement must be satisfied by completing English Composition 3 or 3H with a grade of C or better (C or a Passed grade is not acceptable) by the end of the second year of enrollment. The Writing I requirement may also be satisfied by scoring 4 or 5 on one of the College Board Advanced Placement Tests in English or a combination of a score of 720 or higher on the SAT Reasoning Test Writing Section and superior performance on the English Composition 3 Proficiency Examination. Students whose native language is not English may satisfy the Writing I requirement by completing English as a Second Language 36 with a grade of C or better (C or a Passed grade is not acceptable). Admission into the course is determined by completion of English as a Second Language 35 with a passing grade or proficiency demonstrated on the English as a Second Language Placement Examination (ESLPE).
Engineering Writing
School Requirements
The Henry Samueli School of Engineering and Applied Science has seven requirements that must be satisfied for the award of the degree: unit, scholarship, academic residence, writing, technical breadth, ethics, and general education.
Unit Requirement
The minimum units allowed for HSSEAS students is between 185 and 190, depending on the program. The maximum allowed is 213 units. After 213 quarter units, enrollment may not normally be continued in the school without special permission from the associate dean. This regulation does not apply to Departmental Scholars.
Scholarship Requirement
In addition to the University requirement of at least a C (2.0) grade-point average in all courses taken at any University of California campus, students must achieve at least a 2.0 grade-point average in all upper division University courses offered in satisfaction of the subject and elective requirements of the curriculum. A 2.0 minimum grade-point average in upper division mathematics, upper division core courses,
The engineering writing requirement is satisfied by selecting one approved engineering writing (EW) course from the HSSEAS writing course list or by selecting one approved Writing II (W) course. The course must be completed with a grade of C or better (C or a Passed grade is not acceptable). Writing courses are listed in the Schedule of Classes at http://www .registrar.ucla.edu/soc/writing.htm.
20 / Undergraduate Programs Writing courses also approved for general education credit may be applied toward the relevant general education foundational area. GE courses used to satisfy the engineering writing and/or ethics requirements must be taken for a letter grade. Requirements for Students Who Entered Fall Quarter 2005 and Thereafter
FOUNDATIONS OF KNOWLEDGE
General education courses are grouped into three foundational areas: Foundations of the Arts and Humanities, Foundations of Society and Culture, and Foundations of Scientific Inquiry. Five courses (24 units minimum) are required. Engineering writing and ethics requirement courses also approved for GE credit may be applied toward the relevant GE foundational areas. Students must meet with a counselor in the Office of Academic and Student Affairs to determine the applicability of GE Cluster courses toward the engineering writing or GE requirements. Courses listed in more than one category can fulfill GE requirements in only one of the cross-listed categories.
Foundations of the Arts and Humanities
humans organize, structure, rationalize, and govern their diverse societies and cultures over time. The courses focus on a particular historical question, societal problem, or topic of political and economic concern in an effort to demonstrate how issues are objectified for study, how data is collected and analyzed, and how new understandings of social phenomena are achieved and evaluated.
Foundations of Scientific Inquiry
One course (4 units minimum) from the Life Sciences subgroup or one course from Biomedical Engineering CM145/Chemical Engineering CM145, Chemistry and Biochemistry 153A, or Civil and Environmental Engineering M166/Environmental Health Sciences M166: Life Sciences This requirement is automatically satisfied for Bioengineering majors, Chemical Engineering majors, and the biomedical engineering option of the Electrical Engineering major. The requirement may be satisfied for Civil Engineering majors if students select an approved major field elective that is also a course approved under Foundations of Scientific Inquiry. The aim of courses in this area is to ensure that students gain a fundamental understanding of how scientists formulate and answer questions about the operation of both the physical and biological world. The courses also deal with some of the most important issues, developments, and methodologies in contemporary science, addressing such topics as the origin of the universe, environmental degradation, and the decoding of the human genome. Through lectures, laboratory experiences, writing, and intensive discussions, students consider the important roles played by the laws of physics and chemistry in society, biology, Earth and environmental sciences, and astrophysics and cosmology.
Foundations Course Lists
Ethics Requirement
The ethics and professionalism requirement is satisfied by completing one course from Engineering 183EW or 185EW with a grade of C or better (C or a Passed grade is not acceptable). The course may be applied toward the engineering writing requirement.
Two 5-unit courses selected from two different subgroups: Literary and Cultural Analysis Philosophical and Linguistic Analysis Visual and Performance Arts Analysis and Practice The aim of courses in this area is to provide perspectives and intellectual skills necessary to comprehend and think critically about our situation in the world as human beings. In particular, the courses provide the basic means to appreciate and evaluate the ongoing efforts of humans to explain, translate, and transform their diverse experiences of the world through such media as language, literature, philosophical systems, images, sounds, and performances. The courses introduce students to the historical development and fundamental intellectual and ethical issues associated with the arts and humanities and may also investigate the complex relations between artistic and humanistic expression and other facets of society and culture.
Foundations of Society and Culture
Two 5-unit courses, one from each subgroup: Historical Analysis Social Analysis The aim of courses in this area is to introduce students to the ways in which
Creating and maintaining a general education curriculum is a dynamic process; consequently, courses are frequently added to the list. For the most current list of approved courses that satisfy the Foundations of Knowledge GE plan, consult an academic counselor or see http://www .registrar.ucla.edu/ge/. Requirements for Students Who Entered Prior to Fall Quarter 2005 For the approved list of courses, see http:// www.seasoasa.ucla.edu/ge.html.
Undergraduate Programs / 21
Department Requirements
Henry Samueli School of Engineering and Applied Science departments generally set two types of requirements that must be satisfied for the award of the degree: (1) Preparation for the Major (lower division courses) and (2) the Major (upper division courses). Preparation for the Major courses should be completed before beginning upper division work.
per term unless an Excess Unit Petition is approved in advance by the dean.
Minimum Progress
Full-time HSSEAS undergraduate students must complete a minimum of 36 units in three consecutive terms in which they are registered.
regarding general requirements for the degrees and University and school regulations and procedures. It is the students responsibility to periodically meet with their academic counselor in the Office of Academic and Student Affairs, as well as with their faculty adviser, to discuss curriculum requirements, programs of study, and any other academic matters of concern.
Credit Limitations
Advanced Placement Tests
Some portions of Advanced Placement (AP) Test credit are evaluated by corresponding UCLA course number. If students take the equivalent UCLA course, a deduction of UCLA unit credit is made prior to graduation. See the AP chart.
College Level Examination Program
The Major
Students must complete their major with a scholarship average of at least a 2.0 (C) in all courses in order to remain in the major. Each course in the major department must be taken for a letter grade. See the Departments and Programs section of this announcement for details on each major.
Credit earned through the College Level Examination Program (CLEP) may not be applied toward the bachelors degree.
Community College Unit Limit
After students have completed 105 quarter units (regardless of where the units are completed), they do not receive unit credit or subject credit for courses completed at a community college.
Foreign Language
Student Responsibility
Students should take advantage of academic support resources, but they are ultimately responsible for keeping informed of and complying with the rules, regulations, and policies affecting their academic standing.
No credit is granted toward the bachelors degree for college foreign language courses equivalent to quarter levels one and two if the equivalent of level two of the same language was completed with satisfactory grades in high school.
Double Majors
Students in good academic standing may be permitted to have a double major consisting of a major within HSSEAS and a major outside the school (e.g., Electrical Engineering and Economics). Students are not permitted to have a double major within the school (e.g., Chemical Engineering and Civil Engineering). Contact the Office of Academic and Student Affairs for details.
Study List
Study Lists require approval of the dean of the school or a designated representative. It is the students responsibility to present a Study List that reflects satisfactory progress toward the Bachelor of Science degree, according to standards set by the faculty. Study Lists or programs of study that do not comply with these standards may result in enforced withdrawal from the University or other academic action. Undergraduate students in the school are expected to enroll in at least 12 units each term. Students enrolling in less than 12 units must obtain approval by petition to the dean prior to enrollment in courses. The normal program is 16 units per term. Students may not enroll in more than 21 units
Advising
It is mandatory for all students entering undergraduate programs to have their course of study approved by an academic counselor. After the first term, curricular and career advising is accomplished on a formal basis. Students are assigned a faculty adviser in their particular specialization in their freshman year. In addition, all undergraduate students are assigned, by major, to an academic counselor in the Office of Academic and Student Affairs who provides them with advice
Honors
Deans Honors List
Students following the engineering curricula are eligible to be named to the Deans Honors List each term. Minimum require-
22 / Undergraduate Programs ments are a course load of at least 15 units (12 units of letter grade) with a grade-point average equal to or greater than 3.7. Students are not eligible for the Deans Honors List if they receive an Incomplete (I) or Not Passed (NP) grade or repeat a course. Only courses applicable to an undergraduate degree are considered toward eligibility for Deans Honors. 2010-11 University honors at graduation must have completed 90 or more units for a letter grade at the University of California and must have attained a cumulative grade-point average at graduation which places them in the top five percent of the school (GPA of 3.871 or better) for summa cum laude, the next five percent (GPA of 3.771 or better) for magna cum laude, and the next 10 percent (GPA of 3.624 or better) for cum laude. The minimum GPAs required are subject to change on an annual basis. Required GPAs in effect in the graduating year determine student eligibility. Based on grades achieved in upper division courses, engineering students must have a 3.871 grade-point average for summa cum laude, a 3.771 for magna cum laude, and a 3.624 for cum laude. For all designations of honors, students must have a minimum 3.25 GPA in their major field courses. To be eligible for an award, students should have completed at least 80 upper division units at the University of California.
Latin Honors
Students who have achieved scholastic distinction may be awarded the bachelors degree with honors. Students eligible for
Graduate Programs
The Henry Samueli School of Engineering and Applied Science (HSSEAS) offers courses leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees, to the Master of Science in Engineering online degree, to the Master of Engineering degree, and to the Engineer degree. The school is divided into seven departments that encompass the major engineering disciplines: aerospace engineering, bioengineering, chemical engineering, civil engineering, computer science, electrical engineering, manufacturing engineering, materials science and engineering, and mechanical engineering. It also offers a graduate interdepartmental degree program in biomedical engineering. Graduate students are not required to limit their studies to a particular department and are encouraged to consider related offerings in several departments. Also, a one-year program leading to a Certificate of Specialization is offered in various fields of engineering and applied science. computer scientists to augment their technical education beyond the Bachelor of Science degree and to enhance their value to the technical organizations in which they are employed. For further information, see http://msengrol.seas.ucla.edu.
Engineer Degree
The Engineer (Engr.) degree is similar to the Ph.D. degree in that the program of study is built around a major and two minor fields, and the preliminary written and oral examinations are the same. However, a dissertation is not required. Unlike the Ph.D. degree, the Engineer degree does have a formal course requirement of a minimum of 15 (at least nine graduate) courses beyond the bachelors degree, with at least six courses in the major field (minimum of four graduate courses) and at least three in each minor field (minimum of two graduate courses in each).
Ph.D. Degrees
The Ph.D. programs prepare students for advanced study and research in the major areas of engineering and computer science. To complete the Ph.D. all candidates must fulfill the minimum requirements of the Graduate Division. Major and minor fields may have additional course and examination requirements. For further information, contact the individual departments. To remain in good academic standing, a Ph.D. student must obtain an overall grade-point average of 3.25.
24 / Graduate Programs Nanoelectromechanical/microelectromechanical systems (NEMS/MEMS) Structural and solid mechanics Systems and control For more information on specific research areas, contact the individual faculty member in the field that most closely matches the area of interest. adviser helps plan a program to remedy any such deficiencies, after students arrive at UCLA. Entering students normally are expected to have completed the B.S. degree requirements with at least a 3.0 grade-point average in all coursework taken in the junior and senior years. Students entering the Engineer/Ph.D. program normally are expected to have completed the requirements for the masters degree with at least a 3.25 grade-point average and to have demonstrated creative ability. Normally the M.S. degree is required for admission to the Ph.D. program. Exceptional students, however, can be admitted to the Ph.D. program without having an M.S. degree. For information on the proficiency in English requirements for international graduate students, see Graduate Admission in the Graduate Study section of the UCLA General Catalog or refer to http:// www.gdnet.uc la.edu/gasaa/admissions/INTLREQT.HTM. To submit a graduate application, see http:// www.seasoasa.ucla.edu/admissions/ graduate-admissions/. From there connect to the site of the preferred department or program and go to the online graduate application.
Admission
Applications for admission are invited from graduates of recognized colleges and universities. Selection is based on promise of success in the work proposed, which is judged largely on the previous college record. Candidates whose engineering background is judged to be deficient may be required to take additional coursework that may not be applied toward the degree. The
in the fundamental sciences and highly proficient in rigorous analytical engineering tools necessary for lifelong success in the wide range of possible bioengineering careers. The program provides a unique engineering educational experience that responds to the growing needs and demands of bioengineering.
Undergraduate Study
The Bioengineering major is a designated capstone major. Utilizing knowledge from previous courses and new techniques learned from the capstone courses, undergraduate students work in teams to apply advanced knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering principles to address problems at the interface of biology and engineering and to develop innovative bioengineering solutions to meet specific sets of design criteria. Coursework entails construction of student designs, project updates, presentation of final projects in written and oral format, and team competition.
Department Mission
Bioengineering is a diverse multidisciplinary field that has established itself as an independent engineering discipline. The school is developing a small yet innovative Bioengineering Department that is dedicated to producing graduates who are well-grounded in fundamental sciences and the rigorous analytical engineering tools necessary for lifelong success in the many possible bioengineering careers.
Professors
Denise Aberle, M.D. Timothy J. Deming, Ph.D. Warren S. Grundfest, M.D., FACS Chih-Ming Ho, Ph.D. (Ben Rich Lockheed Martin Professor of Aeronautics) Gerard C.L. Wong, Ph.D.
Bioengineering B.S.
Capstone Major
Associate Professors
James Dunn, M.D., Ph.D. Daniel T. Kamei, Ph.D. Jacob J. Schmidt, Ph.D. Benjamin M. Wu, D.D.S., Ph.D.
Professor Emeritus
Hooshang Kangarloo, Ph.D.
Assistant Professors
Dino Di Carlo, Ph.D. Andrea M. Kasko, Ph.D.
Adjunct Professor
Edward R.B. McCabe, M.D., Ph.D. (Mattel Executive Endowed Professor of Pediatrics)
The Major
Required: Bioengineering 100, M106, 110, 120, 165EW (or Engineering 183EW or 185EW), 176, 180, Chemistry and Biochemistry 153A, Electrical Engineering 100; three technical breadth courses (12 units) selected from an approved list avail-
26 / Bioengineering able in the Office of Academic and Student Affairs; three capstone design courses (Bioengineering 182A, 182B, 182C); and three major field elective courses (12 units) from Bioengineering M104, M105, M131, 180L, 181, 181L, 199 (8 units maximum), Biomedical Engineering C101, CM102, CM103, CM140, CM145, CM150, CM150L, C170, C171, CM180, C181, CM183, C185, CM186B, CM186C, C187. The three technical breadth and three major field elective courses may also be selected from one of the following tracks. Bioengineering majors cannot take bioengineering technical breadth courses to fulfill the technical breadth requirement. Biomaterials and Regenerative Medicine: Bioengineering M104, M105, 199 (8 units maximum), Biomedical Engineering CM140, CM183, C185, C187, Chemistry and Biochemistry C140, C181, Materials Science and Engineering 104, 110, 111, 120, 130, 132, 140, 143A, 150, 151, 160, 161, Molecular, Cell, and Developmental Biology 168. The above materials science and engineering courses may be used to satisfy the technical breadth requirement. Biomedical Devices: Bioengineering M131, 199 (8 units maximum), Biomedical Engineering CM172, Electrical Engineering 102, CM150 (or Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering CM180), CM150L (or Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering CM180L), Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering C187L. The electrical engineering or mechanical and aerospace engineering courses listed above may be used to satisfy the technical breadth requirement. For Bioengineering 199 to fulfill a track requirement, the research project must fit within the scope of the track field, and the research report must be approved by the supervisor and vice chair. For information on University and general education requirements, see Requirements for B.S. Degrees on page 19 or http://www .registrar.ucla.edu/ge/.
19. Fiat Lux Freshman Seminars. (1) Seminar, one hour. Discussion of and critical thinking about topics of current intellectual importance, taught by faculty members in their areas of expertise and illuminating many paths of discovery at UCLA. P/NP grading. 99. Student Research Program. (1 to 2) Tutorial (supervised research or other scholarly work), three hours per week per unit. Entry-level research for lower division students under guidance of faculty mentor. Students must be in good academic standing and enrolled in minimum of 12 units (excluding this course). Individual contract required; consult Undergraduate Research Center. May be repeated. P/NP grading.
Professor Emeritus
Hooshang Kangarloo, M.D. (Tehran, 1970) Telemedicine, healthcare process modeling and evaluation, and imaging informatics
Associate Professors
James Dunn, M.D., Ph.D. (Harvard, MIT, 1992) Tissue engineering, stem cell therapy, regenerative medicine Daniel T. Kamei, Ph.D. (MIT, 2001) Molecular cell bioengineering, rational design of molecular therapeutics, systems-level analyses of cellular processes, drug delivery, diagnostics Jacob J. Schmidt, Ph.D. (Minnesota, 1999) Bioengineering and biophysics at micro and nanoscales, membrane protein engineering, biological-inorganic hybrid devices Benjamin M. Wu, D.D.S. (U. Pacific, 1987), Ph.D. (MIT, 1997) Biomaterials, cell-material interactions, materials processing, tissue engineering, prosthetic and regenerative dentistry
Assistant Professors
Dino Di Carlo, Ph.D. (UC Berkeley, 2006) Microfluidics, biomedical microdevices, cellular diagnostics, cell analysis and engineering Andrea M. Kasko, Ph.D. (U. Akron, 2004) Polymer synthesis, biomaterials, tissue engineering, cell-material interactions
Adjunct Professor
Edward R.B. McCabe, Ph.D. (USC, 1972), M.D. (USC, 1974) Stem cell identification, regenerative medicine, systems biology
Graduate Study
Although the graduate program in bioengineering is currently being developed, individuals who would like to conduct research in the laboratories of the professors in the Bioengineering Department should apply to the graduate program in the Biomedical Engineering Interdepartmental Program (http://www.bme.ucla.edu).
Bioengineering / 27
110. Biotransport and Bioreaction Processes. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Requisites: course 100, Computer Science 31, Mathematics 33B. Introduction to analysis of fluid flow, heat transfer, mass transfer, binding events, and biochemical reactions in systems of interest to bioengineers, including cells, tissues, organs, human body, extracorporeal devices, tissue engineering systems, and bioartificial organs. Introduction to pharmacokinetic analysis. Letter grading. Mr. Kamei (Sp) 120. Biomedical Transducers. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Requisites: Chemistry 30A, Electrical Engineering 1 or Physics 1C, Mathematics 32B. Principles of transduction, design characteristics for different measurements, reliability and performance characteristics, and data processing and recording. Emphasis on silicon-based microfabricated and nanofabricated sensors. Novel materials, biocompatibility, biostability. Safety of electronic interfaces. Actuator design and interfacing control. Letter grading. Mr. Grundfest, Mr. Schmidt (W) M131. Nanopore Sensing. (4) (Same as Biomedical Engineering CM131.) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Requisites: courses 100, 120, Life Sciences 2, 3, Physics 1A, 1B, 1C. Analysis of sensors based on measurements of fluctuating ionic conductance through artificial or protein nanopores. Physics of pore conductance. Applications to single molecule detection and DNA sequencing. Review of current literature and technological applications. History and instrumentation of resistive pulse sensing, theory and instrumentation of electrical measurements in electrolytes, nanopore fabrication, ionic conductance through pores and GHK equation, patch clamp and single channel measurements and instrumentation, noise issues, protein engineering, molecular sensing, DNA sequencing, membrane engineering, and future directions of field. Letter grading. Mr. Schmidt (Sp) 165EW. Bioengineering Ethics. (4) (Formerly numbered 165.) Lecture, four hours; discussion, three hours; outside study, five hours. All professions have ethical rules that derive from moral theory. Bioethics is well-established discipline that addresses ethical problems about life, such as when do fertilized eggs become people? Should ending of life ever be assisted? At what cost should it be maintained? Unlike physicians, bioengineers do not make these decisions in practice. Engineering ethics addresses ethical problems about producing devices from molecules to bridges, such as when do concerns about risk outweigh concerns about cost? When are weapons too dangerous to design? At what point does benefit of committing to building devices outweigh need to wait for more scientific confirmation of their effectiveness? Bioengineers must be aware of consequences of applying such devices to all living systems. Emphasis on research and writing within engineering environments. Satisfies engineering writing requirement. Letter grading. Mr. Wu (W) M172. Design of Minimally Invasive Surgical as Biomedical Engineering Tools. (4) (Same CM172.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, seven hours. Requisites: Chemistry 30B, Life Sciences 2, 3, Mathematics 32A. Introduction to design principles and engineering concepts used in design and manufacture of tools for minimally invasive surgery. Coverage of FDA regulatory policy and surgical procedures. Topics include optical devices, endoscopes and laparoscopes, biopsy devices, laparoscopic tools, cardiovascular and interventional radiology devices, orthopedic instrumentation, and integration of devices with therapy. Examination of complex process of tool design, fabrication, testing, and validation. Preparation of drawings and consideration of development of new and novel devices. Letter grading. Mr. Grundfest (Sp) 176. Principles of Biocompatibility. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, six hours. Requisites: Chemistry 153A, Electrical Engineering 1 or Physics 1C, Mathematics 33B. Biocompatibility at systemic, tissue, cellular, and molecular levels. Biomechanical compatibility, stress/strain constitutive equations, cellular and molecular response to mechanical signals, biochemical and cellular compatibility, immune response. Letter grading. Mr. Wu (Sp) 180. System Integration in Biology, Engineering, and Medicine I. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, seven hours. Requisites: courses 100, 110, 120, Life Sciences 3, Physics 4BL. Corequisite: course 180L. Part I of two-part series. Molecular basis of normal physiology and pathophysiology, and engineering design principles of cardiovascular and pulmonary systems. Fundamental engineering principles of selected medical therapeutic devices. Letter grading. Mr. Dunn, Mr. Wu (W) 180L. System Integration in Biology, Engineering, and Medicine I Laboratory. (3) Lecture, one hour; laboratory, four hours; clinical visits, three hours; outside study, one hour. Corequisite: course 180. Hands-on experimentation and clinical applications of selected medical therapeutic devices associated with cardiovascular and pulmonary disorders. Letter grading. Mr. Dunn, Mr. Wu (Sp) 181. System Integration in Biology, Engineering, and Medicine II. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, seven hours. Requisite: course 180L. Corequisite: course 181L. Part II of two-part series. Molecular basis of normal physiology and pathophysiology of selected organ systems; engineering design principles of digestive and urinary systems. Fundamental engineering principles of selected medical therapeutic devices. Letter grading. Mr. Dunn, Mr. Wu (W) 181L. System Integration in Biology, Engineering, and Medicine II Laboratory. (3) Lecture, one hour; laboratory, four hours; clinical visits, three hours; outside study, one hour. Corequisite: course 181. Hands-on experimentation and clinical applications of molecular basis of normal physiology and pathophysiology of selected organ systems; engineering design principles of digestive and urinary systems. Letter grading. Mr. Dunn, Mr. Wu (W) 182A-182B-182C. Bioengineering Capstone Design I, II, III. (4-4-4) Lecture, two hours; laboratory, six hours; outside study, four hours. Lectures, design seminars, and discussions with faculty advisory panel. Working in teams, students compete to develop innovative bioengineering solutions to meet specific set of design criteria (design and make strongest self-assembled biorobots or most stable UCLA logo or most selective and efficient biomarker sensors, etc.). Letter grading. 182A. Requisites: course 120, Physics 4BL. Development, writing, and oral defense of student design proposals. 182B. Requisite: course 182A. Exploration of different experimental and computational methods. Ordering of specific materials and software that are relevant to student projects. 182C. Requisite: course 182B. Construction of student designs, project updates, presentation of final projects in written and oral format, and team competition. Mr. Deming (Sp, 182A; F, 182B; W, 182C) M183. Targeted Drug Delivery and Controlled Drug Release. (4) (Same as Biomedical Engineering CM183.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, seven hours. Requisites: Chemistry 20A, 20B, 20L. New therapeutics require comprehensive understanding of modern biology, physiology, biomaterials, and engineering. Targeted delivery of genes and drugs and their controlled release are important in treatment of challenging diseases and relevant to tissue engineering and regenerative medicine. Drug pharmacodynamics and clinical pharmacokinetics. Application of engineering principles (diffusion, transport, kinetics) to problems in drug formulation and delivery to establish rationale for design and development of novel drug delivery systems that can provide spatial and temporal control of drug release. Introduction to biomaterials with specialized structural and interfacial properties. Exploration of both chemistry of materials and physical presentation of devices and compounds used in delivery and release. Letter grading. Ms. Kasko (F) 188. Special Courses in Bioengineering. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Special topics in bioengineering for undergraduate students taught on experimental or temporary basis, such as those taught by resident and visiting faculty members. May be repeated once for credit with topic or instructor change. Letter grading. 194. Research Group Seminars: Bioengineering. (4) Seminar, three hours. Limited to bioengineering undergraduate students who are part of research group. Study and analysis of current topics in bioengineering. Discussion of current research literature in research specialty of faculty member teaching course. Student presentation of projects in research specialty. May be repeated for credit. Letter grading. 199. Directed Research in Bioengineering. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to juniors/seniors. Supervised individual research or investigation under guidance of faculty mentor. Culminating paper or project required. May be repeated for credit with school approval. Individual contract required; enrollment petitions available in Office of Academic and Student Affairs. Letter grading.
28 / Biomedical Engineering
Biomedical Engineering
Interdepartmental Program
UCLA 5121 Engineering V Box 951600 Los Angeles, CA 90095-1600 (310) 794-5945 fax: (310) 794-5956 e-mail: [email protected] http://www.bme.ucla.edu
James Dunn, M.D., Ph.D., Chair
Professors
Denise Aberle, M.D. (Bioengineering, Radiological Sciences) Marvin Bergsneider, M.D. (Neurosurgery) Francisco Bezanilla, Ph.D. (Physiology) Douglas L. Black, Ph.D. (Microbiology, Immunology, and Molecular Genetics) Gregory P. Carman, Ph.D. (Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering) Tony F.C. Chan, Ph.D. (Mathematics) Samson Chow, Ph.D. (Molecular and Medical Pharmacology) Mark S. Cohen, Ph.D. (Neurology, Psychiatry and Biobehavioral Sciences, Radiological Sciences) Joseph L. Demer, M.D., Ph.D. (Neurology, Ophthalmology) Linda L. Demer, M.D., Ph.D. (Cardiology, Physiology) Timothy J. Deming, Ph.D. (Bioengineering, Chemistry and Biochemistry) Joseph J. DiStefano III, Ph.D. (Computer Science, Medicine) Bruce S. Dunn, Ph.D. (Materials Science and Engineering) V. Reggie Edgerton, Ph.D. (Integrative Biology and Physiology) Alan Garfinkel, Ph.D. (Cardiology, Integrative Biology and Physiology) Robin L. Garrell, Ph.D. (Chemistry and Biochemistry)
Warren S. Grundfest, M.D. FACS (Bioengineering, Electrical Engineering, Surgery) Robert P. Gunsalus, Ph.D. (Microbiology, Immunology, and Molecular Genetics) Vijay Gupta, Ph.D. (Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering) Chih-Ming Ho, Ph.D. (Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering, Center for Micro Systems Director) Jack W. Judy, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering) Chang-Jin Kim, Ph.D. (Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering) H. Phillip Koeffler, M.D. (Medicine) Jody E. Kreiman, Ph.D., in Residence (Surgery) Elliot M. Landaw, M.D., Ph.D. (Biomathematics) Daniel S. Levi, M.D., Ph.D. (Pediatrics) James C. Liao, Ph.D. (Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering) Edward R.B. McCabe, M.D., Ph.D. (Human Genetics, Pediatrics) Harry McKellop, Ph.D., in Residence (Orthopaedic Surgery) Istvan Mody, Ph.D. (Neurology, Physiology) Harold G. Monbouquette, Ph.D. (Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering) Samuel S. Murray, M.D., Ph.D. (Medicine) Peter M. Narins, Ph.D. (Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, Integrative Biology and Physiology) Ichiro Nishimura, D.D.S., D.M.Sc., D.M.D. (Dentistry) Michael Sofroniew, M.D., Ph.D. (Neurobiology) Igor Spigelman, Ph.D. (Dentistry) Ricky Taira, Ph.D, in Residence (Radiological Sciences) Michael Teitell, M.D., Ph.D. (Pathology and Laboratory Medicine, Pediatrics) Albert Thomas, Ph.D., in Residence (Radiological Sciences) Paul M. Thompson, Ph.D., in Residence (Neurology) James G. Tidball, Ph.D. (Integrative Biology and Physiology) Kang Ting, D.M.D., D.M.Sc. (Dentistry) Arthur Toga, Ph.D. (Neurology) Jeffrey Wang, M.D. (Orthopaedic Surgery) David Wong, Ph.D. (Dentistry) Hong Zhou, Ph.D. (Microbiology, Immunology, and Molecular Genetics, California NanoSystems Institute)
Peter Tontonoz, M.D., Ph.D. (Pathology and Laboratory Medicine) Benjamin M. Wu, D.D.S., Ph.D. (Bioengineering, Dentistry, Materials Science and Engineering) Lily Wu, Ph.D. (Molecular and Medical Pharmacology, Urology)
Assistant Professors
James Bisley, Ph.D. (Neurobiology) Louis Bouchard, Ph.D. (Chemistry and Biochemistry) Dino DiCarlo, Ph.D. (Bioengineering) Christopher Giza, Ph.D. (Surgery, Neurosurgery) Thomas G. Graeber, Ph.D. (Molecular and Medical Pharmacology) Xiao Hu, Ph.D., in Residence (Surgery, Neurosurgery) Andrea M. Kasko, Ph.D. (Bioengineering) Dejan Markovic, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering) Heather Maynard, Ph.D. (Chemistry and Biochemistry) Aydogan Ozcan, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering) Matteo Pellegrini, Ph.D. (Molecular, Cell, and Developmental Biology) Nader Pouratian, Ph.D. (Neurosurgery) Tatiana Segura, Ph.D. (Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering) Landan Shams, Ph.D. (Psychology) Hsian-Rong Tseng, Ph.D. (Molecular and Medical Pharmacology) Zhouwen Tu, Ph.D. (Neurology) R. Michael van Dam, Ph.D. (Molecular and Medical Pharmacology) Xinshu Xiao, Ph.D. (Integrative Biology and Physiology)
Adjunct Professors
Boris Kogan, Ph.D. (Computer Science) Howard Winet, Ph.D. (Bioengineering, Orthopaedic Surgery)
Professor Emeriti
Hooshang Kangarloo, M.D. (Pediatrics, Radiological Sciences)
Associate Professors
Alex Bui, Ph.D. (Radiological Sciences) Katrina Dipple, M.D., Ph.D. (Human Genetics and Pediatrics) James Dunn, M.D., Ph.D. (Bioengineering, Pediatric Surgery) Yongho Ju, Ph.D. (Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering) Daniel T. Kamei, Ph.D. (Bioengineering) Laurent Pilon, Ph.D. (Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering) Dario Ringach, Ph.D. (Neurobiology, Psychology) Jacob Schmidt, Ph.D. (Bioengineering) Desmond Smith, Ph.D. (Molecular and Medical Pharmacology) Ren Sun, Ph.D. (Molecular and Medical Pharmacology) Yi Tang, Ph.D. (Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering)
Biomedical Engineering / 29 ments across campus and well-equipped laboratories for graduate student research projects.
Graduate Study
For information on graduate admission, see Graduate Programs, page 23. The following introductory information is based on the 2010-11 edition of Program Requirements for UCLA Graduate Degrees. Complete annual editions of Program Requirements are available at http:// www.gdnet.ucla.edu/gasaa/library/pgmrq intro.htm. Students are subject to the detailed degree requirements as published in Program Requirements for the year in which they enter the program. The Biomedical Engineering Program offers Master of Science (M.S.) and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) degrees in Biomedical Engineering.
ment and the specific needs in medical applications are emphasized. Course Requirements Core Courses (Required). Biomedical Engineering C201, C204, C205, C206, CM250A, Electrical Engineering 100. Electives. Students are expected to fulfill the remaining course requirements from courses in this group listed on the Biomedical Engineering website at http://www.bme .ucla.edu/academics/programs.
Fields of Study
Biomaterials, Tissue Engineering, and Biomechanics
Three subfields biomechanics, biomaterials, and tissue engineering encompass this broad field. The properties of bone, muscles, and tissues, the replacement of natural materials with artificial compatible and functional materials such as polymer composites, ceramics, and metals, and the complex interactions between implants and the body are studied. Course Requirements Core Courses (Required). Biomedical Engineering C201, C204, C205, C206, and two courses from CM240, CM280, C283, C285, Bioengineering 176, Molecular, Cell, and Developmental Biology 100, 104, 138, M140, 165A, 168. Electives. Students are expected to fulfill the remaining course requirements from courses in this group listed on the Biomedical Engineering website at http://www.bme .ucla.edu/academics/programs.
Biomedical Instrumentation
The biomedical instrumentation field trains biomedical engineers in the applications and development of instrumentation used in medicine and biotechnology. Examples include the use of lasers in surgery and diagnostics, sensors for detection and monitoring of disease, and microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) devices for controlled drug delivery, surgery, or genetics. The principles underlying each instru-
30 / Biomedical Engineering medical-related informatics in either industry or academia. Course Requirements Students selecting biomedical signal and image processing as a minor field must take three courses, of which at least two must be graduate (200-level) courses. Core Courses (Required). Biomedical Engineering C201, CM202, CM203, M214A, Electrical Engineering 113, 211A. Electives. Biomedical Engineering M248, Biomedical Physics 200A, 200B, M219, 222, Computer Science 143, 161, Electrical Engineering 211B, 214B. Remedial Courses. Electrical Engineering 102, Program in Computing 10A, 10B. control systems, and gene networks; modeling in genomics, pharmacokinetics, and pharmacodynamics; vision, robotics, speech processing, neuroscience, artificial and real neural network modeling, normative expert systems, wireless remote sensing systems, telemedicine, visualization, and virtual clinical environments. Course Requirements Biosystem science and engineering can serve as a minor field for other Ph.D. majors if students complete the following courses with a grade-point average of B+: Biomedical Engineering CM286B, M296A, and one additional graduate-level elective from the additional foundations or electives list. Core Courses (Required). Biomedical Engineering C201, CM202, CM203, CM286B, CM286C, and either M296A or Biomathematics 220. Electives. Biomathematics 206, CM208C, M230, Biomedical Engineering M248, CM286C, M296D, Computer Science 161, 170A, 267B, Electrical Engineering 113, 131A, 132A, 141, 142, 211A, 211B, M214A, 214B, 232E, CM250A, M250B, CM250L, M252, 260A, 260B, Mathematics 151A, 151B, 155, 170A, Physics 210B, 231B, Statistics 100A, 100B. the growing area of medical imaging informatics. Course Requirements Core Courses (Required). Biomedical Engineering 220, 221, 223A, 223B, 223C, 224A, 224B, M226, M227, M228, Human Genetics 210. Electives. Biomedical Physics 210, 214, Biostatistics 213, M234, 276, Computer Science 217A, 240A, 240B, 241A, 241B, 244A, 245A, 246, 262A, 262B, M262C, 263A, 263B, 265A, 268, M276A, 276B, Electrical Engineering M202B, 211A, 211B, M217, Information Studies 228, 246, 272, 277, Linguistics 218, 232, Neuroscience CM272.
Neuroengineering
The neuroengineering field is a joint endeavor between the Neuroscience Interdepartmental Ph.D. Program in the Geffen School of Medicine and the Biomedical Engineering Interdepartmental Graduate Program in HSSEAS. The objectives of the neuroengineering field are to enable (1) students with a background in engineering to develop and exe-
Biomedical Engineering / 31 cute projects that address problems that have a neuroscientific base, (2) students with a background in biological sciences to develop and execute projects that make use of state-of-the-art technology, and (3) all trainees to develop the capacity for the multidisciplinary teamwork that is necessary for new scientific insights and dramatic technological progress. Courses and research projects are cosponsored by faculty members in both HSSEAS and the Brain Research Institute (BRI). Requisites for Admission. Students entering the neuroengineering program have graduated with undergraduate degrees in engineering, physics, chemistry, or one of the life sciences (for example, biology, microbiology, immunology, and molecular genetics, molecular, cell, and developmental biology, neuroscience, physiology, or psychology). Engineering students must have taken at least one undergraduate course in biology, one course in chemistry, and a year of physics. Students from nonengineering backgrounds are required to have taken courses in undergraduate calculus, differential equations, and linear algebra, in addition to at least a year of undergraduate courses in each of the following: organic chemistry and biochemistry, physics, and biology. Students lacking one or more requisite courses, if they are otherwise admissible, are provided an opportunity for appropriate coursework or tutorial during the summer before they enter the neuroengineering program. Written Preliminary Examination. The Ph.D. preliminary examination typically consists of three written parts two in neuroscience and one in neuroengineering. To receive a pass on the examination, students must receive a pass on all parts. Students who fail the examination may repeat it only once, subject to approval of the faculty examination committee. Students who are in a field other than neuroengineering and who select neuroengineering as a minor must take Biomedical Engineering M260, M263, and Neuroscience 205. Core Courses (Required). Biomedical Engineering M260, Neuroscience M202, 207, and either Biomedical Engineering M263 or Neuroscience 205. Electives. During the first and second years, students take at least three courses selected from a menu of new and existing courses. Biomedical engineering category: Biomedical Engineering C201, M261A, M261B, M261C. Microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) category: Biomedical Engineering CM250A, Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering CM280L, 284. Neuroscience category: Neuroscience M201, M273. Signal processing category: Electrical Engineering 210A, M214A, M217. Remedial courses taken as necessary. Students without previous exposure to MEMS should take Biomedical Engineering CM150L; those without previous exposure to neuroscience should take Physiological Science 111A; those without previous exposure to signal processing should take Electrical Engineering 102 and113. Both courses are offered every term. Seminars (First-Year). Two seminars in problem-based approaches to neuroengineering are required. All first-year students take a new graduate seminar series in Winter and Spring Quarters which is co-taught each term by one instructor from HSSEAS and one from the Brain Research Institute. Each seminar introduces students to a single area of neuroengineering and challenges them to develop critical skills in evaluating primary research papers and to design new approaches to current problems. Topics include pattern generation, sensory signal processing, initiation and control of movement, microsensors, neural networks, photonics, and robotics. Research Seminars. In addition to the formal coursework listed above, all students attend a series of weekly research seminars that allow both students and faculty members to become more conversant with the broad range of subjects in neuroengineering. Seminars (Second-Year). All second-year students take a seminar course each term specifically designed for the neuroengineering program. Each course is co-taught by one faculty member from the Brain Research Institute and one from HSSEAS and often include outside UCLA faculty speakers or members of the Industrial Advisory Board.
99. Student Research Program. (1 to 2) Tutorial (supervised research or other scholarly work), three hours per week per unit. Entry-level research for lower division students under guidance of faculty mentor. Students must be in good academic standing and enrolled in minimum of 12 units (excluding this course). Individual contract required; consult Undergraduate Research Center. May be repeated. P/NP grading.
32 / Biomedical Engineering
thetic bioconjugates for some sample applications. Concurrently scheduled with course C205. Letter grading. Mr. Deming (W) CM106. Topics in Biophysics, Channels, and Membranes. (4) (Same as Bioengineering M106.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: Chemistry 20B, Life Sciences 2, 3, 4, Mathematics 33B, Physics 1C, 4AL, 4BL. Coverage in depth of physical processes associated with biological membranes and channel proteins, with specific emphasis on electrophysiology. Basic physical principles governing electrostatics in dielectric media, building on complexity to ultimately address action potentials and signal propagation in nerves. Topics include Nernst/Planck and Poisson/ Boltzmann equations, Nernst potential, Donnan equilibrium, GHK equations, energy barriers in ion channels, cable equation, action potentials, Hodgkin/Huxley equations, impulse propagation, axon geometry and conduction, dendritic integration. Concurrently scheduled with course C206. Letter grading. Mr. Schmidt (W) CM131. Nanopore Sensing. (4) (Same as Bioengineering M131.) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Requisites: Bioengineering 100, 120, Life Sciences 2, 3, Physics 1A, 1B, 1C. Analysis of sensors based on measurements of fluctuating ionic conductance through artificial or protein nanopores. Physics of pore conductance. Applications to single molecule detection and DNA sequencing. Review of current literature and technological applications. History and instrumentation of resistive pulse sensing, theory and instrumentation of electrical measurements in electrolytes, nanopore fabrication, ionic conductance through pores and GHK equation, patch clamp and single channel measurements and instrumentation, noise issues, protein engineering, molecular sensing, DNA sequencing, membrane engineering, and future directions of field. Concurrently scheduled with course C231. Letter grading. Mr. Schmidt (F) CM140. Introduction to Biomechanics. (4) (Same as Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering CM140.) Lecture, four hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, six hours. Requisites: Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 101, 102, 156A. Introduction to mechanical functions of human body; skeletal adaptations to optimize load transfer, mobility, and function. Dynamics and kinematics. Fluid mechanics applications. Heat and mass transfer. Power generation. Laboratory simulations and tests. Concurrently scheduled with course CM240. Letter grading. Mr. Gupta (W) CM145. Molecular Biotechnology for Engineers. (4) (Same as Chemical Engineering CM145.) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, eight hours. Selected topics in molecular biology that form foundation of biotechnology and biomedical industry today. Topics include recombinant DNA technology, molecular research tools, manipulation of gene expression, directed mutagenesis and protein engineering, DNA-based diagnostics and DNA microarrays, antibody and protein-based diagnostics, genomics and bioinformatics, isolation of human genes, gene therapy, and tissue engineering. Concurrently scheduled with course CM245. Letter grading. Mr. Liao (F) CM150. Introduction to Micromachining and Microelectromechanical Systems (MEMS). (4) (Same as Electrical Engineering CM150 and Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering CM180.) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Requisites: Chemistry 20A, 20L, Physics 1A, 1B, 1C, 4AL, 4BL. Corequisite: course CM150L. Introduction to micromachining technologies and microelectromechanical systems (MEMS). Methods of micromachining and how these methods can be used to produce variety of MEMS, including microstructures, microsensors, and microactuators. Students design microfabrication processes capable of achieving desired MEMS device. Concurrently scheduled with course CM250A. Letter grading. Mr. Judy (F) CM150L. Introduction to Micromachining and Microelectromechanical Systems (MEMS) Laboratory. (2) (Same as Electrical Engineering CM150L and Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering CM180L.) Lecture, one hour; laboratory, four hours; outside study, one hour. Requisites: Chemistry 20A, 20L, Physics 1A, 1B, 1C, 4AL, 4BL. Corequisite: course CM150. Hands-on introduction to micromachining technologies and microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) laboratory. Methods of micromachining and how these methods can be used to produce variety of MEMS, including microstructures, microsensors, and microactuators. Students go through process of fabricating MEMS device. Concurrently scheduled with Mr. Judy (F) course CM250L. Letter grading. C170. Energy-Tissue Interactions. (4) Lecture, three hours; outside study, nine hours. Requisites: Electrical Engineering 172, 175, Life Sciences 3, Physics 17. Corequisite: course C170L. Introduction to therapeutic and diagnostic use of energy delivery devices in medical and dental applications, with emphasis on understanding fundamental mechanisms underlying various types of energy-tissue interactions. Concurrently scheduled with course C270. Letter grading. Mr. Grundfest (F) C170L. Introduction to Techniques in Studying four Laser-Tissue Interaction. (2) Laboratory, hours; outside study, two hours. Corequisite: course C170. Introduction to simulation and experimental techniques used in studying laser-tissue interactions. Topics include computer simulations of light propagation in tissue, measuring absorption spectra of tissue/ tissue phantoms, making tissue phantoms, determination of optical properties of different tissues, techniques of temperature distribution measurements. Concurrently scheduled with course C270L. Letter grading. C171. Laser-Tissue Interaction II: Biologic Spectroscopy. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course C170. Designed for physical sciences, life sciences, and engineering majors. Introduction to optical spectroscopy principles, design of spectroscopic measurement devices, optical properties of tissues, and fluorescence spectroscopy biologic media. Concurrently scheduled with course C271. Letter grading. Mr. Grundfest (W) CM172. Design of Minimally Invasive Surgical Tools. (4) (Same as Bioengineering M172.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, seven hours. Requisites: Chemistry 30B, Life Sciences 2, 3, Mathematics 32A. Introduction to design principles and engineering concepts used in design and manufacture of tools for minimally invasive surgery. Coverage of FDA regulatory policy and surgical procedures. Topics include optical devices, endoscopes and laparoscopes, biopsy devices, laparoscopic tools, cardiovascular and interventional radiology devices, orthopedic instrumentation, and integration of devices with therapy. Examination of complex process of tool design, fabrication, testing, and validation. Preparation of drawings and consideration of development of new and novel devices. Concurrently scheduled with course C272. Letter grading. Mr. Grundfest (F) CM180. Introduction to Biomaterials. (4) (Same as Materials Science CM180.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, seven hours. Requisites: Chemistry 20A, 20B, and 20L, or Materials Science 104. Engineering materials used in medicine and dentistry for repair and/or restoration of damaged natural tissues. Topics include relationships between material properties, suitability to task, surface chemistry, processing and treatment methods, and biocompatibility. Concurrently scheduled with course CM280. Letter grading. Mr. Wu (W) C181. Biomaterials-Tissue Interactions. (4) Lecture, three hours; outside study, nine hours. Requisite: course CM180. In-depth exploration of host cellular response to biomaterials: vascular response, interface, and clotting, biocompatibility, animal models, inflammation, infection, extracellular matrix, cell adhesion, and role of mechanical forces. Concurrently scheduled with course C281. Letter grading. Mr. Wu (Sp) CM183. Targeted Drug Delivery and Controlled Drug Release. (4) (Same as Bioengineering M183.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, seven hours. Requisites: Chemistry 20A, 20B, 20L. New therapeutics require comprehensive understanding of modern biology, physiology, biomaterials, and engineering. Targeted delivery of genes and drugs and their controlled release are important in treatment of challenging diseases and relevant to tissue engineering and regenerative medicine. Drug pharmacodynamics and clinical pharmacokinetics. Application of engineering principles (diffusion, transport, kinetics) to problems in drug formulation and delivery to establish rationale for design and development of novel drug delivery systems that can provide spatial and temporal control of drug release. Introduction to biomaterials with specialized structural and interfacial properties. Exploration of both chemistry of materials and physical presentation of devices and compounds used in delivery and release. Concurrently scheduled with course C283. Letter grading. Ms. Kasko (F) M184. Introduction to Computational and Systems Biology. (2) (Formerly numbered M186A.) (Same as Computational and Systems Biology M184 and Computer Science M184.) Lecture, two hours; outside study, four hours. Requisites: Computer Science 31 (or Program in Computing 10A), Mathematics 31A, 31B. Survey course designed to introduce students to computational and systems modeling and computation in biology and medicine, providing motivation, flavor, culture, and cutting-edge contributions in computational biosciences and aiming for more informed basis for focused studies by students with computational and systems biology interests. Presentations by individual UCLA researchers discussing their active computational and systems biology research. P/NP grading. Mr. DiStefano (W) C185. Introduction to Tissue Engineering. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: course CM102 or CM202, Chemistry 20A, 20B, 20L. Tissue engineering applies principles of biology and physical sciences with engineering approach to regenerate tissues and organs. Guiding principles for proper selection of three basic components for tissue engineering: cells, scaffolds, and molecular signals. Concurrently scheduled with course C285. Letter grading. Mr. Wu (Sp) CM186B. Computational Systems Biology: Modeling and Simulation of Biological Systems. (5) (Same as Computational and Systems Biology M186 and Computer Science CM186B.) Lecture, four hours; laboratory, three hours; outside study, eight hours. Corequisite: Electrical Engineering 102. Dynamic biosystems modeling and computer simulation methods for studying biological/biomedical processes and systems at multiple levels of organization. Control system, multicompartmental, predator-prey, pharmacokinetic (PK), pharmacodynamic (PD), and other structural modeling methods applied to life sciences problems at molecular, cellular (biochemical pathways/networks), organ, and organismic levels. Both theory- and data-driven modeling, with focus on translating biomodeling goals and data into mathematics models and implementing them for simulation and analysis. Basics of numerical simulation algorithms, with modeling software exercises in class and PC laboratory assignments. Concurrently scheduled with course CM286B. Letter grading. Mr. DiStefano (F) CM186C. Thesis Research and Research Communication in Computational and Systems Biology. (2 to 4) (Formerly numbered CM186L.) (Same as Computational and Systems Biology M187 and Computer Science CM186C.) Lecture, one hour; discussion, two hours; laboratory, one hour; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course CM186B. Closely directed, interactive, and real research experience in active quantitative systems biology research laboratory. Direction on how to focus on topics of current interest in scientific community, appropriate to student interests and capabilities. Critiques of oral presentations and written progress reports explain how to proceed with search for research results. Major empha-
Biomedical Engineering / 33
sis on effective research reporting, both oral and written. Concurrently scheduled with course CM286C. Mr. DiStefano (Sp) Letter grading. C187. Applied Tissue Engineering: Clinical and Industrial Perspectives. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, seven hours. Requisites: course CM102, Chemistry 20A, 20B, 20L, Life Sciences 1 or 2. Overview of central topics of tissue engineering, with focus on how to build artificial tissues into regulated clinically viable products. Topics include biomaterials selection, cell source, delivery methods, FDA approval processes, and physical/chemical and biological testing. Case studies include skin and artificial skin, bone and cartilage, blood vessels, neurotissue engineering, and liver, kidney, and other organs. Clinical and industrial perspectives of tissue engineering products. Manufacturing constraints, clinical limitations, and regulatory challenges in design and development of tissue-engineering devices. Concurrently scheduled with course Mr. Wu (F) C287. Letter grading. 188. Special Courses in Biomedical Engineering. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Special topics in biomedical engineering for undergraduate students taught on experimental or temporary basis, such as those taught by resident and visiting faculty members. May be repeated for credit. Letter grading. charged species, and separation and characterization of biomacromolecules. Concurrently scheduled Ms. Kasko (F) with course CM104. Letter grading. C205. Biopolymer Chemistry and Bioconjugates. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Enforced requisites: Chemistry 20A, 20B, 20L. Highly recommended: one organic chemistry course. Bioconjugate chemistry is science of coupling biomolecules for wide range of applications. Oligonucleotides may be coupled to one surface in gene chip, or one protein may be coupled to one polymer to enhance its stability in serum. Wide variety of bioconjugates are used in delivery of pharmaceuticals, in sensors, in medial diagnostics, and in tissue engineering. Basic concepts of chemical ligation, including choice and design of conjugate linkers depending on type of biomolecule and desired application, such as degradable versus nondegradable linkers. Presentation and discussion of design and synthesis of synthetic bioconjugates for some sample applications. Concurrently scheduled with course CM105. Letter grading. Mr. Deming (W) C206. Topics in Biophysics, Channels, and Membranes. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: Chemistry 20B, Life Sciences 2, 3, 4, Mathematics 33B, Physics 1C, 4AL, 4BL. Coverage in depth of physical processes associated with biological membranes and channel proteins, with specific emphasis on electrophysiology. Basic physical principles governing electrostatics in dielectric media, building on complexity to ultimately address action potentials and signal propagation in nerves. Topics include Nernst/Planck and Poisson/Boltzmann equations, Nernst potential, Donnan equilibrium, GHK equations, energy barriers in ion channels, cable equation, action potentials, Hodgkin/Huxley equations, impulse propagation, axon geometry and conduction, dendritic integration. Concurrently scheduled with course CM106. Letter grading. Mr. Schmidt (W) M214A. Digital Speech Processing. (4) (Same as Electrical Engineering M214A.) Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours; outside study, seven hours. Requisite: Electrical Engineering 113. Theory and applications of digital processing of speech signals. Mathematical models of human speech production and perception mechanisms, speech analysis/synthesis. Techniques include linear prediction, filterbank models, and homomorphic filtering. Applications to speech synthesis, automatic recognition, and hearing aids. Letter grading. Ms. Alwan (W) M215. Biochemical Reaction Engineering. (4) (Same as Chemical Engineering CM215.) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Requisite: Chemical Engineering 101C. Use of previously learned concepts of biophysical chemistry, thermodynamics, transport phenomena, and reaction kinetics to develop tools needed for technical design and economic analysis of biological reactors. Letter grading. Mr. Liao (Sp) M217. Biomedical Imaging. (4) (Same as Electrical Engineering M217.) Lecture, three hours; outside study, nine hours. Requisite: Electrical Engineering 114 or 211A. Optical imaging modalities in biomedicine. Other nonoptical imaging modalities discussed briefly for comparison purposes. Letter grading. M219. Principles and Applications of Magnetic as Biomedical Resonance Imaging. (4) (Same Physics M219.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Basic principles of magnetic resonance (MR), physics, and image formation. Emphasis on hardware, Bloch equations, analytic expressions, image contrast mechanisms, spin and gradient echoes, Fourier transform imaging methods, structure of pulse sequences, and various scanning parameters. Introduction to advanced techniques in rapid imaging, quantitative imaging, and spectroscopy. Letter grading. 220. Introduction to Medical Informatics. (2) Lecture, two hours; outside study, four hours. Designed for graduate students. Introduction to research topics and issues in medical informatics for students new to field. Definition of this emerging field of study, current research efforts, and future directions in research. Key issues in medical informatics to expose students to different application domains, such as information system architectures, data and process modeling, information extraction and representations, information retrieval and visualization, health services research, telemedicine. Emphasis on current research endeavors and applications. S/U grading. Mr. Kangarloo (F) 221. Human Anatomy and Physiology for Medical and Imaging Informatics. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Designed for graduate students. Introduction to basic human anatomy and physiology, with particular emphasis on understanding and visualization of anatomy and physiology through medical images. Topics relevant to acquisition, representation, and dissemination of anatomical knowledge in computerized clinical applications. Topics include chest, cardiac, neurology, gastrointestinal/ genitourinary, endocrine, and musculoskeletal systems. Introduction to basic imaging physics (magnetic resonance, computed tomography, ultrasound, computed radiography) to provide context for imaging modalities predominantly used to view human anatomy. Geared toward nonphysicians who require more formal understanding of human anatomy/physiology. Letter grading. Mr. El-Saden (F) 223A-223B-223C. Programming Laboratories for Medical and Imaging Informatics I, II, III. (4-4-4) Lecture, two hours; laboratory, two hours; outside study, eight hours. Designed for graduate students. Programming laboratories to support coursework in other medical and imaging informatics core curriculum courses. Exposure to programming concepts for medical applications, with focus on basic abstraction techniques used in image processing and medical information system infrastructures. Letter grading. 223A. Requisites: Computer Science 31, 32, Program in Computing 20A, 20B. Course 223A is requisite to 223B, which is requisite to 223C. Integrated with topics presented in course M227 to reinforce concepts presented with practical experience. Projects focus on understanding medical networking issues and implementation of basic protocols for healthcare environment, with emphasis on use of DICOM. Introduction to basic tools and methods used within informatics. 223B. Requisite: course 223A. Integrated with topics presented in courses 223A, M227, and M228 to reinforce concepts presented with practical experience. Projects focus on medical image manipulation and decision support systems. 223C. Requisite: course 223B. Exposure to programming concepts for medical applications, with focus on basic abstraction techniques used to extract meaningful features from medical text and imaging data and visualize results. Integrated with topics presented in courses 224B and M226 to reinforce concepts presented with practical experience. Projects focus on medical information retrieval, knowledge representation, and visualization. Mr. Meng (F,W,Sp) 224A. Physics and Informatics of Medical Imaging. (4) Lecture, four hours; laboratory, eight hours. Requisites: Mathematics 33A, 33B. Designed for graduate students. Introduction to principles of medical imaging and imaging informatics for nonphysicists. Overview of core imaging modalities: X ray, computed tomography (CT), and magnetic resonance (MR). Topics include signal generation, localization, and quantization. Image representation and analysis techniques such as Markov random fields, spatial characterization (atlases), denoising, energy representations, and clinical imaging workstation design. Provides basic understanding of issues related to basic medical image acquisition and analysis. Current research efforts with focus on clinical applications and new types of information made available through these modalities. Letter grading. Mr. Morioka (W) 224B. Advances in Imaging Informatics. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 224A. Overview of information retrieval techniques in medical imaging and informatics-based applications of imaging, with focus on various advances in field. Introduction to core concepts in information retrieval (IR), reviewing seminal papers on evaluating
Graduate Courses
C201. Introduction to Biomedical Engineering. (4) Lecture, three hours; laboratory, three hours; outside study, six hours. Designed for physical sciences, life sciences, and engineering students. Introduction to wide scope of biomedical engineering via treatment of selected important individual topics by small team of specialists. Concurrently scheduled with course C101. Letter grading. Mr. Kamei (F) CM202. Basic Human Biology for Biomedical Engineers I. (4) (Same as Physiological Science CM204.) Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Preparation: human molecular biology, biochemistry, and cell biology. Not open for credit to Physiological Science majors. Broad overview of basic biological activities and organization of human body in system (organ/tissue) to system basis, with particular emphasis on molecular basis. Modeling/simulation of functional aspect of biological system included. Actual demonstration of biomedical instruments, as well as visits to biomedical facilities. Concurrently scheduled with course CM102. Letter grading. Mr. Grundfest (F) CM203. Basic Human Biology for Biomedical Engineers II. (4) (Same as Physiological Science CM203.) Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Preparation: human molecular biology, biochemistry, and cell biology. Not open for credit to Physiological Science majors. Molecular-level understanding of human anatomy and physiology in selected organ systems (digestive, skin, musculoskeletal, endocrine, immune, urinary, reproductive). System-specific modeling/simulations (immune regulation, wound healing, muscle mechanics and energetics, acid-base balance, excretion). Functional basis of biomedical instrumentation (dialysis, artificial skin, pathogen detectors, ultrasound, birth-control drug delivery). Concurrently scheduled with course CM103. Letter Mr. Grundfest (W) grading. C204. Physical Chemistry of Biomacromolecules. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, seven hours. Requisites: Chemistry 20A, 20B, 30A, Life Sciences 2, 3. To understand biological materials and design synthetic replacements, it is imperative to understand their physical chemistry. Biomacromolecules such as protein or DNA can be analyzed and characterized by applying fundamentals of polymer physical chemistry. Investigation of polymer structure and conformation, bulk and solution thermodynamics and phase behavior, polymer networks, and viscoelasticity. Application of engineering principles to problems involving biomacromolecules such as protein conformation, solvation of
34 / Biomedical Engineering
IR systems and their use in medicine (e.g., teaching files, case-based retrieval, etc.). Medical contentbased image retrieval (CBIR) as motivating application, with examination of core works in this area. Techniques to realize medical CBIR, including image feature extraction and processing, feature representation, classification schemes (via machine learning), image indexing, image querying methods, and visualization of images (e.g., perception, presentation). Discussion of more advanced methods now being pursued by researchers. Letter grading. Mr. Morioka (Sp) M225. Bioseparations and Bioprocess Engineering. (4) (Same as Chemical Engineering CM225.) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Corequisite: Chemical Engineering 101C. Separation strategies, unit operations, and economic factors used to design processes for isolating and purifying materials like whole cells, enzymes, food additives, or pharmaceuticals that are products of biological reactors. Letter grading. Mr. Monbouquette (W) M226. Medical Knowledge Representation. (4) (Formerly numbered 226.) (Same as Information Studies M253.) Seminar, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Designed for graduate students. Issues related to medical knowledge representation and its application in healthcare processes. Topics include data structures used for representing knowledge (conceptual graphs, frame-based models), different data models for representing spatio-temporal information, rule-based implementations, current statistical methods for discovery of knowledge (data mining, statistical classifiers, and hierarchical classification), and basic information retrieval. Review of work in constructing ontologies, with focus on problems in implementation and definition. Common medical ontologies, coding schemes, and standardized indices/terminologies (SNOMED, UMLS). Letter grading. Mr. Taira (Sp) M227. Medical Information Infrastructures and Internet Technologies. (4) (Formerly numbered 227.) (Same as Information Studies M254.) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Designed for graduate students. Introduction to networking, communications, and information infrastructures in medical environment. Exposure to basic concepts related to networking at several levels: low-level (TCP/IP, services), medium-level (network topologies), and high-level (distributed computing, Web-based services) implementations. Commonly used medical communication protocols (HL7, DICOM) and current medical information systems (HIS, RIS, PACS). Advances in networking, such as wireless health systems, peer-topeer topologies, grid/cloud computing. Introduction to security and encryption in networked environments. Letter grading. Mr. Bui (F) M228. Medical Decision Making. (4) (Formerly numbered 228.) (Same as Information Studies M255.) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Designed for graduate students. Overview of issues related to medical decision making. Introduction to concept of evidence-based medicine and decision processes related to process of care and outcomes. Basic probability and statistics to understand research results and evaluations, and algorithmic methods for decision-making processes (Bayes theorem, decision trees). Study design, hypothesis testing, and estimation. Focus on technical advances in medical decision support systems and expert systems, with review of classic and current research. Introduction to common statistical and decision-making software packages to familiarize students with current tools. Letter grading. Mr. Kangarloo (W) C231. Nanopore Sensing. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Requisites: Bioengineering 100, 120, Life Sciences 2, 3, Physics 1A, 1B, 1C. Analysis of sensors based on measurements of fluctuating ionic conductance through artificial or protein nanopores. Physics of pore conductance. Applications to single molecule detection and DNA sequencing. Review of current literature and technological applications. History and instrumentation of resistive pulse sensing, theory and instrumentation of electrical measurements in electrolytes, nanopore fabrication, ionic conductance through pores and GHK equation, patch clamp and single channel measurements and instrumentation, noise issues, protein engineering, molecular sensing, DNA sequencing, membrane engineering, and future directions of field. Concurrently scheduled with course CM131. Letter grading. Mr. Schmidt (F) CM240. Introduction to Biomechanics. (4) (Same as Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering CM240.) Lecture, four hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, six hours. Requisites: Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 101, 102, 156A. Introduction to mechanical functions of human body; skeletal adaptations to optimize load transfer, mobility, and function. Dynamics and kinematics. Fluid mechanics applications. Heat and mass transfer. Power generation. Laboratory simulations and tests. Concurrently scheduled with course CM140. Letter grading. Mr. Gupta (W) CM245. Molecular Biotechnology for Engineers. (4) (Same as Chemical Engineering CM245.) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, eight hours. Selected topics in molecular biology that form foundation of biotechnology and biomedical industry today. Topics include recombinant DNA technology, molecular research tools, manipulation of gene expression, directed mutagenesis and protein engineering, DNA-based diagnostics and DNA microarrays, antibody and protein-based diagnostics, genomics and bioinformatics, isolation of human genes, gene therapy, and tissue engineering. Concurrently scheduled with course CM145. Letter grading. Mr. Liao (F) M248. Introduction to Biological Imaging. (4) (Same as Biomedical Physics M248 and Pharmacology M248.) Lecture, three hours; laboratory, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Exploration of role of biological imaging in modern biology and medicine, including imaging physics, instrumentation, image processing, and applications of imaging for range of modalities. Practical experience provided through series of imaging laboratories. Letter grading. CM250A. Introduction to Micromachining and Microelectromechanical Systems (MEMS). (4) (Same as Electrical Engineering CM250A and Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering CM280A.) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Requisites: Chemistry 20A, 20L, Physics 1A, 1B, 1C, 4AL, 4BL. Corequisite: course CM250L. Introduction to micromachining technologies and microelectromechanical systems (MEMS). Methods of micromachining and how these methods can be used to produce variety of MEMS, including microstructures, microsensors, and microactuators. Students design microfabrication processes capable of achieving desired MEMS device. Concurrently scheduled with course CM150. Letter grading. Mr. Judy (W) M250B. Microelectromechanical Systems (MEMS) Fabrication. (4) (Same as Electrical Engineering M250B and Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering M280B.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, eight hours. Enforced requisite: course CM150 or CM250A. Advanced discussion of micromachining processes used to construct MEMS. Coverage of many lithographic, deposition, and etching processes, as well as their combination in process integration. Materials issues such as chemical resistance, corrosion, mechanical properties, and residual/intrinsic stress. Letter grading. Mr. Judy (Sp) CM250L. Introduction to Micromachining and Microelectromechanical Systems (MEMS) Laboratory. (2) (Same as Electrical Engineering CM250L and Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering CM280L.) Lecture, one hour; laboratory, four hours; outside study, one hour. Requisites: Chemistry 20A, 20L, Physics 1A, 1B, 1C, 4AL, 4BL. Corequisite: course CM250A. Hands-on introduction to micromachining technologies and microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) laboratory. Methods of micromachining and how these methods can be used to produce variety of MEMS, including microstructures, microsensors, and microactuators. Students go through process of fabricating MEMS device. Concurrently scheduled with Mr. Judy (F) course CM150L. Letter grading. M252. Microelectromechanical Systems (MEMS) numDevice Physics and Design. (4) (Formerly bered M250B.) (Same as Electrical Engineering M252 and Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering M282.) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Introduction to MEMS design. Design methods, design rules, sensing and actuation mechanisms, microsensors, and microactuators. Designing MEMS to be produced with both foundry and nonfoundry processes. Computer-aided design for MEMS. Design project required. Letter grading. Mr. Wu (Sp) 257. Engineering Mechanics of Motor Proteins and Cytoskeleton. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: Mathematics 32A, 32B, 33A, 33B, Life Sciences 3, Physics 1A, 1B, 1C. Introduction to physics of motor proteins and cytoskeleton: mass, stiffness and damping of proteins, thermal forces and diffusion, chemical forces, polymer mechanics, structures of cytoskeletal filaments, mechanics of cytoskeleton, polymerization of cytoskeletal filaments, force generation by cytoskeletal filaments, active polymerization, motor protein structure and operation. Emphasis on engineering perspective. Letter grading. M260. Neuroengineering. (4) (Same as Electrical Engineering M255 and Neuroscience M206.) Lecture, four hours; laboratory, three hours; outside study, five hours. Requisites: Mathematics 32A, Physics 1B or 6B. Introduction to principles and technologies of bioelectricity and neural signal recording, processing, and stimulation. Topics include bioelectricity, electrophysiology (action potentials, local field potentials, EEG, ECOG), intracellular and extracellular recording, microelectrode technology, neural signal processing (neural signal frequency bands, filtering, spike detection, spike sorting, stimulation artifact removal), brain-computer interfaces, deep-brain stimulation, and prosthetics. Letter grading. Mr. Judy (Sp) M261A-M261B-M261C. Evaluation of Research Literature in Neuroengineering. (2-2-2) (Same as Electrical Engineering M256A-M256B-M256C and Neuroscience M212A-M212B-M212C.) Discussion, two hours; outside study, four hours. Critical discussion and analysis of current literature related to neuroengineering research. S/U grading. M263. Neuroanatomy: Structure and Function of as Neuroscience Nervous System. (4) (Same M203.) Lecture, three hours; discussion/laboratory, three hours. Anatomy of central and peripheral nervous system at cellular histological and regional systems level, with emphasis on contemporary experimental approaches to morphological study of nervous system in discussions of circuitry and neurochemical anatomy of major brain regions. Consideration of representative vertebrate and invertebrate nervous systems. Letter grading. C270. Energy-Tissue Interactions. (4) Lecture, three hours; outside study, nine hours. Requisites: Electrical Engineering 172, 175, Life Sciences 3, Physics 17. Introduction to therapeutic and diagnostic use of energy delivery devices in medical and dental applications, with emphasis on understanding fundamental mechanisms underlying various types of energy-tissue interactions. Concurrently scheduled with Mr. Grundfest (F) course C170. Letter grading. C270L. Introduction to Techniques in Studying four Laser-Tissue Interaction. (2) Laboratory, hours; outside study, two hours. Corequisite: course C270. Introduction to simulation and experimental techniques used in studying laser-tissue interactions. Topics include computer simulations of light propagation in tissue, measuring absorption spectra of tissue/ tissue phantoms, making tissue phantoms, determination of optical properties of different tissues, techniques of temperature distribution measurements. Concurrently scheduled with course C170L. Letter grading.
Biomedical Engineering / 35
C271. Laser-Tissue Interaction II: Biologic Spectroscopy. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course C270. Designed for physical sciences, life sciences, and engineering majors. Introduction to optical spectroscopy principles, design of spectroscopic measurement devices, optical properties of tissues, and fluorescence spectroscopy biologic media. Concurrently scheduled with course Mr. Grundfest (W) C171. Letter grading. C272. Design of Minimally Invasive Surgical Tools. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, seven hours. Requisites: Chemistry 30B, Life Sciences 2, 3, Mathematics 32A. Introduction to design principles and engineering concepts used in design and manufacture of tools for minimally invasive surgery. Coverage of FDA regulatory policy and surgical procedures. Topics include optical devices, endoscopes and laparoscopes, biopsy devices, laparoscopic tools, cardiovascular and interventional radiology devices, orthopedic instrumentation, and integration of devices with therapy. Examination of complex process of tool design, fabrication, testing, and validation. Preparation of drawings and consideration of development of new and novel devices. Concurrently scheduled with course CM172. Mr. Grundfest (F) Letter grading. CM280. Introduction to Biomaterials. (4) (Same as Materials Science CM280.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, seven hours. Requisites: Chemistry 20A, 20B, and 20L, or Materials Science 104. Engineering materials used in medicine and dentistry for repair and/or restoration of damaged natural tissues. Topics include relationships between material properties, suitability to task, surface chemistry, processing and treatment methods, and biocompatibility. Concurrently scheduled with course CM180. Letter grading. Mr. Wu (W) C281. Biomaterials-Tissue Interactions. (4) Lecture, three hours; outside study, nine hours. Requisite: course CM280. In-depth exploration of host cellular response to biomaterials: vascular response, interface, and clotting, biocompatibility, animal models, inflammation, infection, extracellular matrix, cell adhesion, and role of mechanical forces. Concurrently scheduled with course C181. Letter grading. Mr. Wu (Sp) 282. Biomaterial Interfaces. (4) Lecture, four hours; laboratory, eight hours. Requisite: course CM180 or CM280. Function, utility, and biocompatibility of biomaterials depend critically on their surface and interfacial properties. Discussion of morphology and composition of biomaterials and nanoscales, mesoscales, and macroscales, techniques for characterizing structure and properties of biomaterial interfaces, and methods for designing and fabricating biomaterials with prescribed structure and properties in vitro Ms. Maynard (W) and in vivo. Letter grading. C283. Targeted Drug Delivery and Controlled Drug Release. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, seven hours. Requisites: Chemistry 20A, 20B, 20L. New therapeutics require comprehensive understanding of modern biology, physiology, biomaterials, and engineering. Targeted delivery of genes and drugs and their controlled release are important in treatment of challenging diseases and relevant to tissue engineering and regenerative medicine. Drug pharmacodynamics and clinical pharmacokinetics. Application of engineering principles (diffusion, transport, kinetics) to problems in drug formulation and delivery to establish rationale for design and development of novel drug delivery systems that can provide spatial and temporal control of drug release. Introduction to biomaterials with specialized structural and interfacial properties. Exploration of both chemistry of materials and physical presentation of devices and compounds used in delivery and release. Concurrently scheduled with course CM183. Letter grading. Ms. Kasko (F) M284. Functional Neuroimaging: Techniques and Applications. (3) (Same as Biomedical Physics M285, Neuroscience M285, Psychiatry M285, and Psychology M278.) Lecture, three hours. In-depth examination of activation imaging, including MRI and electrophysiological methods, data acquisition and analysis, experimental design, and results obtained thus far in human systems. Strong focus on understanding technologies, how to design activation imaging paradigms, and how to interpret results. Laboratory visits and design and implementation of functional MRI experiment. S/U or letter grading. C285. Introduction to Tissue Engineering. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: course CM102 or CM202, Chemistry 20A, 20B, 20L. Tissue engineering applies principles of biology and physical sciences with engineering approach to regenerate tissues and organs. Guiding principles for proper selection of three basic components for tissue engineering: cells, scaffolds, and molecular signals. Concurrently scheduled with course C185. Letter grading. Mr. Wu (Sp) CM286B. Computational Systems Biology: Modeling and Simulation of Biological Systems. (5) (Same as Computer Science CM286B.) Lecture, four hours; laboratory, three hours; outside study, eight hours. Corequisite: Electrical Engineering 102. Dynamic biosystems modeling and computer simulation methods for studying biological/biomedical processes and systems at multiple levels of organization. Control system, multicompartmental, predator-prey, pharmacokinetic (PK), pharmacodynamic (PD), and other structural modeling methods applied to life sciences problems at molecular, cellular (biochemical pathways/networks), organ, and organismic levels. Both theory- and data-driven modeling, with focus on translating biomodeling goals and data into mathematics models and implementing them for simulation and analysis. Basics of numerical simulation algorithms, with modeling software exercises in class and PC laboratory assignments. Concurrently scheduled with course CM186B. Letter grading. Mr. DiStefano (F) CM286C. Thesis Research and Research Communication in Computational and Systems Biology. (2 to 4) (Formerly numbered CM286L.) (Same as Computer Science CM286C.) Lecture, one hour; discussion, two hours; laboratory, one hour; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course CM286B. Closely directed, interactive, and real research experience in active quantitative systems biology research laboratory. Direction on how to focus on topics of current interest in scientific community, appropriate to student interests and capabilities. Critiques of oral presentations and written progress reports explain how to proceed with search for research results. Major emphasis on effective research reporting, both oral and written. Concurrently scheduled with course CM186C. Letter grading. Mr. DiStefano (Sp) C287. Applied Tissue Engineering: Clinical and Industrial Perspectives. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, seven hours. Requisites: course CM202, Chemistry 20A, 20B, 20L, Life Sciences 1 or 2. Overview of central topics of tissue engineering, with focus on how to build artificial tissues into regulated clinically viable products. Topics include biomaterials selection, cell source, delivery methods, FDA approval processes, and physical/chemical and biological testing. Case studies include skin and artificial skin, bone and cartilage, blood vessels, neurotissue engineering, and liver, kidney, and other organs. Clinical and industrial perspectives of tissue engineering products. Manufacturing constraints, clinical limitations, and regulatory challenges in design and development of tissue-engineering devices. Concurrently scheduled with course Mr. Wu (F) C187. Letter grading. 295A-295Z. Seminars: Research Topics in Biomedical Engineering and Bioengineering. (1 to 4) Seminar, one to four hours. Limited to biomedical engineering graduate students. Advanced study and analysis of current topics in bioengineering. Discussion of current research and literature in research specialty of faculty member teaching course. Student presentation of projects in research specialty. May be repeated for credit. S/U grading: 295A. Biomaterial Research. 295B. Biomaterials and Tissue Engineering Research. 295C. Minimally Invasive and Laser Research. 295D. Hybrid Device Research. 295E. Molecular Cell Bioengineering Research. 295F. Biopolymer Materials and Chemistry. M296A. Advanced Modeling Methodology for Dynamic Biomedical Systems. (4) (Same as Computer Science M296A and Medicine M270C.) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: Electrical Engineering 141 or 142 or Mathematics 115A or Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 171A. Development of dynamic systems modeling methodology for physiological, biomedical, pharmacological, chemical, and related systems. Control system, multicompartmental, noncompartmental, and input/output models, linear and nonlinear. Emphasis on model applications, limitations, and relevance in biomedical sciences and other limited data environments. Problem solving in PC laboratory. Letter grading. Mr. DiStefano (F) M296B. Optimal Parameter Estimation and Experiment Design for Biomedical Systems. (4) (Same as Biomathematics M270, Computer Science M296B, and Medicine M270D.) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course M296A or Biomathematics 220. Estimation methodology and model parameter estimation algorithms for fitting dynamic system models to biomedical data. Model discrimination methods. Theory and algorithms for designing optimal experiments for developing and quantifying models, with special focus on optimal sampling schedule design for kinetic models. Exploration of PC software for model building and optimal experiment design via applications in physiology and pharmacology. Letter grading. Mr. DiStefano (W) M296C. Advanced Topics and Research in Biomedical Systems Modeling and Computing. (4) (Same as Computer Science M296C and Medicine M270E.) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course M296A. Recommended: course M296B. Research techniques and experience on special topics involving models, modeling methods, and model/computing in biological and medical sciences. Review and critique of literature. Research problem searching and formulation. Approaches to solutions. Individual M.S.- and Ph.D.-level project training. Letter grading. Mr. DiStefano (Sp) M296D. Introduction to Computational Cardiology. (4) (Same as Computer Science M296D.) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course CM186B. Introduction to mathematical modeling and computer simulation of cardiac electrophysiological process. Ionic models of action potential (AP). Theory of AP propagation in one-dimensional and two-dimensional cardiac tissue. Simulation on sequential and parallel supercomputers, choice of numerical algorithms, to optimize accuracy and to provide computational stability. Letter grading. Mr. Kogan (F,Sp) 298. Special Studies in Biomedical Engineering. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Study of selected topics in biomedical engineering taught by resident and visiting faculty members. Letter grading. 299. Seminar: Biomedical Engineering Topics. (2) Seminar, two hours; outside study, four hours. Designed for graduate biomedical engineering students. Seminar by leading academic and industrial biomedical engineers from UCLA, other universities, and biomedical engineering companies such as Baxter, Amgen, Medtronics, and Guidant on development and application of recent technological advances in discipline. Exploration of cutting-edge developments and challenges in wound healing models, stem cell biology, angiogenesis, signal transduction, gene therapy, cDNA microarray technology, bioartificial cultivation, nano- and micro-hybrid devices, scaffold engineering, and bioinformatics. S/U grading. Mr. Wu (F,W,Sp) 375. Teaching Apprentice Practicum. (4) Seminar, to be arranged. Preparation: apprentice personnel employment as teaching assistant, associate, or fellow. Teaching apprenticeship under active guidance
tion/control/optimization/integration/ synthesis, membrane science, semiconductor processing, chemical vapor deposition, plasma processing and simulation, electrochemistry and corrosion, polymer engineering, and hydrogen production. Students are trained in the fundamental principles of these fields while acquiring sensitivity to societys needs a crucial combination needed to address the challenge of continued industrial growth and innovation in an era of economic, environmental, and energy constraints. The undergraduate curriculum leads to a B.S. in Chemical Engineering, is accredited by ABET and AIChE, and includes the standard core curriculum, as well as biomedical engineering, biomolecular engineering, environmental engineering, and semiconductor manufacturing engineering options. The department also offers graduate courses and research leading to M.S. and Ph.D. degrees. Both graduate and undergraduate programs closely relate teaching and research to important industrial problems.
Professors Emeriti
Eldon L. Knuth, Ph.D. Ken Nobe, Ph.D. William D. Van Vorst, Ph.D. Vincent L. Vilker, Ph.D. A.R. Frank Wazzan, Ph.D., Dean Emeritus
Assistant Professors
Gerassimos Orkoulas, Ph.D. Tatiana Segura, Ph.D.
Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering / 37 engineering as well as related fields, including business, medicine, and environmental protection.
Undergraduate Study
The Chemical Engineering major is a designated capstone major. The capstone project requires students to first work individually and learn how to integrate chemical engineering fundamentals taught in prior required courses; they then work in groups to produce a paper design of a realistic chemical process using appropriate software tools. Graduates should be able to design a chemical or biological system, component, or process that meets technical and economical design objectives, with consideration of environmental, social, and ethical issues, as well as sustainable development goals. In addition, they should be able to apply their knowledge of mathematics, physics, chemistry, biology, and chemical and biological engineering to analysis and design of chemical and biochemical processes and products; function on multidisciplinary teams; identify, formulate, and solve complex chemical and biological engineering problems; and communicate effectively, both orally and in writing.
nical breadth courses (12 units) selected from an approved list available in the Office of Academic and Student Affairs; two capstone analysis and design courses (Chemical Engineering 108A, 108B); and two elective courses (8 units) from Chemical Engineering 110, C111, C112, 113, C114, C115, C116, C118, C119, C125, C140. For information on University and general education requirements, see Requirements for B.S. Degrees on page 19 or http://www .registrar.ucla.edu/ge/.
The ABET-accredited chemical engineering curricula provide a high quality, professionally oriented education in modern chemical engineering. The biomedical engineering, biomolecular engineering, environmental engineering, and semiconductor manufacturing engineering options provide students an opportunity for exposure to a subfield of chemical and biomolecular engineering. In all cases, balance is sought between engineering science and practice.
38 / Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering 31; Mathematics 31A, 31B, 32A, 32B, 33A, 33B; Physics 1A, 1B, 1C, 4AL, 4BL. The Major Required: Chemical Engineering 100, 101A, 101B, 101C, 102A, 102B, 103, 104AL, 104B, 106, 107, 109, Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences 104, Chemistry and Biochemistry 113A, 153A; three technical breadth courses (12 units) selected from an approved list available in the Office of Academic and Student Affairs; two capstone analysis and design courses (Chemical Engineering 108A, 108B); and two elective courses (8 units) from Chemical Engineering 113, C118, C119, C140 (another chemical engineering elective may be substituted with approval of the faculty adviser). For information on University and general education requirements, see Requirements for B.S. Degrees on page 19 or http://www .registrar.ucla.edu/ge/. The following introductory information is based on the 2010-11 edition of Program Requirements for UCLA Graduate Degrees. Complete annual editions of Program Requirements are available at http:// www.gdnet.ucla.edu/gasaa/library/pgmrq intro.htm. Students are subject to the detailed degree requirements as published in Program Requirements for the year in which they enter the program. The Department of Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering offers Master of Science (M.S.) and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) degrees in Chemical Engineering. 120, 130, 131, 131L, 132, 150, 160, 161L, 199; Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 102, 103, 105A, 105D, 199.
Semiconductor Manufacturing
The requirements for the M.S. degree in the field of semiconductor manufacturing are 10 courses (44 units) and a minimum 3.0 grade-point average overall and in the graduate courses. Students are required to take Chemical Engineering 104C/104CL, C216, 270, 270R, Electrical Engineering 123A, Materials Science and Engineering 121. In addition, two departmental elective courses and two electrical engineering or materials science and engineering electives must be selected, with a minimum of two at the 200 level. A total of at least five graduate (200-level) courses is required. Approved elective courses include Chemical Engineering C214, C218, C219, 223, C240, Electrical Engineering 124, 221A, 221B, 223, 224, Materials Science and Engineering 210, 223. Courses taken by students who are not enrolled in the semiconductor manufacturing field may not be applied toward the 10course requirement for the degree. A program of study encompassing the course requirements and/or substitutions must be submitted to the graduate adviser for approval before the end of the first term in residence. Field Experience. Students may take Chemical Engineering 270R in the field, working at an industrial semiconductor fabrication facility. This option must meet all course requirements and must be approved by the graduate adviser and the industrial sponsor of the research.
Course Requirements
The requirements for an M.S. degree are a thesis, nine courses (36 units), and a 3.0 grade-point average in the graduate courses. Chemical Engineering 200, 210, and 220 are required for all M.S. degree candidates. Two courses must be taken from offerings in the Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering Department, while two Chemical Engineering 598 courses involving work on the thesis may also be selected. The remaining two courses may be taken from those offered by the department or any other field in life sciences, physical sciences, mathematics, or engineering. At least 24 units must be in lettergraded 200-level courses. All M.S. students are required to enroll in the seminar, Chemical Engineering 299, during each term in residence. A program of study that encompasses these requirements must be submitted to the departmental Student Affairs Office for approval before the end of the students second term in residence. Undergraduate Courses. No lower division courses may be applied toward graduate degrees. In addition, the following upper division courses are not applicable toward graduate degrees: Chemical Engineering 102A, 199; Civil and Environmental Engineering 106A, 108, 199; Computer Science M152A, 152B, 199; Electrical Engineering 100, 101, 102, 103, 110L, M116L, 199; Materials Science and Engineering 110,
Graduate Study
For information on graduate admission, see Graduate Programs, page 23. For additional information regarding the B.S., M.S., and Ph.D. in Chemical Engineering, refer to the Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering Department brochure.
Thesis Plan
Consult the graduate adviser. The thesis plan is not available for the semiconductor manufacturing field.
Course Requirements
All Ph.D. students must take six courses (24 units), including Chemical Engineering 200, 210, and 220. Two additional courses must be taken from those offered by the Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering Department. The third course can be selected from offerings in life sciences, physical sciences, mathematics, or engineering. All of these units must be in lettergraded 200-level courses. Students are encouraged to take more courses in their field of specialization. The minor field courses should be selected in consultation with the research adviser. A 3.33 gradepoint average in graduate courses is required. A program of study to fulfill the course requirements must be submitted for approval to the departmental Student Affairs Office no later than one term after successful completion of the preliminary oral examination. All Ph.D. students are required to enroll in the seminar, Chemical Engineering 299, during each term in residence. For information on completing the Engineer degree, see Engineering Schoolwide Programs.
After successfully completing the required courses and the preliminary oral examination, students must pass the written and oral qualifying examinations. These examinations focus on the dissertation research and are conducted by a doctoral committee consisting of at least four faculty members nominated by the Department of Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering, in accordance with University regulations. The written qualifying examination consists of a dissertation research proposal that provides a clear description of the problem considered, a literature review of the current state of the art, and a detailed research plan that is to be followed to solve the problem. Students submit their dissertation research proposals to their doctoral committees. The written examination is due in the seventh week of the Winter Quarter of the second year in residence. The University Oral Qualifying Examination consists of an oral defense of the dissertation research proposal and is administered by the doctoral committee. The oral examination is held no less than two weeks after submitting the written examination. Note: Doctoral Committees. A doctoral committee consists of a minimum of four members. Three members, including the chair, are inside members and must hold appointments in the Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering Department at UCLA. The outside member must be a UCLA faculty member outside the Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering Department.
Microbial cells are genetically and metabolically engineered to produce novel compounds that are used as drugs, specialty chemicals, and food additives. Novel gene-metabolic circuits are designed and constructed in microbial cells to perform complex and non-native cellular behavior. These designer cells are cultured in bioreactors, and intracellular states are monitored using DNA microarrays and RT-PCR. Such investigations are coupled with genomic and proteomic efforts, and mathematical modeling, to achieve system-wide understanding of the cell. Protein engineering is being used to generate completely novel compounds that have important pharmaceutical value. Bacteria are being custom-designed to synthesize important therapeutic compounds that have anticancer, cholesterol-lowering, and/ or antibiotic activities. Biosensors are being micromachined for detecting neurotransmitters in vivo. New biosensing schemes also are being invented for the detection of endocrine disrupting chemicals in the environment and for the high-throughput screening of drug candidates. Naturally occurring protein nanocapsules are being redesigned at the genetic level for applications in drug delivery and materials synthesis. Finally, the enzymology of extremely thermophilic microbes is being explored for applications in specialty chemical synthesis.
Facilities
Biomolecular Engineering Laboratories
The Biomolecular Engineering laboratories are equipped for cutting-edge genetic, biomolecular, and cellular engineering teaching and research. Facilities and equipment include (1) DNA microarray printing and scanning facility, (2) fluorescence microscopy, (3) real-time PCR thermocycler, (4) UV-visible and fluorescence spectrophotometers, (5) HPLC and LCmass spectrometer, (6) aerobic and anaerobic bioreactors from bench top to 100-liter pilot scale, (7) protein purification facility, (8) potentiostat/galvanostat and impedance analyzer for electroenzymology, (9) membrane extruder and multiangle laser light scattering for production and characterization of biological and semi-synthetic colloids such as micelles and vesicles, and (10) phosphoimager for biochemical assays involving radiolabeled compounds.
40 / Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering chemical kinetic modeling, and computational quantum chemistry. copy, ultra-violet photoelectron spectroscopy, reflection high energy electron diffraction, spectroscopic ellipsometry, photoluminescence, and infrared spectroscopy; and a complete set of processing tools available for microelectronics and MEMS fabrication in the Nanoelectronic Research Facility. With the combined material characterization and electronic device fabrication, the reaction kinetics including composition and morphology, and the electrical property of these materials can be realized for applications in the next generation electronic devices and chemical or biological MEMS. particles and in the form of aggregate structures. The Nanoparticle Technology and Air Quality Engineering Laboratory is equipped with instrumentation for online measurement of aerosols, including optical particle counters, electrical aerosol analyzers, and condensation particle counters. A novel low-pressure impactor designed in the laboratory is used to fractionate particles for morphological analysis in size ranges down to 50 nm (0.05 micron). Also available is a high-volumetric flow rate impactor suitable for collecting particulate matter for chemical analysis. Several types of specially designed aerosol generators are also available, including a laser ablation chamber, tube furnaces, and a specially designed aerosol microreactor. Concern with nanoscale phenomena requires the use of advanced systems for particle observation and manipulation. Students have direct access to modern facilities for transmission and scanning electron microscopy. Located near the laboratory, the Electron Microscopy facilities staff provide instruction and assistance in the use of these instruments. Advanced electron microscopy has recently been used in the laboratory to make the first systematic studies of atmospheric nanoparticle chain aggregates. Such aggregate structures have been linked to public health effects and to the absorption of solar radiation. A novel nanostructure manipulation device, designed and built in the laboratory, makes it possible to probe the behavior of nanoparticle chain aggregates of a type produced commercially for use in nanocomposite materials; these aggregates are also released by sources of pollution such as diesel engines and incinerators.
Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering / 41 liquid chromatographs for size exclusion chromatography equipped with different detectors, including refractive index, UV photodiode array, conductivity, and a photodiode array laser light scattering detector. The laboratory has a research-grade FTIR with a TGA interface, a thermogravimetric analysis system, and a dual column gas chromatograph. Equipment for viscometric analysis includes high- and lowpressure capillary viscometer, narrow gap cylindrical couette viscometer, cone-andplate viscometer, intrinsic viscosity viscometer system and associated equipment. Flow equipment is also available for studying fluid flow through channels of different geometries (e.g., capillary, slit, porous media). The evaluation of polymeric and novel ceramic-polymer membranes, developed in the laboratory, is made possible with reverse osmosis, pervaporation, and cross-flow ultrafiltration systems equipped with online detectors. Studies of high recovery membrane desalination are carried out in a membrane concentrator/ crystallizer system. Resin sorption and regeneration studies can be carried out with a fully automated system.
Panagiotis D. Christofides, Ph.D. (Minnesota, 1996) Process modeling, dynamics and control, computational and applied mathematics Yoram Cohen, Ph.D. (Delaware, 1981) Separation processes, graft polymerization, surface nanostructuring, macromolecular dynamics, pollutant transport and exposure assessment James F. Davis, Ph.D. (Northwestern, 1981) Intelligent systems in process, control operations and design, decision support, management of abnormal situations, data interpretation, knowledge databases, pattern recognition Robert F. Hicks, Ph.D. (UC Berkeley, 1984) Chemical vapor deposition and atmospheric plasma processing Louis J. Ignarro, Ph.D. (Minnesota, 1966) Regulation and modulation of NO production James C. Liao, Ph.D. (Wisconsin, Madison, 1987) Biochemical engineering, metabolic reaction engineering, reaction path analysis and control Yunfeng Lu, Ph.D. (University of New Mexico, 1998) Semiconductor manufacturing and nanotechnology Vasilios I. Manousiouthakis, Ph.D. (Rensselaer, 1986) Process systems engineering: modeling, simulation, design, optimization, and control Harold G. Monbouquette, Ph.D. (North Carolina State, 1987) Biochemical engineering, biosensors, nanotechnology Selim M. Senkan, Ph.D. (MIT, 1977) Reaction engineering, combinatorial catalysis, combustion, laser photoionization, realtime detection, quantum chemistry Yi Tang, Ph.D. (Caltech, 2002) Biosynthesis of proteins/polypeptides with unnatural amino acids, synthesis of novel antibiotics/antitumor products
of lifecycle methods for evaluating environmental impact of processes and products. P/NP or letter grading. Mr. Manousiouthakis (Not offered 2010-11) 10. Introduction to Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering. (1) Lecture, one hour; outside study, two hours. General introduction to field of chemical and biomolecular engineering. Description of how chemical and biomolecular engineering analysis and design skills are applied for creative solution of current technological problems in production of microelectronic devices, design of chemical plants for minimum environmental impact, application of nanotechnology to chemical sensing, and genetic-level design of recombinant microbes for chemical synthesis. Letter grading. Mr. Monbouquette (F) 19. Fiat Lux Freshman Seminars. (1) Seminar, one hour. Discussion of and critical thinking about topics of current intellectual importance, taught by faculty members in their areas of expertise and illuminating many paths of discovery at UCLA. P/NP grading. 99. Student Research Program. (1 to 2) Tutorial (supervised research or other scholarly work), three hours per week per unit. Entry-level research for lower division students under guidance of faculty mentor. Students must be in good academic standing and enrolled in minimum of 12 units (excluding this course). Individual contract required; consult Undergraduate Research Center. May be repeated. P/NP grading.
Professors Emeriti
Eldon L. Knuth, Ph.D. (Caltech, 1953) Molecular dynamics, thermodynamics, combustion, applications to air pollution control and combustion efficiency Ken Nobe, Ph.D. (UCLA, 1956) Electrochemistry, corrosion, electrochemical kinetics, electrochemical energy conversion, electrodeposition of metals and alloys, electrochemical treatment of toxic wastes, bioelectrochemistry William D. Van Vorst, Ph.D. (UCLA, 1953) Chemical engineering: thermodynamics, energy conversion, alternative energy systems, hydrogen- and alcohol-fueled engines A.R. Frank Wazzan, Ph.D. (UC Berkeley, 1963) Fast reactors, nuclear fuel element modeling, stability and transition of boundary layers, heat transfer
Assistant Professors
Gerassimos Orkoulas, Ph.D. (Cornell, 1998) Molecular simulation, critical phenomena in ionic fluids, thermodynamics of complex fluids Tatiana Segura, Ph.D. (Northwestern, 2004) Gene therapy, tissue engineering, substratemediated non-viral DNA delivery
Graduate Courses
200. Advanced Engineering Thermodynamics. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 102B. Phenomenological and statistical thermodynamics of chemical and physical systems with engineering applications. Presentation of role of atomic and molecular spectra and intermolecular forces in interpretation of thermodynamic properties of gases, liquids, solids, and plasmas. Letter grading. Mr. Nobe (F) 201. Methods of Molecular Simulation. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 200 or Chemistry C223A or Physics 215A. Modern simulation techniques for classical molecular systems. Monte Carlo and molecular dynamics in various ensembles. Applications to liquids, solids, and polymers. Letter grading. 210. Advanced Chemical Reaction Engineering. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses 101C, 106. Principles of chemical reactor analysis and design. Particular emphasis on simultaneous effects of chemical reaction and mass transfer on noncatalytic and catalytic reactions in fixed and fluidized beds. Letter grading. Mr. Senkan (F) C211. Cryogenics and Low-Temperature Processes. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Requisites: courses 102A, 102B (or Materials Science 130). Fundamentals of cryogenics and cryoengineering science pertaining to industrial low-temperature processes. Basic approaches to analysis of cryofluids and envelopes needed for operation of cryogenic systems; low-temperature behavior of matter, optimization of cryosystems and other special conditions. Concurrently scheduled with course C111. Letter grading. Mr. Manousiouthakis (F) C212. Polymer Processes. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Requisites: course 101A, Chemistry 30A. Formation of polymers, criteria for selecting reaction scheme, polymerization techniques, polymer characterization. Mechanical properties. Rheology of macromolecules, polymer process engineering. Diffusion in polymeric
Professors Emeriti
Stanley B. Dong, Ph.D. Lewis P. Felton, Ph.D. Michael E. Fourney, Ph.D. Gary C. Hart, Ph.D. Poul V. Lade, Ph.D. Chung Yen Liu, Ph.D. Richard L. Perrine, Ph.D. Moshe F. Rubinstein, Ph.D. Lucien A. Schmit, Jr., M.S. Lawrence G. Selna, Ph.D.
Associate Professors
Eric M.V. Hoek, Ph.D. Terri S. Hogue, Ph.D. Jennifer A. Jay, Ph.D. Steven A. Margulis, Ph.D. Ertugrul Taciroglu, Ph.D.
Assistant Professors
Scott J. Brandenberg, Ph.D. Shaily Mahendra, Ph.D. Gaurav Sant, Ph.D. Jian Zhang, Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer
Christopher Tu, Ph.D.
Adjunct Professor
Ne-Zheng Sun, Ph.D.
46 / Civil and Environmental Engineering engineering, hydrology and water resources engineering, and environmental engineering. The ABET-accredited civil engineering curriculum leads to a B.S. in Civil Engineering, a broad-based education in structural engineering, geotechnical engineering, hydrology and water resources engineering, and environmental engineering. This program is an excellent foundation for entry into professional practice in civil engineering or for more advanced study. The department also offers the undergraduate Environmental Engineering minor. At the graduate level, M.S. and Ph.D. degree programs are offered in the areas of structures (including structural/earthquake engineering and structural mechanics), geotechnical engineering, hydrology and water resources engineering, and environmental engineering. In these areas, research is being done on a variety of problems ranging from basic physics and mechanics problems to critical problems in earthquake engineering and in the development of new technologies for pollution control and water distribution and treatment. teamwork, (3) prepare graduates for advanced study and/or professional employment within a wide array of industries or governmental agencies, (4) produce graduates who understand ethical issues associated with their profession and who are able to apply their acquired knowledge and skills to the betterment of society, and (5) foster in students a respect for the educational process that is manifest by a lifelong pursuit of learning. Environmental Engineering: Required: One capstone design course from Civil and Environmental Engineering 157B or 157C; recommended courses: 154, 155, 163, 164, M166; laboratory courses: 156A, 156B Geotechnical Engineering: Required: One capstone design course (Civil and Environmental Engineering 121); recommended courses: 123, 125, Earth and Space Sciences 139; laboratory courses: 128L, 129 Hydrology and Water Resources Engineering: Required: One capstone design course from Civil and Environmental Engineering 151 or 157L; recommended courses: 151, 157A, 157M; laboratory courses: 157L, 157M Structural Engineering and Mechanics: Required: Civil and Environmental Engineering 135B, one lecture course from 130, M135C, 137, 141, or 142, and one capstone design course from 135L, 142L, 144, or 147; recommended courses: 121, 125, 130, 137, 141, 142, 143, 144, 147; laboratory courses: 130L, 135L, 137L, 142L Additional Elective Options: Civil and Environmental Engineering 105, 106A, 180, 181, Earth and Space Sciences 100, Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 166C, M168 For information on University and general education requirements, see Requirements for B.S. Degrees on page 19 or http://www .registrar.ucla.edu/ge/.
Undergraduate Study
The Civil Engineering major is a designated capstone major. In each of the major field design courses, students work individually and in groups to complete design projects. To do so, they draw on their prior coursework, research the needed materials and possible approaches to creating their device or system, and come up with creative solutions. This process enables them to integrate many of the principles they have learned previously and apply them to real systems. In completing their projects, students are also expected to demonstrate effective oral and written communication skills, as well as their ability to work productively with others as part of a team.
Department Mission
The Civil and Environmental Engineering Department seeks to exploit its subfield teaching and research strengths as well as to engage in multidisciplinary collaboration. This occurs within the context of a central guiding theme: engineering sustainable infrastructure for the future. Under this theme the department is educating future engineering leaders, most of whom will work in multidisciplinary environments and confront a host of twenty-first-century challenges. With an infrastructure-based vision motivating its teaching and research enterprise, the department conceptualizes and orients its activity toward broadening and deepening fundamental knowledge of the interrelationships among the built environment, natural systems, and human agency.
The Major
Required: Chemical Engineering 102A or Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 105A, Civil and Environmental Engineering 101, 103, 108, 110, 120, 135A, 150, 153, Materials Science and Engineering 104, Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 103, 182A; three technical breadth courses (12 units) selected from an approved list available in the Office of Academic and Student Affairs; and at least nine major field elective courses (36 units) that must include the required courses in two of the following tracks and at least two laboratory courses, one of which must be from one of the two selected tracks and the other from any separate track.
Civil and Environmental Engineering / 47 Required Upper Division Courses (24 units minimum): Civil and Environmental Engineering 153 and five courses from 151, 154, 155, 156A, M166, Chemical Engineering C118, Environmental Health Sciences C125, C164. No more than two upper division courses may be applied toward both this minor and a major or minor in another department or program, and at least 16 units applied toward the minor must be taken in residence at UCLA. Transfer credit for any of the above is subject to departmental approval; consult the undergraduate counselors before enrolling in any courses for the minor. Each minor course must be taken for a letter grade, and students must have a minimum grade of C (2.0) in each and an overall grade-point average of 2.0 or better. Successful completion of the minor is indicated on the transcript and diploma.
Graduate Study
For information on graduate admission, see Graduate Programs, page 23. The following introductory information is based on the 2010-11 edition of Program Requirements for UCLA Graduate Degrees. Complete annual editions of Program Requirements are available at http:// www.gdnet.ucla.edu/gasaa/library/pgmrq intro.htm. Students are subject to the detailed degree requirements as published in Program Requirements for the year in which they enter the program. The Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering offers Master of Science (M.S.) and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) degrees in Civil Engineering.
Undergraduate students Chelsea Hoffman and Matthew Runyan make finishing touches to the American Society of Civil Engineers' 2008-2009 Concrete Canoe, Neptune, in preparation for regional competition in Hawaii.
pleted during undergraduate studies. Equivalent courses taken at other institutions can satisfy the preparatory course requirements. The preparatory courses cannot be used to satisfy course requirements for the M.S. degree; courses must be selected in accordance with the lists of required graduate and elective courses for each major field. Undergraduate Courses. No lower division courses may be applied toward graduate degrees. In addition, the following upper division courses are not applicable toward graduate degrees: Chemical Engineering 102A, 199; Civil and Environmental Engineering 106A, 108, 199; Computer Science M152A, 152B, M171L, 199; Electrical Engineering 100, 101, 102, 103, 110L, M116L, M171L, 199; Materials Science and Engineering 110, 120, 130, 131, 131L, 132, 140, 141L, 150, 160, 161L, 199; Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 102, 103, 105A, 105D, 199. The M.S. degree offers four fields of specialization that have specific course requirements. Environmental Engineering Required Preparatory Courses. Chemistry and Biochemistry 20A, 20B, 20L; Civil and Environmental Engineering 150 or 151, 153; Mathematics 32A, 33A; Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 103, 105A; Physics 1A, 1B, 4AL, 4BL.
Required Graduate Courses. Civil and Environmental Engineering 254A, 255A, 255B. Elective Courses. Civil and Environmental Engineering 110, 154, 155, 157B, 157C, 163, 164, 226, 253, 258A, 261B, 263A, 266; a maximum of two of the following courses for students electing the thesis plan or a maximum of three of the following courses for students electing the comprehensive examination plan: Civil and Environmental Engineering 150, 250A through 250D, 251A, 252, 260, M262A, Chemical Engineering 101C or Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 105D, Chemical Engineering 106, 210, C218, 220, C240, Chemistry and Biochemistry 110A, 110B, Computer Science 270A, 271A, 271B, Electrical Engineering 236A, 236B, 236C, Environmental Health Sciences C225, C240, C252D, 255, C264, 410A, 410B. Geotechnical Engineering Required Preparatory Courses. Civil and Environmental Engineering 108, 120, 121. Required Graduate Courses. Civil and Environmental Engineering 220, 221, 223, 224. Major Field Elective Courses. Minimum of three courses must be selected from Civil and Environmental Engineering 123, 128L, 222, 225, 226, 227, 228L, 245. Elective Courses. General: Civil and Environmental Engineering 110, 129, Earth and Space Sciences 135, 136A, 136B, 136C,
48 / Civil and Environmental Engineering 139, 222; environmental engineering: Civil and Environmental Engineering 153, 164; hydrology and water resources: Civil and Environmental Engineering 250B, 251B, 251C; structural/earthquake engineering: Civil and Environmental Engineering 135A, 135B, 137, 142, 235A, 235B, 235C, 243A, 243B, 246, 247; structural mechanics: Civil and Environmental Engineering M230A. Hydrology and Water Resources Engineering Required Preparatory Courses. Chemistry and Biochemistry 20A, 20B, 20L; Civil and Environmental Engineering 150 or 151, 153; Mathematics 32A, 32B, 33A; Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 103, 105A; Physics 1A, 1B, 4AL, 4BL. Required Graduate Courses. Civil and Environmental Engineering 250A, 250B, 250C, and a minimum of three courses from 251A through 251D, 252, 253, 260. Elective Courses. Civil and Environmental Engineering 150, 164, 254A, 255A, 255B, 263A; a maximum of two of the following courses for students electing the thesis plan or a maximum of three of the following courses for students electing the comprehensive examination plan: Atmospheric and Oceanic Sciences M203A, 218, Computer Science 270A, 271A, 271B, Electrical Engineering 236A, 236B, 236C, M237, Mathematics 269A, 269B, 269C. Students may petition the department for permission to pursue programs of study that differ from the above norms. Structural/Earthquake Engineering Required Preparatory Courses. Civil and Environmental Engineering 135A, 135B, 141, 142. Required Graduate Courses. Civil and Environmental Engineering 235A, 246; at least three of the following courses: Civil and Environmental Engineering 225, 235B, 241, 243A, 245. Elective Courses. Undergraduate: No more than two courses from Civil and Environmental Engineering 125, M135C, 137, 143, and either 141 or 142; geotechnical area: Civil and Environmental Engineering 220, 221, 222, 223, 225, 227; general graduate: Civil and Environmental Engineering M230A, M230B, M230C, 232, 233, 235B, 235C, 236, M237A, 238, 241, 243A, 243B, 245, 247, Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 269B. Structural Mechanics Required Preparatory Courses. Civil and Environmental Engineering 130, 135A, 135B. Required Graduate Courses. Civil and Environmental Engineering 232, 235A, 235B, 236, M237A. Elective Courses. Undergraduate: No more than two courses from Civil and Environmental Engineering M135C, 137, 137L; graduate: Civil and Environmental Engineering M230A, M230B, M230C, 233, 235C, 238, 246, 247, Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 269B. in all courses included in the minor field, are required. If students fail to satisfy the minor field requirements through coursework, a minor field examination may be taken (once only). The minor fields are selected to support the major field and are usually subsets of other major fields.
Thesis Plan
In addition to the course requirements, under this plan students are required to write a thesis on a research topic in civil and environmental engineering supervised by the thesis adviser. An M.S. thesis committee reviews and approves the thesis. No oral examination is required.
Course Requirements
There is no formal course requirement for the Ph.D. degree, and students may theoretically substitute coursework by examinations. However, students normally take courses to acquire the knowledge needed for the required written and oral preliminary examinations. The basic program of study for the Ph.D. degree is built around one major field and two minor fields. The major field has a scope corresponding to a body of knowledge contained in a detailed Ph.D. field syllabus available on request from the department office. Each minor field normally embraces a body of knowledge equivalent to three courses from the selected field, at least two of which are graduate courses. Grades of B or better, with a grade-point average of at least 3.33
Fields of Study
Environmental Engineering
Research in environmental engineering focuses on the understanding and management of physical, chemical, and biological processes in the environment and in engineering systems. Areas of research include process development for water and wastewater treatment systems and the investigation of the fate and transport of contaminants in the environment.
Geotechnical Engineering
Research in geotechnical engineering focuses on understanding and advancing the state of knowledge on the effects that soils and soil deposits have on the performance, stability, and safety of civil engi-
Civil and Environmental Engineering / 49 neering structures. Areas of research include laboratory investigations of soil behavior under static and dynamic loads, constitutive modeling of soil behavior, behavior of structural foundations under static and dynamic loads, soil improvement techniques, response of soil deposits and earth structures to earthquake loads, and the investigation of geotechnical aspects of environmental engineering.
Facilities
The Civil and Environmental Engineering Department has a number of laboratories to support its teaching and research:
excitation such as earthquake ground motions. Reinforced Concrete Laboratory The Reinforced Concrete Laboratory is available for students to conduct monotonic and cyclic loading to verify analysis and design methods for moderate-scale reinforced concrete slabs, beams, columns, and joints, which are tested to failure. Soil Mechanics Laboratory The Soil Mechanics Laboratory is used for performing experiments to establish data required for soil classification, soil compaction, shear strength of soils, soil settlement, and consolidation characteristics of soils. Structural Design and Testing Laboratory The Structural Design and Testing Laboratory is used for the design/optimization, construction, instrumentation, and testing of small-scale structural models to compare theoretical and observed behavior. Projects provide integrated design/laboratory experience involving synthesis of structural systems and procedures for measuring and analyzing response under load.
Instructional Laboratories
Advanced Soil Mechanics Laboratory The Advanced Soil Mechanics Laboratory is used for presenting and performing advanced triaxial, simple shear, and consolidation soil tests. It is also used for demonstration of cyclic soil testing techniques and advanced data acquisition and processing. Environmental Engineering Laboratories The Environmental Engineering Laboratories are used for the study of basic laboratory techniques for characterizing water and wastewaters. Selected experiments include measurement of biochemical oxygen demand, suspended solids, dissolved oxygen hardness, and other parameters used in water quality control. Experimental Fracture Mechanics Laboratory The Experimental Fracture Mechanics Laboratory is used for preparing and testing specimens using modern dynamic testing machines to develop an understanding of fracture mechanics and to become familiar with experimental techniques available to study crack tip stress fields, strain energy release rate, surface flaws, and crack growth in laboratory samples. Mechanical Vibrations Laboratory The Mechanical Vibrations Laboratory is used for conducting free and forced vibration and earthquake response experiments on small model structures such as a threestory building, a portal frame, and a water intake/outlet tower for a reservoir. Two electromagnetic exciters, each with a 30-pound dynamic force rating, are available for generating steady state forced vibrations. A number of accelerometers, LVDTs (displacement transducers), and potentiometers are available for measuring the motions of the structure. A laboratory view-based computer-controlled dynamic data acquisition system, an oscilloscope, and a spectrum analyzer are used to visualize and record the motion of the model structures. Two small electromagnetic and servohydraulic shaking tables (1.5 ft. x 1.5 ft. and 2 ft. x 4 ft.) are available to simulate the dynamic response of structures to base
Research Laboratories
Building Earthquake Instrumentation Network The Building Earthquake Instrumentation Network consists of more than100 earthquake strong motion instruments in three campus buildings to measure the response of actual buildings during earthquakes. When combined with over 50 instruments placed in four Century City high-rises and retail buildings, this network, which is maintained by the U.S. Geological Society and State of California Division of Mines and Geology Strong Motion Program, represents the most detailed building instrumentation network in the world. The goal of the research conducted using the response of these buildings is to improve computer modeling methods and the ability of structural engineers to predict the performance of buildings during earthquakes. Environmental Engineering Laboratories The Environmental Engineering Laboratories are used for conducting water and wastewater analysis, including instrumental techniques such as GC, GC/MS, HPLC, TOC, IC, and particle counting instruments. A wide range of wet chemical
50 / Civil and Environmental Engineering analysis can be made in this facility with 6,000 square feet of laboratory space and an accompanying 4,000-square-foot rooftop facility where large pilot scale experiments can be conducted. Additionally, electron microscopy is available in another laboratory. Recently studies have been conducted on oxygen transfer, storm water toxicity, transport of pollutants in soil, membrane fouling, removal from drinking water, and computer simulation of a variety of environmental processes. Experimental Mechanics Laboratory The Experimental Mechanics Laboratory supports two major activities: the Optical Metrology Laboratory and the Experimental Fracture Mechanics Laboratory. In the Optical Metrology Laboratory, tools of modern optics are applied to engineering problems. Such techniques as holography, speckle-interferometry, Moir analysis, and fluorescence-photo mechanics are used for obtaining displacement, stress, strain, or velocity fields in either solids or liquids. Recently, real-time video digital processors have been combined with these modern optical technical techniques, allowing direct interfacing with computerbased systems such as computer-aided testing or robotic manufacturing. The Experimental Fracture Mechanics Laboratory is currently involved in computeraided testing (CAT) of the fatigue fracture mechanics of ductile material. An online dedicated computer controls the experiment as well as records and manipulates data. Large-Scale Structure Test Facility The Large-Scale Structure Test Facility allows investigation of the behavior of large-scale structural components and systems subjected to gravity and earthquake loadings. The facility consists of a high-bay area with a 20 ft. x 50 ft. strong floor with anchor points at 3 ft. on center. Actuators with servohydraulic controllers are used to apply monotonic or cyclic loads. The area is serviced by two cranes. The facilities are capable of testing largescale structural components under a variety of axial and lateral loadings. Associated with the laboratory is an electrohydraulic universal testing machine with force capacity of 100 tons. The machine is used mainly to apply tensile and compressive loads to specimens so that the properties of the materials from which the specimens are made can be determined. It can also be used in fatigue-testing of small components. Soil Mechanics Laboratory The Soil Mechanics Laboratory is used for standard experiments and advanced research in geotechnical engineering, with equipment for static and dynamic triaxial and simple shear testing. Modem computer-controlled servo-hydraulic closedloop system supports triaxial and simple shear devices. The system is connected to state-of-the-art data acquisition equipment. The laboratory also includes special simple shear apparatuses for small-strain static and cyclic testing and for one-dimensional or two-dimensional cyclic loading across a wide range of frequencies. A humidity room is available for storing soil samples.
Poul V. Lade, Ph.D. (UC Berkeley, 1972) Soil mechanics, stress-strain and strength characteristics of soils, deformation and stability analyses of foundation engineering problems Chung Yen Liu, Ph.D. (Caltech, 1962) Fluid mechanics, environmental, numerical Richard L. Perrine, Ph.D. (Stanford, 1953) Resource and environmental problems chemical, petroleum, or hydrological, physics of flow through porous media, transport phenomena, kinetics Moshe F. Rubinstein, Ph.D. (UCLA, 1961) Systems analysis and design, problem-solving and decision-making models Lucien A. Schmit, Jr., M.S. (MIT, 1950) Structural mechanics, optimization, automated design methods for structural systems and components, application of finite element analysis techniques and mathematical programming algorithms in structural design, analysis and synthesis methods for fiber composite structural components Lawrence G. Selna, Ph.D. (UC Berkeley, 1967) Reinforced concrete, earthquake engineering
Associate Professors
Eric M.V. Hoek, Ph.D. (Yale, 2001) Physical and chemical environmental processes, colloidal and interfacial phenomena, environmental membrane separations, bioadhesion and bio-fouling Terri S. Hogue, Ph.D. (Arizona, 2003) Surface hydrology, hydroclimatology, rainfallrunoff modeling, operational flood forecasting, parameter estimation, model optimization techniques, sensitivity analysis, land-surfaceatmosphere interactions, surface vegetation atmosphere transfer schemes (SVATS), and carbon flux modeling Jennifer A. Jay, Ph.D. (MIT, 1999) Aquatic chemistry, environmental microbiology Steven A. Margulis, Ph.D. (MIT, 2002) Surface hydrology, hydrometeorology, remote sensing, data assimilation Ertugrul Taciroglu, Ph.D. (Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, 1998) Computational structural and solid mechanics and constitutive modeling of materials
Assistant Professors
Scott J. Brandenberg, Ph.D. (UC Davis, 2005) Geotechnical earthquake engineering, soilstructure interaction, liquefaction, data acquisition and processing, numerical analysis Shaily Mahendra, Ph.D. (UC Berkeley, 2007) Environmental microbiology, biodegradation of groundwater contaminants, microbialnanomaterial interactions, nanotoxicology, applications of molecular biological and isotopic tools in environmental engineering Gaurav Sant, Ph.D. (Purdue, 2009) Cementitious materials and porous media with focus on chemistry-microstructure-property relationships, geochemical modeling, shrinkage and cracking, thermodynamics of interfaces, durability prediction and extension, and carbon footprint minimization of construction materials Jian Zhang, Ph.D. (UC Berkeley, 2002) Earthquake engineering, structural dynamics and mechanics, seismic protective devices and strategies, soil-structure interaction, and bridge engineering
Professors Emeriti
Stanley B. Dong, Ph.D. (UC Berkeley, 1962) Structural mechanics, structural dynamics, finite element methods, numerical methods and mechanics of composite materials Lewis P. Felton, Ph.D. (Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1964) Structural analysis, structural mechanics, automated optimum structural design, including reliability-based design Michael E. Fourney, Ph.D. (Caltech, 1963) Experimental mechanics, special emphasis on application of modern optical techniques Gary C. Hart, Ph.D. (Stanford, 1968) Structural engineering analysis and design of buildings for earthquake and wind loads, structural dynamics, and uncertainty and risk analysis of structures
Senior Lecturer
Christopher Tu, Ph.D. (UC Davis, 1975) Groundwater movement and surface water hydrology
Adjunct Professor
Ne-Zheng Sun, Ph.D. (Shandong, 1965) Mathematical modeling of groundwater flow and contaminant transport, water resources
Graduate Courses
220. Advanced Soil Mechanics. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 120. State of stress. Consolidation and settlement
56 / Computer Science
Computer Science
UCLA 4732 Boelter Hall Box 951596 Los Angeles, CA 90095-1596 (310) 825-3886 fax: (310) 825-2273 http://www.cs.ucla.edu Jens Palsberg, Ph.D., Chair Richard E. Korf, Ph.D., Vice Chair Richard R. Muntz, Ph.D., Vice Chair Professors
Alfonso F. Cardenas, Ph.D. Jason (Jingsheng) Cong, Ph.D. Adnan Y. Darwiche, Ph.D. Joseph J. DiStefano III, Ph.D. Michael G. Dyer, Ph.D. Milos D. Ercegovac, Ph.D. Deborah L. Estrin, Ph.D. (Jonathan B. Postel Professor of Networking) Eliezer M. Gafni, Ph.D. Mario Gerla, Ph.D. Richard E. Korf, Ph.D. Christopher Lee, Ph.D. Songwu Lu, Ph.D. Rupak Majumdar, Ph.D. Stanley J. Osher, Ph.D. Rafail Ostrovsky, Ph.D. Jens Palsberg, Ph.D. D. Stott Parker, Jr., Ph.D. Miodrag Potkonjak, Ph.D. Amit Sahai, Ph.D. Majid Sarrafzadeh, Ph.D. Stefano Soatto, Ph.D. Mani B. Srivastava, Ph.D. Demetri Terzopoulos, Ph.D. (Chancellors Professor) Alan L. Yuille, Ph.D. Carlo Zaniolo, Ph.D. (Norman E. Friedmann Professor of Knowledge Sciences) Lixia Zhang, Ph.D. Song-Chun Zhu, Ph.D.
Assistant Professors
Petros Faloutsos, Ph.D. Adam W. Meyerson, Ph.D. Zhuowen Tu, Ph.D. Jennifer N. Vaughan, Ph.D.
Senior Lecturer
Leon Levine, M.S., Emeritus
Lecturers S.O.E.
Paul R. Eggert, Ph.D. David A. Smallberg, M.S.
Adjunct Professors
Alan Kay, Ph.D. Boris Kogan, Ph.D. Carey S. Nachenberg, Ph.D. Ani Nahapetian, Ph.D. Peter S. Pao, Ph.D. Peter L. Reiher, Ph.D. M. Yahya Sanadidi, Ph.D.
In addition to the B.S. in Computer Science and Engineering and the B.S. in Computer Science, HSSEAS offers M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in Computer Science, as well as minor fields for graduate students seeking engineering degrees. In cooperation with the John E. Anderson Graduate School of Management, the Computer Science Department offers a concurrent degree program that enables students to obtain the M.S. in Computer Science and the M.B.A. (Master of Business Administration).
Department Mission
The Computer Science Department strives for excellence in creating, applying, and imparting knowledge in computer science and engineering through comprehensive educational programs, research in collaboration with industry and government, dissemination through scholarly publications, and service to professional societies, the community, state, and nation.
Professors Emeriti
Algirdas A. Avizienis, Ph.D. Rajive L. Bagrodia, Ph.D. Bertram Bussell, Ph.D. Jack W. Carlyle, Ph.D. Wesley W. Chu, Ph.D. Gerald Estrin, Ph.D. Thelma Estrin, Ph.D. Sheila A. Greibach, Ph.D. Leonard Kleinrock, Ph.D. Allen Klinger, Ph.D. Lawrence P. McNamee, Ph.D. Michel A. Melkanoff, Ph.D. Richard R. Muntz, Ph.D. Judea Pearl, Ph.D. David A. Rennels, Ph.D. Jacques J. Vidal, Ph.D.
Associate Professors
Junghoo (John) Cho, Ph.D. Eleazar Eskin, Ph.D. Edward Kohler, Ph.D. Todd D. Millstein, Ph.D. Glenn D. Reinman, Ph.D. Yuval Tamir, Ph.D.
Computer Science / 57 education to pursue flexible career paths amid future technological changes. ics 31A, 31B, 32A, 32B, 33A, 33B, 61; Physics 1A, 1B, 4AL, 4BL. computer architecture, theory of computation and formal languages, operating systems, distributed systems, computer modeling, computer networks, compiler construction, and artificial intelligence. Majors are prepared for employment in a wide range of industrial and business environments. The computer science curriculum is accredited by the Computing Accreditation Commission of ABET, 111 Market Place, Suite 1050, Baltimore, MD 21202-4012, (410) 347-7700.
Undergraduate Study
The Computer Science and Engineering and Computer Science majors are designated capstone majors. Computer Science and Engineering students complete a major product design course, while Computer Science students complete either a software engineering or major product design course. Graduates are expected to apply the basic mathematical and scientific concepts that underlie modern computer science and engineering; design a software or digital hardware system, component, or process to meet desired needs within realistic constraints; function productively with others as part of a team; identify, formulate, and solve computer softwareand hardware-related engineering problems; and demonstrate effective communication skills.
The Major
Required: Computer Science 111, 118, 131, M151B (or Electrical Engineering M116C), M152A (or Electrical Engineering M116L), 180, 181, Electrical Engineering 102, 110, 110L, 115A, 115C, Statistics 100A; three technical breadth courses (12 units) selected from an approved list available in the Office of Academic and Student Affairs; one capstone design course (Computer Science 152B); and three upper division computer science elective courses (12 units), one of which must be selected from Computer Science 143 or 161 or 174A. The remaining two elective courses must be selected from Computer Science 112, 113, M117 (or Electrical Engineering M117), CM121 (or Chemistry and Biochemistry CM160A), CM122 (or Chemistry and Biochemistry CM160B), CM124 (or Human Genetics CM124), 130, 132, 133, 136, 143, 144, 151C, 161, 170A, M171L (or Electrical Engineering M171L), 174A, 174B, C174C, 183, M184 (or Biomedical Engineering M184 or Computational and Systems Biology M184), CM186B (or Biomedical Engineering CM186B or Computational and Systems Biology M186), CM186C (or Biomedical Engineering CM186C or Computational and Systems Biology M187). Electrical Engineering 103 may be substituted for one elective (credit is not given for both Computer Science 170A and Electrical Engineering 103 unless one of the courses is included in the technical breadth area); 4 units of either Computer Science 194 or 199 may be applied as an elective by petition. For information on University and general education requirements, see Requirements for B.S. Degrees on page 19 or http://www .registrar.ucla.edu/ge/.
The Major
Required: Computer Science 111, 118, 131, M151B (or Electrical Engineering M116C), M152A (or Electrical Engineering M116L), 180, 181, Statistics 100A; three upper division science and technology courses (12 units) not used to satisfy other requirements, that may include three computer science courses or three courses selected from an approved list available in the Office of Academic and Student Affairs; three technical breadth courses (12 units) selected from an approved list available in the Office of Academic and Student Affairs; one capstone software engineering or design course from Computer Science 130 or 152B; and six upper division computer science elective courses (24 units), two of which must be selected from Computer Science 143, 161, or 174A and one of which must be from 112 or 170A or Electrical Engineering 103 (credit is not given for both Computer Science 170A and Electrical Engineering 103 unless one of the courses is included in the technical breadth area). The remaining three elective courses must be selected from Computer Science 112, 113, M117 (or Electrical Engineering M117), CM121 (or Chemistry and Biochemistry CM160A), CM122 (or Chemistry and Biochemistry CM160B), CM124 (or Human Genetics CM124), 130 (unless taken as a required course), 132, 133, 136, 143, 144, 151C, 152B (unless taken as a required course), 161, 170A, M171L (or Electrical Engineering M171L), 174A, 174B, C174C, 183, M184 (or Biomedical Engineering M184 or Computational and Systems Biology M184), CM186B (or Bio-
The ABET-accredited computer science and engineering curriculum at UCLA provides the education and training necessary to design, implement, test, and utilize the hardware and software of digital computers and digital systems. The curriculum has components spanning both the Computer Science and Electrical Engineering Departments. Within the curriculum students study all aspects of computer systems from electronic design through logic design, MSI, LSI, and VLSI concepts and device utilization, machine language design, implementation and programming, operating system concepts, systems programming, networking fundamentals, higher-level language skills, and application of these to systems. Students are prepared for employment in a wide spectrum of high-technology industries. The computer science and engineering curriculum is accredited by the Computing Accreditation Commission and the Engineering Accreditation Commission of ABET, 111 Market Place, Suite 1050, Baltimore, MD 21202-4012, (410) 347-7700.
The computer science curriculum is designed to accommodate students who want professional preparation in computer science but do not necessarily have a strong interest in computer systems hardware. The curriculum consists of components in computer science, a minor or technical support area, and a core of courses from the social sciences, life sciences, and humanities. Within the curriculum, students study subject matter in software engineering, principles of programming languages, data structures,
58 / Computer Science medical Engineering CM186B or Computational and Systems Biology M186), CM186C (or Biomedical Engineering CM186C or Computational and Systems Biology M187). If students have not taken Computer Science 130, one elective course must be 132; 4 units of either Computer Science 194 or 199 may be applied as an elective by petition. For information on University and general education requirements, see Requirements for B.S. Degrees on page 19 or http://www .registrar.ucla.edu/ge/.
students cannot be used to satisfy graduate degree requirements if students have already received a grade of B or better for a course taken elsewhere that covers substantially the same material. For the M.S. degree, students must also complete at least three terms of Computer Science 201 with grades of Satisfactory. Competence in any or all courses in breadth requirements may be demonstrated in one of three ways: 1. Satisfactory completion of the course at UCLA with a grade of B or better 2. Satisfactory completion of an equivalent course at another university with a grade of B or better 3. Satisfactory completion of a final examination in the course at UCLA
Graduate Study
For information on graduate admission, see Graduate Programs, page 23. The following introductory information is based on the 2010-11 edition of Program Requirements for UCLA Graduate Degrees. Complete annual editions of Program Requirements are available at http:// www.gdnet.ucla.edu/gasaa/library/pgmrq intro.htm. Students are subject to the degree requirements as published in Program Requirements for the year in which they enter the program. The Department of Computer Science offers Master of Science (M.S.) and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) degrees in Computer Science and participates in a concurrent degree program (Computer Science M.S./ Management M.B.A.) with the John E. Anderson Graduate School of Management.
Thesis Plan
In the thesis plan, seven of the nine courses must be formal courses, including at least four from the 200 series. The remaining two courses may be 598 courses involving work on the thesis. The thesis is a report on the results of student investigation of a problem in the major field of study under the supervision of the thesis committee, which approves the subject and plan of the thesis and reads and approves the complete manuscript. While the problem may be one of only limited scope, the thesis must exhibit a satisfactory style, organization, and depth of understanding of the subject. Students should normally start to plan the thesis at least one year before the award of the M.S. degree is expected. There is no examination under the thesis plan.
Computer Science / 59 materials from both the M.B.A. Admissions Office, John E. Anderson Graduate School of Management, and the Department of Computer Science. requirement is satisfied by mastering the contents of five undergraduate courses or equivalent: Computer Science 180, two courses from 111, 118, and M151B, one course from 130, 131, or 132, and one course from 143, 161, or 174A. A UCLA undergraduate course taken by graduate students cannot be used to satisfy graduate degree requirements if students have already received a grade of B or better for a course taken elsewhere that covers substantially the same material. For the Ph.D. degree, students must also complete at least three terms of Computer Science 201 with grades of Satisfactory (in addition to the three terms of 201 that may have been completed for the M.S. degree). Competence in any or all courses may be demonstrated in one of three ways: 1. Satisfactory completion of the course at UCLA with a grade of B or better 2. Satisfactory completion of an equivalent course at another university with a grade of B or better 3. Satisfactory completion of a final examination in the course at UCLA For requirements for the Graduate Certificate of Specialization, see Engineering Schoolwide Programs. sity Oral Qualifying Examination. A doctoral committee consists of a minimum of four members. Three members, including the chair, must hold appointments in the Computer Science Department at UCLA. The remaining member must be a UCLA faculty member outside the Computer Science Department. The nature and content of the oral qualifying examination are at the discretion of the doctoral committee but ordinarily include a broad inquiry into the students preparation for research. The doctoral committee also reviews the prospectus of the dissertation at the oral qualifying examination.
Course Requirements
Normally, students take courses to acquire the knowledge needed to prepare for the written and oral examinations and for conducting Ph.D. research. The basic program of study for the Ph.D. degree is built around the major field requirement and two minor fields. The major field and at least one minor field must be in computer science. The fundamental examination is common for all Ph.D. candidates in the department and is also known as the written qualifying examination. To satisfy the major field requirement, students are expected to attain a body of knowledge contained in six courses, as well as the current literature in the area of specialization. In particular, students are required to take a minimum of four graduate courses in the major field of Ph.D. research, selecting these courses in accordance with guidelines specific to the major field. Guidelines for course selection in each major field are available from the departmental Student Affairs Office. Grades of B or better, with a grade-point average of at least 3.33 in all courses used to satisfy the major field requirement, are required. Students are required to satisfy the major field requirement within the first nine terms after enrolling in the graduate program. Each minor field normally embraces a body of knowledge equivalent to three courses, at least two of which are graduate courses. Grades of B or better, with a grade-point average of at least 3.33 in all courses included in the minor field, are required. By petition and administrative approval, a minor field may be satisfied by examination. Breadth Requirement. Ph.D. degree students must satisfy the computer science breadth requirement by the end of the third term in graduate residence at UCLA. The
Fields of Study
Artificial Intelligence
Artificial intelligence (AI) is the study of intelligent behavior. While other fields such as philosophy, psychology, neuroscience, and linguistics are also concerned with the study of intelligence, the distinguishing feature of AI is that it deals primarily with information processing models. Thus the central scientific question of artificial intelligence is how intelligent behavior can be reduced to information processing. Since even the simplest computer is a completely general information processing device, the test of whether some behavior can be explained by information processing mechanisms is whether a computer can be programmed to produce the same behavior. Just as human intelligence involves gathering sensory input and producing physical action in the world, in addition to purely mental activity, the computer for AI purposes is extended to include sense organs such as cameras and microphones, and output devices such as wheels, robotic arms, and speakers. The predominant research paradigm in artificial intelligence is to select some behavior that seems to require intelligence on the part of humans, to theorize about how the behavior might be accounted for, and to implement the theory in a computer program to produce the same behavior. If successful, such an experiment lends support to the claim that the selected behavior is reducible to information processing terms, and may suggest the programs architecture as a candidate explanation of the corresponding human process. The UCLA Computer Science Department has active research in the following major subfields of artificial intelligence: 1. Problem Solving. Analysis of tasks, such as playing chess or proving theo-
60 / Computer Science rems, that require reasoning about relatively long sequences of primitive actions, deductions, or inferences 2. Knowledge representation and qualitative reasoning. Analysis of tasks such as commonsense reasoning and qualitative physics. Here the deductive chains are short, but the amount of knowledge that potentially may be brought to bear is very large 3. Expert systems. Study of large amounts of specialized or highly technical knowledge that is often probabilistic in nature. Typical domains include medical diagnosis and engineering design 4. Natural language processing. Symbolic, statistical, and artificial neural network approaches to text comprehension and generation 5. Computer vision. Processing of images, as from a TV camera, to infer spatial properties of the objects in the scene (three-dimensional shape), their dynamics (motion), their photometry (material and light), and their identity (recognition) 6. Robotics. Translation of a high-level command, such as picking up a particular object, into a sequence of low-level control signals that might move the joints of a robotic arm/hand combination to accomplish the task; often this involves using a computer vision system to locate objects and provide feedback 7. Machine learning. Study of the means by which a computer can automatically improve its performance on a task by acquiring knowledge about the domain 8. Parallel architecture. Design and programming of a machine with thousands or even millions of simple processing elements to produce intelligent behavior; the human brain is an example of such a machine tems network modeling of biological systems at molecular, cellular, organ, whole organism, or population levels and leveraging them in biosystem and bioinformatics applications. Methodological studies include bioinformatics and systems biology modeling, with focus on genomics, proteomics, metabolomics, and higher levels of biological/physiological organization, as well as multiscale approaches integrating the parts. Typical research areas with a systems focus include molecular and cellular systems biology, organ systems physiology, medical, pharmacological, pharmacokinetic (PK), pharmacodynamic (PD), toxicokinetic (TK), physiologically based PBPK-PD, PBTK, and pharmacogenomic system studies; neurosystems, imaging and remote sensing systems, robotics, learning and knowledge-based systems, visualization, and virtual clinical environments. Typical research areas with a bioinformatics focus include development of computational methods for analysis of high-throughput molecular data, including genomic sequences, gene expression data, protein-protein interaction, and genetic variation. These computational methods leverage techniques from both statistics and algorithms. 1. An appropriate model of the computer system under study 2. An adequate (exact or approximate) analysis of the behavior of the model 3. The validation of the model as compared to simulation and/or measurement of the system 4. Interpretation of the analytical results in order to obtain behavioral patterns and key parameters of the system 5. Design methodology Resource Allocation A central problem in the design and evaluation of computer networks deals with the allocation of resources among competing demands (e.g., wireless channel bandwidth allocation to backlogged stations). In fact, resource allocation is a significant element in most of the technical (and nontechnical) problems we face today. Most of our resource allocation problems arise from the unpredictability of the demand for the use of these resources, as well as from the fact that the resources are geographically distributed (as in computer networks). The computer networks field encounters such resource allocation problems in many forms and in many different computer system configurations. Our goal is to find allocation schemes that permit suitable concurrency in the use of devices (resources) so as to achieve efficiency and equitable allocation. A very popular approach in distributed systems is allocation on demand, as opposed to prescheduled allocation. On-demand allocation is found to be effective, since it takes advantage of statistical averaging effects. It comes in many forms in computer networks and is known by names such as asynchronous time division multiplexing, packet switching, frame relay, random access, and so forth.
Computer Networks
The computer networks field involves the study of computer networks of different types, in different media (wired, wireless), and for different applications. Besides the study of network architectures and protocols, this field also emphasizes distributed algorithms, distributed systems, and the ability to evaluate system performance at various levels of granularity (but principally at the systems level). In order to understand and predict systems behavior, mathematical models are pursued that lead to the evaluation of system throughput, response time, utilization of devices, flow of jobs and messages, bottlenecks, speedup, power, etc. In addition, students are taught to design and implement computer networks using formal design methodologies subject to appropriate cost and objective functions. The tools required to carry out this design include probability theory, queueing theory, distributed systems theory, mathematical programming, control theory, operating systems design, simulation methods, measurement tools, and heuristic design procedures. The outcome of these studies provides the following:
Computer Science / 61 The term theoretical computer science has come to be applied nationally and intentionally to a certain body of knowledge emphasizing the interweaving themes of computability and algorithms, interpreted in the broadest sense. Under computability, one includes questions concerning which tasks can and cannot be performed by information systems of different types restricted in various ways, as well as the mathematical analysis of such systems, their computations, and the languages for communication with them. Under algorithms, one includes questions concerning (1) how a task can be performed efficiently under reasonable assumptions on available resources (e.g., time, storage, type of processor), (2) how efficiently a proposed system performs a task in terms of resources used, and (3) the limits on how efficiently a task can be performed. These questions are often addressed by first developing models of the relevant parts of an information processing system (e.g., the processors, their interconnections, their rules of operation, the means by which instructions are conveyed to the system, or the way the data is handled) or of the input/ output behavior of the system as a whole. The properties of such models are studied both for their own interest and as tools for understanding the system and improving its performance or applications. design tools that lead to improved performance and reliability as well as reduced power consumption and cost. Corresponding to the richness and diversity of computer systems architecture research at UCLA, a comprehensive set of courses is offered in the areas of advanced processor architecture, arithmetic processor systems. parallel and distributed architectures, fault-tolerant systems, reconfigurable systems, embedded systems, and computer-aided design of VLSI circuits and systems. 1. Novel architectures encompass the study of computations that are performed in ways that are quite different than those used by conventional machines. Examples include various domain-specific architectures characterized by high computational rates, low power, and reconfigurable hardware implementations. 2. The study of high-performance processing algorithms deals with algorithms for very high-performance numerical processing. Techniques such as redundant-digit representations of number systems, fast arithmetic, and the use of highly parallel arrays of processing elements are studied with the goal of providing the extremely high processing speeds required in a number of upcoming computer applications. 3. The study of computational algorithms and structures deals with the relationship between computational algorithms and the physical structures that can be employed to carry them out. It includes the study of interconnection networks, and the way that algorithms can be formulated for efficient implementation where regularity of structure and simplicity of interconnections are required. 4. Computer-aided design of VLSI circuits and systems is an active research area that develops techniques for the automated synthesis and analysis of largescale systems. Topics include highlevel and logic-level synthesis, technology mapping, physical design, interconnect modeling, and optimization of various VLSI technologies such as fullcustom designs, standard cells, programmable logic devices (PLDs), multichip modules (MCMs), system-on-achip (SaCs), network-on-a-chip (NoC), system-in-a-package (SIPs), and design for nanotechnologies. 5. VLSI architectures and implementation is an area of current interest and collaboration between the Electrical Engineering and Computer Science Departments that addresses the impact of large-scale integration on the issues of computer architecture. Application of these systems in medicine and healthcare, multimedia, and finance is being studied in collaboration with other schools on campus.
62 / Computer Science
Software Systems
The programming languages and systems field is concerned with the study of theory and practice in the development of software systems. Well-engineered systems require appreciation of both principles and architectural trade-offs. Principles provide abstractions and rigor that lead to clean designs, while systems-level understanding is essential for effective design. Principles here encompass the use of programming systems to achieve specified goals, the identification of useful programming abstractions or paradigms, the development of comprehensive models of software systems, and so forth. The thrust is to identify and clarify concepts that apply in many programming contexts. Development of software systems requires an understanding of many methodological and architectural issues. The complex systems developed today rely on concepts and lessons that have been extracted from years of research on programming languages, operating systems, database systems, knowledge-based systems, realtime systems, and distributed and parallel systems.
W. M. Keck Laboratory for Computer Vision The laboratory, sponsored by a grant from the W. M. Keck Foundation, hosts a variety of high-end equipment for vision research including a full 360-degree light dome, 3-D laser scanners, cameras, lights, lenses, mobile robots, and virtual reality setup to support vision research in the departments of Statistics, Computer Science, Psychology, and Neuroscience. MAGIX: Modeling Animation and Graphics Laboratory The MAGIX: Modeling Animation and Graphics Laboratory is used for research on computer graphics, especially targeted towards the video game and motion picture industries, with emphasis on geometric, physics-based, and artificial life modeling and animation, including motion capture techniques, biomechanical simulation, behavioral animation, and graphics applications of machine learning, AI, and robotics. See http://www.magix.ucla.edu. UCLA Collective on Vision and Image Sciences The Collective brings together researchers from multiple departments at UCLA, including Mathematics, Statistics, Computer Science, Brain Mapping, Computational Biology, Neuro Imaging, Image Informatics, Psychology, and Radiology. See http://visciences.ucla.edu. UCLA Vision Laboratory The UCLA Vision Laboratory is used for computer vision research, in particular the processing of sensory information to retrieve mathematical models of the environment in order for machines to interact with it. Applications include shape analysis, visual motion analysis, visual recognition, 3-D reconstruction, and vision-based control (for instance, autonomous vehicle navigation). See http://vision.ucla.edu.
Facilities
Departmental laboratory facilities for instruction and research include:
Computer Science / 63 Computer Communications Laboratory The Computer Communications Laboratory is used for investigating local-area networks, packet-switching networks, and packet-radio networks. High-Performance Internet Laboratory The High-Performance Internet Laboratory is used for investigating high-performance quality of service (QoS) techniques in the Internet, including QoS routing in Internet domains, QoS fault-tolerant multicast, TCP congestion control, and gigabit network measurements. See http://www.cs.ucla .edu/NRL/hpi/. Internet Research Laboratory The Internet Research Laboratory (IRL) is used for exploring the forefront of current Internet architecture and protocol development, including quantifying the dynamics in large-scale networks and securing largescale systems such as the Internet routing infrastructure and Domain Name System (DNS). See http://irl.cs.ucla.edu. Network Research Laboratory The Network Research Laboratory is used for investigating wireless local-area networks (with specific interest in ad-hoc networks, vehicular networks, and personalarea networks) and the interaction between wired and wireless network layers, middleware, and applications. Activities include protocol development, protocol analysis and simulation, and wireless testbed experiments. See http://www.cs.ucla.edu/ NRL/wireless/.
Knowledge-Based Multimedia Medical Distributed Database Systems Laboratory The Knowledge-Based Multimedia Medical Distributed Database Systems Laboratory is used for developing new methodologies to access multimedia (numeric, text, image/picture) data by content and feature rather than by artificial keys such as patient ID. See http://www.kmed.cs.ucla.edu. Multimedia Stream System Laboratory The Multimedia Stream System Laboratory is used for investigation and development of stream-based data model constructs and the corresponding querying facilities in response to the growing requirements of advanced multimedia database applications. See http://www.mmss.cs.ucla.edu. Multimedia Systems Laboratory The Multimedia Systems Laboratory is used for research on all aspects of multimedia: physical and logical modeling of multimedia objects, real-time delivery of continuous multimedia, operating systems and networking issues in multimedia systems, and development of multimedia courseware. See http://www.mmsl.cs.ucla .edu. UCLA Web Information Systems Laboratory The UCLA Web Information Systems Laboratory is used for investigating Web-based information systems. The laboratory seeks to develop the enabling technology for such systems by integrating the Web with database systems. Current projects focus on the preservation and warehousing of XML and database information to support temporal queries on historical archives, and data systems management systems to support advanced queries and data mining applications on the massive streams of information that are continuously flowing through the Web. See http://wis.cs.ucla .edu.
64 / Computer Science Laboratory for Advanced System Research The Laboratory for Advanced System Research is used for developing advanced operating systems, distributed systems, and middleware and conducting research in systems security. Parallel Computing Laboratory The Parallel Computing Laboratory is used for research in scalable simulation, providing an efficient lightweight simulation language, as well as tools for large-scale parallel simulation on modern supercomputers. See http://pcl.cs.ucla.edu. Software Systems Laboratory The Software Systems Laboratory is used for research into the design, implementation, and evaluation of operating systems, networked systems, programming languages, and software engineering tools. Some of these research laboratories also provide support for upper division and/or graduate courses.
Administrative Structure
The central facilities and wide-area networking are operated by the campuswide Communications Technology Services. Access to the departmental and SEASnet machines is controlled so as to maximize the usefulness of these computers for education and research, but no direct charges are involved.
Computing Resources
In summarizing the resources now available to conduct experimentally based research in the UCLA Computer Science Department, it is useful to identify the major components of the research environment: the departmental computing facility, other hardware and software systems, administrative structure, and technical support staff.
Hardware
Computing facilities range from large campus-operated supercomputers to a major local network of servers and workstations that are administered by the department computing facilities (DCF) or school network (SEASnet). The departmental research network includes Sun servers and shared workstations, on the schools own ethernet TCP/IP local network. A wide variety of peripheral equipment is also part of the facility, and many more research-group workstations share the network; the total number of machines exceeds 700, the majority running the Linux operating system. The network consists of switched10/100/1000 ethernet to the desktop with a gigabit backbone connection. The department LAN is connected to the campus gigabit backbone. An 802.11g wireless network is also available to faculty, staff, and graduate students.
sonal-area networks (Bluetooth and Zigbee), underwater sensor networks, Internet transport protocols (TCP, streaming), Internet path characterization, capacity and bandwidth estimates, analytic and simulation models for network and protocol performance evaluation Richard E. Korf, Ph.D. (Carnegie Mellon, 1983) Problem solving, heuristic search, planning in artificial intelligence Songwu Lu, Ph.D. (Illinois, 1999) Integrated-service support over heterogeneous networks, e.g. mobile computing environments, Internet and Activenet: networking and computing, wireless communications and networks, computer communication networks, dynamic game theory, dynamic systems, neural networks, and information economics Rupak Majumdar, Ph.D. (UC Berkeley, 2003) Computer-aided verification of hardware and software systems; logic and automata theory; embedded, hybrid, and probabilistic systems Stanley J. Osher, Ph.D. (NYU, 1966) Scientific computing and applied mathematics Rafail Ostrovsky, Ph.D. (MIT, 1992) Theoretical computer science algorithms, cryptography, complexity theory, randomization, network protocols, geometric algorithms, data mining Jens Palsberg, Ph.D. (Aarhus U., Denmark, 1992) Compilers, embedded systems, programming languages D. Stott Parker, Jr., Ph.D. (Illinois, 1978) Data mining, information modeling, scientific computing, bioinformatics, database and knowledge-based systems Miodrag Potkonjak, Ph.D. (UC Berkeley, 1991) Computer-aided analysis and synthesis of system level designs, behavioral synthesis, and interaction between high-performance application-specific computations and communications Majid Sarrafzadeh, Ph.D. (Illinois, 1987) Computer engineering, embedded systems, VLSI CAD, algorithms Stefano Soatto, Ph.D. (Caltech, 1996) Computer vision; shape analysis, motion analysis, texture analysis, 3-D reconstruction, vision-based control; computer graphics: image-based modeling and rendering; medical imaging: registration, segmentation, statistical shape analysis; autonomous systems: sensor-based control, planning non-linear filtering; human-computer interaction: visionbased interfaces, visibility, visualization Mani B. Srivastava, Ph.D. (UC Berkeley, 1992) Energy aware networking and computing, embedded networked sensing, embedded software, low-power wireless systems and applications of wireless and embedded technology Demetri Terzopoulos, Ph.D. (MIT, 1984) Computer graphics, computer vision, medical image analysis, computer-aided design, artificial life/intelligence Alan L. Yuille, Ph.D. (Cambridge University, 1986) Computer vision, computational models of cognition, machine learning Carlo Zaniolo, Ph.D. (UCLA, 1976) Knowledge bases and deductive databases, parallel execution of PROLOG programs, formal software specifications, distributed systems, artificial intelligence, and computational biology Lixia Zhang, Ph.D. (MIT, 1989) Computer network, Internet architecture, protocol designs, security and resiliency of largescale systems
Computer Science / 65
Song-Chun Zhu, Ph.D. (Harvard, 1996) Computer vision, statistical modeling and computing, vision and visual arts, machine learning tern recognition, analog and hybrid systems/ signal processing
Associate Professors
Junghoo (John) Cho, Ph.D. (Stanford, 2002) Databases, web technologies, information discovery and integration Eleazar Eskin, Ph.D. (Columbia, 2002) Bioinformatics, genetics, genomics, machine learning Edward Kohler, Ph.D. (MIT, 2001) Operating systems, software systems, programming languages and systems, networking systems Todd D. Millstein, Ph.D. (U. Washington, 2003) Programming language design, static type systems, formal methods, software model checking, compilers Glenn D. Reinman, Ph.D. (UC San Diego, 2001) Microprocessor architecture, exploitation of instruction/thread/memory-level parallelism, power-efficient design, hardware/software codesign, multicore and multiprocessor design Amit Sahai, Ph.D. (MIT, 2000) Theoretical computer science, cryptology, computer security, algorithms, error-correcting codes and learning theory Yuval Tamir, Ph.D. (UC Berkeley, 1985) Computer systems, computer architecture, software systems, parallel and distributed systems, dependable systems, cluster computing, reliable network services, interconnection networks and switches, multi-core architectures, reconfigurable systems
Professors Emeriti
Algirdas A. Avizienis, Ph.D. (Illinois, 1960) Digital computer architecture and design, fault-tolerant computing, digital arithmetic Rajive L. Bagrodia, Ph.D. (U. Texas, 1987) Wireless networks, nomadic computing, parallel programming, performance evaluation of computer and communication systems Bertram Bussell, Ph.D. (UCLA, 1962) Computer systems architecture, interactive computer graphics Jack W. Carlyle, Ph.D. (UC Berkeley, 1961) Communication, computation theory and practice, algorithms and complexity, discrete system theory, developmental and probabilistic systems Wesley W. Chu, Ph.D. (Stanford, 1966) Distributed computing, distributed database, memory management, computer communications, performance measurement and evaluation for distributed systems and multiaccess packet-switched systems Gerald Estrin, Ph.D. (Wisconsin, 1951) Computer systems architecture, methodology and supporting tools for design of concurrent systems, automating design teamwork, restructurable architectures Thelma Estrin, Ph.D. (Wisconsin, 1951) Biomedical engineering, application of technology and computers to health care, computer methods in neuroscience, engineering education Sheila A. Greibach, Ph.D. (Harvard, 1963) Theoretical computer science, computational complexity, program schemes and semantics, formal languages, automata, computability Leonard Kleinrock, Ph.D. (MIT, 1963) Computer networks, computer-communication systems, resource sharing and allocation, computer systems modeling analysis and design, queueing systems theory and applications, performance evaluation of congestion-prone systems, performance evaluation and design of distributed multiaccess packetswitching systems, wireless networks, mobile computing, nomadic computing, and distributed and parallel processing systems Allen Klinger, Ph.D. (UC Berkeley, 1966) Pattern recognition, picture processing, biomedical applications, mathematical modeling Lawrence P. McNamee, Ph.D. (Pittsburgh, 1964) Computer graphics, discrete simulation, digital filtering, computer-aided design, LSI fabrication techniques, printed circuit board design Michel A. Melkanoff, Ph.D. (UCLA, 1955) Programming languages, data structures, database design, relational models, simulation systems, robotics, computer-aided design and manufacturing, numerical-controlled machinery Richard R. Muntz, Ph.D. (Princeton, 1969) Multimedia systems, database systems, data mining Judea Pearl, Ph.D. (Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1965) Artificial intelligence, philosophy of science, reasoning under uncertainty, causal inference, causal and counterfactual analysis David A. Rennels, Ph.D. (UCLA, 1973) Digital computer architecture and design, fault-tolerant computing, digital arithmetic Jacques J. Vidal, Ph.D. (U. Paris, Sorbonne, 1961)* Information processing in biological systems, with emphasis on neuroscience, cybernetics, online laboratory computer systems, and pat* Member of Brain Research Institute
Assistant Professors
Petros Faloutsos, Ph.D. (Toronto, 2002) Computer graphics, computer animation Adam W. Meyerson, Ph.D. (Stanford, 2002) Approximation algorithms, randomized algorithms, online algorithms, theoretical problems in networks and databases Zhuowen Tu, Ph.D. (Ohio State, 2002) Statistical modeling/computing, computational biology, machine learning, brain imaging Jennifer N. Vaughan, Ph.D. (U. Pennsylvania, 2009) Machine learning, computational/algorithmic economics, social network theory, algorithms
Senior Lecturer
Leon Levine, M.S. (MIT, 1949), Emeritus Computer methodology
Lecturers S.O.E.
Paul R. Eggert, Ph.D. (UCLA, 1980) Programming languages, operating systems principles, compilers, Internet David A. Smallberg, M.S. (UCLA, 1998) Programming languages, software development
Adjunct Professors
Alan Kay, Ph.D. (Utah, 1969) Object-oriented programming, personal computing, graphical user interfaces Boris Kogan, Ph.D. (Moscow, Russia, 1962) Mathematical modeling and computer simulation (using parallel supercomputers) of dynamic processor in excitable biological systems, particularly mechanisms of heart arrhythmias, fibrillation and defibrillation Peter L. Reiher, Ph.D. (UCLA, 1987) Computer and network security, ubiquitous computing, file systems, distributed systems M. Yahya Sanadidi, Ph.D. (UCLA, 1982) Computer networking, path characteristics estimation and applications in flow control, adaptive streaming and overlays design, probability models of computing systems, algorithms and networks
66 / Computer Science
99. Student Research Program. (1 to 2) Tutorial (supervised research or other scholarly work), three hours per week per unit. Entry-level research for lower division students under guidance of faculty mentor. Students must be in good academic standing and enrolled in minimum of 12 units (excluding this course). Individual contract required; consult Undergraduate Research Center. May be repeated. P/NP grading. 118. Computer Network Fundamentals. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, six hours. Requisites: courses 32, 33, 35L, 111. Designed for juniors/seniors. Introduction to design and performance evaluation of computer networks, including such topics as what protocols are, layered network architecture, Internet protocol architecture, network applications, transport protocols, routing algorithms and protocols, internetworking, congestion control, and link layer protocols including Ethernet and wireless channels. Letter grading. Mr. Gerla, Ms. Zhang (F,W,Sp) CM121. Introduction to Bioinformatics. (4) (Same as Chemistry CM160A.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Enforced requisites: course 180 or Program in Computing 60 with grade of C or better, and Biostatistics 100A or 110A or Mathematics 170A or Statistics 100A or 110A. Introduction to bioinformatics and methodologies, with emphasis on concepts and inventing new bioinformatic methods. Focus on sequence analysis and alignment algorithms. Concurrently scheduled with course CM221. P/NP or letter grading. Mr. Eskin (F) CM122. Algorithms in Bioinformatics and Systems Biology. (4) (Same as Chemistry CM160B.) Lecture, four hours; laboratory, four hours. Enforced requisite: course CM121 or Chemistry CM160A with grade of C or better. Recommended: Computer Science 32 or Program in Computing 60, Statistics 100A, 110A. Development and application of computational approaches to biological questions. Understanding of mechanisms for determining statistical significance of computationally derived results. Development of foundation for innovative work in bioinformatics and systems biology. Concurrently scheduled with course CM222. Letter grading. Mr. Eskin (Not offered 2010-11) CM124. Computational Genetics. (4) (Same as Human Genetics CM124.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, eight hours. Preparation: one statistics course and familiarity with any programming language. Designed for undergraduate and graduate engineering students, as well as students from biological sciences and medical school. Introduction to current quantitative understanding of human genetics and computational interdisciplinary research in genetics. Topics include introduction to genetics, human population history, linkage analysis, association analysis, association study design, isolated and admixed populations, population substructure, human structural variation, model organisms, and genotyping technologies. Computational techniques include those from statistics and computer science. Concurrently scheduled with course CM224. Letter grading. Mr. Eskin (Sp) 130. Software Engineering. (4) Lecture, four hours; laboratory, two hours; outside study, six hours. Requisites: courses 32, 35L. Recommended: Engineering 183EW or 185EW. Structured programming, program specification, program proving, modularity, abstract data types, composite design, software tools, software control systems, program testing, team programming. Letter grading. Mr. Eggert, Mr. Majumdar (W,Sp) 131. Programming Languages. (4) Lecture, four hours; laboratory, two hours; outside study, six hours. Requisites: courses 32, 33, 35L. Basic concepts in design and use of programming languages, including abstraction, modularity, control mechanisms, types, declarations, syntax, and semantics. Study of several different language paradigms, including functional, object-oriented, and logic programming. Letter grading. Mr. Eggert, Mr. Millstein (F,W,Sp) 132. Compiler Construction. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, six hours. Requisites: courses 32, 35L, 131, 181. Compiler structure; lexical and syntactic analysis; semantic analysis and code generation; theory of parsing. Letter grading. Mr. Eggert, Mr. Palsberg (W) 133. Parallel and Distributed Computing. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, six hours. Requisites: courses 111 (may be taken concurrently), 131. Distributed memory and shared memory parallel architectures; asynchronous parallel languages: MPI, Maisie; primitives for parallel computation: specification of parallelism, interprocess communication and synchronization; design of parallel programs for scientific computation and distributed Mr. Cong systems. Letter grading. 136. Introduction to Computer Security. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, six hours. Requisites: courses 111, 118. Introduction to basic concepts of information security necessary for students to understand risks and mitigations associated with protection of systems and data. Topics include security models and architectures, security threats and risk analysis, access control and authentication/authorization, cryptography, network security, secure application design, and ethics and law. Letter grading. Mr. Eggert, Mr. Reiher (F) 143. Database Systems. (4) Lecture, four hours; laboratory, two hours; outside study, six hours. Requisite: course 32. Information systems and database systems in enterprises. File organization and secondary storage structures. Relational model and relational database systems. Network, hierarchical, and other models. Query languages. Database design principles. Transactions, concurrency, and recovery. Integrity and authorization. Letter grading. Mr. Cardenas, Mr. Zaniolo (F,Sp) 144. Web Applications. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, six hours. Enforced requisite: course 143. Important concepts and theory for building effective and safe Web applications and first-hand experience with basic tools. Topics include basic Web architecture and protocol, XML and XML query language, mapping between XML and relational models, information retrieval model and theory, security and user model, Web services and distributed Mr. Cho (W) transactions. Letter grading. M151B. Computer Systems Architecture. (4) (Same as Electrical Engineering M116C.) Lecture, four hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, six hours. Requisites: courses 33, and M51A or Electrical Engineering M16. Recommended: courses 111, and M152A or Electrical Engineering M116L. Computer system organization and design, implementation of CPU datapath and control, instruction set design, memory hierarchy (caches, main memory, virtual memory) organization and management, input/ output subsystems (bus structures, interrupts, DMA), performance evaluation, pipelined processors. Letter grading. Mr. Reinman, Mr. Tamir (F,W,Sp) 151C. Design of Digital Systems. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, six hours. Requisites: courses M51A, M151B, M152A. Design of complex digital systems using hierarchal approaches and regular structures. Combinational, sequential, and algorithmic systems. Microprogramming and firmware engineering. Cost/performance measures and technology constraints. Use of design tools. Design project. Letter grading. Mr. Ercegovac (W, alternate years) M152A. Introductory Digital Design Laboratory. (2) (Same as Electrical Engineering M116L.) Laboratory, four hours; outside study, two hours. Requisite: course M51A or Electrical Engineering M16. Handson design, implementation, and debugging of digital logic circuits, use of computer-aided design tools for schematic capture and simulation, implementation of complex circuits using programmed array logic, design projects. Letter grading. Mr. Sarrafzadeh (F,W,Sp) 152B. Digital Design Project Laboratory. (4) (Formerly numbered M152B.) Laboratory, four hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, six hours. Requisite: course M151B or Electrical Engineering M116C. Design and implementation of complex digital subsystems using field-programmable gate arrays (e.g., processors, special-purpose processors, device controllers, and input/output interfaces). Students work in teams to develop and implement designs and to document and give oral presentations of their work. Letter grading. Mr. Sarrafzadeh (F,W,Sp)
Computer Science / 67
161. Fundamentals of Artificial Intelligence. (4) Lecture, four hours; laboratory, two hours; outside study, six hours. Requisite: course 32. Introduction to fundamental problem solving and knowledge representation paradigms of artificial intelligence. Introduction to Lisp with regular programming assignments. State-space and problem reduction methods, bruteforce and heuristic search, planning techniques, twoplayer games. Knowledge structures including predicate logic, production systems, semantic nets and primitives, frames, scripts. Special topics in natural language processing, expert systems, vision, and parallel architectures. Letter grading. Mr. Darwiche, Mr. Korf (F,Sp) 170A. Mathematical Modeling and Methods for Computer Science. (4) Lecture, four hours; laboratory, two hours; outside study, six hours. Requisite: Mathematics 33B. Introduction to methods for modeling and simulation using interactive computing environments. Extensive coverage of methods for numeric and symbolic computation, matrix algebra, statistics, floating point, optimization, and spectral analysis. Emphasis on applications in simulation of physical systems. Letter grading. Mr. Parker (Sp) M171L. Data Communication Systems Laboratory. (2 to 4) (Same as Electrical Engineering M171L.) Laboratory, four to eight hours; outside study, two to four hours. Recommended preparation: course M152A. Limited to seniors. Interpretation of analogsignaling aspects of digital systems and data communications through experience in using contemporary test instruments to generate and display signals in relevant laboratory setups. Use of oscilloscopes, pulse and function generators, baseband spectrum analyzers, desktop computers, terminals, modems, PCs, and workstations in experiments on pulse transmission impairments, waveforms and their spectra, modem and terminal characteristics, and interfaces. Letter grading. Mr. Gerla (F,W) 174A. Introduction to Computer Graphics. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, six hours. Requisite: course 32. Basic principles behind modern two- and three-dimensional computer graphics systems, including complete set of steps that modern graphics pipelines use to create realistic images in real time. How to position and manipulate objects in scene using geometric and camera transformations. How to create final image using perspective and orthographic transformations. Basics of modeling primitives such as polygonal models and implicit and parametric surfaces. Basic ideas behind color spaces, illumination models, shading, and texture mapping. Letter grading. Mr. Faloutsos, Mr. Soatto (F,W) 174B. Introduction to Computer Graphics: ThreeDimensional Photography and Rendering. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, six hours. Requisite: course 174A. State of art in three-dimensional photography and image-based rendering. How to use cameras and light to capture shape and appearance of real objects and scenes. Process provides simple way to acquire three-dimensional models of unparalleled detail and realism. Applications of techniques from entertainment (reverse engineering and postprocessing of movies, generation of realistic synthetic objects and characters) to medicine (modeling of biological structures from imaging data), mixed reality (augmentation of video), and security (visual surveillance). Fundamental analytical tools for modeling and inferring geometric (shape) and photometric (reflectance, illumination) properties of objects and scenes, and for rendering and manipulating novel views. Letter grading. Mr. Faloutsos, Mr. Soatto (Sp) C174C. Computer Animation. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, six hours. Requisite: course 174A. Designed for juniors/ seniors. Introduction to computer animation, including basic principles of character modeling, forward and inverse kinematics, forward and inverse dynamics, motion capture animation techniques, physicsbased animation of particles and systems, and motor control. Concurrently scheduled with course C274C. Letter grading. Mr. Faloutsos (W, alternate years) 180. Introduction to Algorithms and Complexity. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, six hours. Requisites: course 32, and Mathematics 61 or 180. Designed for junior/senior Computer Science majors. Introduction to design and analysis of algorithms. Design techniques: divideand-conquer, greedy method, dynamic programming; selection of prototypical algorithms; choice of data structures and representations; complexity measures: time, space, upper, lower bounds, asymptotic complexity; NP-completeness. Letter grading. Mr. Gafni, Mr. Meyerson (F,W,Sp) 181. Introduction to Formal Languages and Automata Theory. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, six hours. Requisites: course 32, and Mathematics 61 or 180. Designed for junior/senior Computer Science majors. Grammars, automata, and languages. Finite-state languages and finite-state automata. Context-free languages and pushdown story automata. Unrestricted rewriting systems, recursively enumerable and recursive languages, and Turing machines. Closure properties, pumping lemmas, and decision algorithms. Introduction to computability. Letter grading. Ms. Greibach, Mr. Ostrovsky, Mr. Sahai (F,W,Sp) 183. Introduction to Cryptography. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, six hours. Preparation: knowledge of basic probability theory. Requisite: course 180. Introduction to cryptography, computer security, and basic concepts and techniques. Topics include notions of hardness, oneway functions, hard-core bits, pseudorandom generators, pseudorandom functions and pseudorandom permutations, semantic security, public-key and private-key encryption, key-agreement, homomorphic encryption, private information retrieval and voting protocols, message authentication, digital signatures, interactive proofs, zero-knowledge proofs, collisionresistant hash functions, commitment protocols, and two-party secure computation with static security. Letter grading. Mr. Ostrovsky M184. Introduction to Computational and Systems Biology. (2) (Formerly numbered M186A.) (Same as Biomedical Engineering M184 and Computational and Systems Biology M184.) Lecture, two hours; outside study, four hours. Requisites: course 31 (or Program in Computing 10A), Mathematics 31A, 31B. Survey course designed to introduce students to computational and systems modeling and computation in biology and medicine, providing motivation, flavor, culture, and cutting-edge contributions in computational biosciences and aiming for more informed basis for focused studies by students with computational and systems biology interests. Presentations by individual UCLA researchers discussing their active computational and systems biology research. P/NP grading. Mr. DiStefano (F) CM186B. Computational Systems Biology: Modeling and Simulation of Biological Systems. (5) (Same as Biomedical Engineering CM186B and Computational and Systems Biology M186.) Lecture, four hours; laboratory, three hours; outside study, eight hours. Corequisite: Electrical Engineering 102. Dynamic biosystems modeling and computer simulation methods for studying biological/biomedical processes and systems at multiple levels of organization. Control system, multicompartmental, predatorprey, pharmacokinetic (PK), pharmacodynamic (PD), and other structural modeling methods applied to life sciences problems at molecular, cellular (biochemical pathways/networks), organ, and organismic levels. Both theory- and data-driven modeling, with focus on translating biomodeling goals and data into mathematics models and implementing them for simulation and analysis. Basics of numerical simulation algorithms, with modeling software exercises in class and PC laboratory assignments. Concurrently scheduled with course CM286B. Letter grading. Mr. DiStefano (F) CM186C. Thesis Research and Research Communication in Computational and Systems Biology. (2 to 4) (Formerly numbered CM186L.) (Same as Biomedical Engineering CM186C and Computational and Systems Biology M187.) Lecture, one hour; discussion, two hours; laboratory, one hour; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course CM186B. Closely directed, interactive, and real research experience in active quantitative systems biology research laboratory. Direction on how to focus on topics of current interest in scientific community, appropriate to student interests and capabilities. Critiques of oral presentations and written progress reports explain how to proceed with search for research results. Major emphasis on effective research reporting, both oral and written. Concurrently scheduled with course CM286C. Letter grading. Mr. DiStefano (Sp) 188. Special Courses in Computer Science. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Special topics in computer science for undergraduate students taught on experimental or temporary basis, such as those taught by resident and visiting faculty members. May be repeated once for credit with topic or instructor change. Letter grading. 194. Research Group Seminars: Computer Science. (4) Seminar, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Designed for undergraduate students who are part of research group. Discussion of research methods and current literature in field or of research of faculty members or students. May be repeated for credit. (F,W,Sp) Letter grading. 199. Directed Research in Computer Science. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to juniors/seniors. Supervised individual research or investigation under guidance of faculty mentor. Culminating paper or project required. May be repeated for credit with school approval. Individual contract required; enrollment petitions available in Office of Academic and (F,W,Sp) Student Affairs. Letter grading.
Graduate Courses
201. Computer Science Seminar. (2) Seminar, four hours; outside study, two hours. Designed for graduate computer science students. Seminars on current research topics in computer science. May be repeated for credit. S/U grading. (F,W,Sp) 202. Advanced Computer Science Seminar. (4) Seminar, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Preparation: completion of major field examination in computer science. Current computer science research into theory of, analysis and synthesis of, and applications of information processing systems. Each member completes one tutorial and one or more original pieces of work in one specialized area. May be repeated for credit. Letter grading. Ms. Estrin 211. Network Protocol and Systems Software Design for Wireless and Mobile Internet. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 118. Designed for graduate students. In-depth study of network protocol and systems software design in area of wireless and mobile Internet. Topics include (1) networking fundamentals: design philosophy of TCP/IP, end-to-end arguments, and protocol design principles, (2) networking protocols: 802.11 MAC standard, packet scheduling, mobile IP, ad hoc routing, and wireless TCP, (3) mobile computing systems software: middleware, file system, services, and applications, and (4) topical studies: energy-efficient design, security, location management, and quality of service. Letter grading. Mr. Lu (F,W) 212A. Queueing Systems Theory. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: course 112, Electrical Engineering 131A. Resource sharing issues and theory of queueing (waiting-line) systems. Review of Markov chains and baby queueing theory. Method of stages. M/Er /1. Er /M/1. Bulk arrival and bulk service systems. Series-parallel stages. Fundamentals of open and closed queueing networks. Intermediate queueing theory: M/G/1; G/M/m. Collective marks. Advanced queueing theory: G/G/1; Lindley integral equation; spectral solution. Inequalities, Mr. Gerla bounds, approximations. Letter grading. 212B. Queueing Applications: Scheduling Algorithms and Queueing Networks. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 212A. Priority queueing. Applications to time-sharing scheduling algorithms: FB, Round Robin, Conserva-
68 / Computer Science
tion Law, Bounds. Queueing networks: definitions; job flow balance; product form solutions local balance, M M; computational algorithms for performance measures; asymptotic behavior and bounds; approximation techniques diffusion iterative techniques; applications. Letter grading. Mr. Muntz M213A. Embedded Systems. (4) (Same as Electrical Engineering M202A.) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 111. Designed for graduate computer science and electrical engineering students. Methodologies and technologies for design of embedded systems. Topics include hardware and software platforms for embedded systems, techniques for modeling and specification of system behavior, software organization, real-time operating system scheduling, real-time communication and packet scheduling, low-power battery and energy-aware system design, timing synchronization, fault tolerance and debugging, and techniques for hardware and software architecture optimization. Theoretical foundations as well as practical design methods. Letter grading. Mr. Potkonjak, Mr. Srivistava (F) M213B. Distributed Embedded Systems. (4) (Same as Electrical Engineering M202B.) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses 111, and 118 or Electrical Engineering 132B. Designed for graduate computer science and electrical engineering students. Interdisciplinary course with focus on study of distributed embedded systems concepts needed to realize systems such as wireless sensor and actuator networks for monitoring and control of physical world. Topics include network selfconfiguration with localization and timing synchronization; energy-aware system design and operation; protocols for MAC, routing, transport, disruption tolerance; programming issues and models with language, OS, database, and middleware; in-network collaborative processing; fundamental characteristics such as coverage, connectivity, capacity, latency; techniques for exploitation and management of actuation and mobility; data and system integrity issues with calibration, faults, debugging, and security; and usage issues such as human interfaces and safety. Letter grading. Ms. Estrin, Mr. Srivistava 214. Data Transmission in Computer Communications. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 112. Limited to graduate computer science students. Discrete data streams, formats, rates, transductions; digital data transmissions via analog signaling in computer communication; media characteristics, systems methodologies, performance analysis; modem designs; physical interfaces in computer communication links; national/ international standards; tests and measurements. Letter grading. Mr. Carlyle 215. Computer Communications and Networks. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 112. Resource sharing; computer traffic characterizations; multiplexing; network structure; packet switching and other switching techniques; ARPANET and other computer network examples; network delay and analysis; network design and optimization; network protocols; routing and flow control; satellite and ground radio packet switching; local networks; commercial network services and architectures. Optional topics include extended error control techniques; modems; SDLC, HDLC, X.25, etc.; protocol verification; network simulation and measurement; integrated networks; communication processors. Letter grading. Mr. Chu 216. Distributed Multiaccess Control in Networks. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses 212A, 215. Topics from field of distributed control and access in computer networks, including terrestrial distributed computer networks; satellite packet switching; ground radio packet switching; local network architecture and control. Letter Mr. Kleinrock grading. 217A. Internet Architecture and Protocols. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 118. Focus on mastering existing core set of Internet protocols, including IP, core transport protocols, routing protocols, DNS, NTP, and security protocols such as DNSSEC, to understand principles behind design of these protocols, appreciate their design tradeoffs, and learn lessons from their operations. Letter grading. Ms. Zhang (W) 217B. Advanced Topics in Internet Research. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 217A. Designed for graduate students. Overview of Internet development history and fundamental principles underlying TCP/IP protocol design. Discussion of current Internet research topics, including latest research results in routing protocols, transport protocols, network measurements, network security protocols, and clean-slate approach to network architecture design. Fundamental issues in network protocol design and implementations. Letter grading. Ms. Zhang 218. Advanced Computer Networks. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses 112, 118. Review of seven-layer ISO-OSI model. High-speed networks: LANs, MANs, ATM. Flow and congestion control; bandwidth allocation. Internetting. Letter grading. Mr. Gerla (F,W) 219. Current Topics in Computer System Modeling Analysis. (2 to 12) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Review of current literature in area of computer system modeling analysis in which instructor has developed special proficiency as consequence of research interests. Students report on selected topics. May be repeated for credit with consent of instructor. Letter grading. Ms. Estrin, Mr. Lu (Sp) CM221. Introduction to Bioinformatics. (4) (Same as Bioinformatics M260A, Chemistry CM260A, and Human Genetics M260A.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour. Enforced requisites: course 180 or Program in Computing 60 with grade of C or better, and Biostatistics 100A or 110A or Mathematics 170A or Statistics 100A or 110A. Introduction to bioinformatics and methodologies, with emphasis on concepts and inventing new bioinformatic methods. Focus on sequence analysis and alignment algorithms. Concurrently scheduled with course CM121. S/U or letter grading. Mr. Eskin (F) CM222. Algorithms in Bioinformatics and Systems Biology. (4) (Same as Chemistry CM260B.) Lecture, four hours; laboratory, four hours. Enforced requisite: course CM221 or Chemistry CM260A with grade of C or better. Recommended: Computer Science 32 or Program in Computing 60, Statistics 100A, 110A. Development and application of computational approaches to biological questions. Understanding of mechanisms for determining statistical significance of computationally derived results. Development of foundation for innovative work in bioinformatics and systems biology. Concurrently scheduled with course CM122. Letter grading. Mr. Eskin CM224. Computational Genetics. (4) (Same as Human Genetics CM224.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, eight hours. Preparation: one statistics course and familiarity with any programming language. Designed for undergraduate and graduate engineering students, as well as students from biological sciences and medical school. Introduction to current quantitative understanding of human genetics and computational interdisciplinary research in genetics. Topics include introduction to genetics, human population history, linkage analysis, association analysis, association study design, isolated and admixed populations, population substructure, human structural variation, model organisms, and genotyping technologies. Computational techniques include those from statistics and computer science. Concurrently scheduled with course CM124. Letter grading. Mr. Eskin (Sp) M229S. Seminar: Current Topics in Bioinformatics. (4) (Same as Human Genetics M229S.) Seminar, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Designed for graduate engineering students, as well as students from biological sciences and medical school. Introduction to current topics in bioinformatics, genomics, and computational genetics and preparation for computational interdisciplinary research in genetics and genomics. Topics include genome analysis, regulatory genomics, association analysis, association study design, isolated and admixed populations, population substructure, human structural variation, model organisms, and genomic technologies. Computational techniques include those from statistics and computer science. May be repeated for credit with topic change. Letter grading. Mr. Eskin (W) 230A. Models of Information and Computation. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses 131, 181. Paradigms, models, frameworks, and problem solving; UML and metamodeling; basic information and computation models; axiomatic systems; domain theory; least fixed point theory; well-founded induction. Logical models: sentences, axioms and rules, normal forms, derivation and proof, models and semantics, propositional logic, first-order logic, logic programming. Functional models: expressions, equations, evaluation; combinators; lambda calculus; functional programming. Program models: program derivation and verification using Hoare logic, object models, standard templates, design patterns, frameworks. Letter grading. Mr. Bagrodia, Mr. Parker, Mr. Zaniolo 231. Types and Programming Languages. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 131. Introduction to static type systems and their usage in programming language design and software reliability. Operational semantics, simplytyped lambda calculus, type soundness proofs, types for mutable references, types for exceptions. Parametric polymorphism, let-bound polymorphism, polymorphic type inference. Types for objects, subtyping, combining parametric polymorphism and subtyping. Types for modules, parameterized modules. Formal specification and implementation of variety of type systems, as well as readings from recent research literature on modern applications of type systems. Letter grading. Mr. Millstein (F) 232. Static Program Analysis. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 132. Introduction to static analysis of object-oriented programs and its usage for optimization and bug finding. Class hierarchy analysis, rapid type analysis, equality-based analysis, subset-based analysis, flowinsensitive and flow-sensitive analysis, context-insensitive and context-sensitive analysis. Soundness proofs for static analyses. Efficient data structures for static analysis information such as directed graphs and binary decision diagrams. Flow-directed method inlining, type-safe method inlining, synchronization optimization, deadlock detection, security vulnerability detection. Formal specification and implementation of variety of static analyses, as well as readings from recent research literature on modern applications of static analysis. Letter grading. Mr. Palsberg (Sp) 233A. Parallel Programming. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses 111, 131. Mutual exclusion and resource allocation in distributed systems; primitives for parallel computation: specification of parallelism, interprocess communication and synchronization, atomic actions, binary and multiway rendezvous; synchronous and asynchronous languages: CSP, Ada, Linda, Maisie, UC, and others; introduction to parallel program verification. Letter grading. Mr. Cong 233B. Verification of Concurrent Programs. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 233A. Formal techniques for verification of concurrent programs. Topics include safety, liveness, program and state assertion-based techniques, weakest precondition semantics, Hoare logic, temporal logic, UNITY, and axiomatic semantics for selected parallel languages. Letter grading. Mr. Bagrodia 234. Computer-Aided Verification. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 181. Introduction to theory and practice of formal methods for design and analysis of concurrent and embedded systems, with focus on algorithmic techniques for checking logical properties of hardware and software systems. Topics include semantics of reactive systems, invariant verification, temporal logic model checking, theory of omega automata, statespace reduction techniques, compositional and hierarchical reasoning. Letter grading. Mr. Majumdar
Computer Science / 69
235. Advanced Operating Systems. (4) Lecture, four hours. Preparation: C or C++ programming experience. Requisite: course 111. In-depth investigation of operating systems issues through guided construction of research operating system for PC machines and consideration of recent literature. Memory management and protection, interrupts and traps, processes, interprocess communication, preemptive multitasking, file systems. Virtualization, networking, profiling, research operating systems. Series of laboratory projects, including extra challenge work. Letter Mr. Kohler (F) grading. 236. Computer Security. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses 111, 118. Basic and research material on computer security. Topics include basic principles and goals of computer security, common security tools, use of cryptographic protocols for security, security tools (firewalls, virtual private networks, honeypots), virus and worm protection, security assurance and testing, design of secure programs, privacy, applying security principles to realistic problems, and new and emerging threats and security tools. Letter grading. Mr. Palsberg, Mr. Reiher 239. Current Topics in Computer Science: Programming Languages and Systems. (2 to 12) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Review of current literature in area of computer science programming languages and systems in which instructor has developed special proficiency as consequence of research interests. May be repeated for credit with topic change. Letter grading. Mr. Palsberg (F) 240A. Databases and Knowledge Bases. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 143. Theoretical and technological foundation of Intelligent Database Systems, that merge database technology, knowledge-based systems, and advanced programming environments. Rule-based knowledge representation, spatio-temporal reasoning, and logic-based declarative querying/programming are salient features of this technology. Other topics include object-relational systems and data mining techniques. Letter grading. Mr. Zaniolo (W) 240B. Advanced Data and Knowledge Bases. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses 143, 240A. Logical models for data and knowledge representations. Rule-based languages and nonmonotonic reasoning. Temporal queries, spatial queries, and uncertainty in deductive databases and object relational databases (ORDBs). Abstract data types and user-defined column functions in ORDBs. Data mining algorithms. Semistructured information. Letter grading. Mr. Parker, Mr. Zaniolo (Sp) 241A. Object-Oriented and Semantic Database Systems. (4) Lecture, three and one-half hours; discussion, 30 minutes; laboratory, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Requisite: course 143. Object database principles and requirements. Data models, accessing, and query languages. Object data management standards. Extended relational-object systems. Database systems architecture and functional components. Systems comparison. Commercial products. Database design, organization, indexing, and performance. Future directions. Other topics at discretion of instructor. Letter grading. Mr. Cardenas (F) 241B. Pictorial and Multimedia Database Management. (4) Lecture, three and one-half hours; discussion, 30 minutes; laboratory, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Requisite: course 143. Multimedia data: alphanumeric, long text, images/pictures, video, and voice. Multimedia information systems requirements. Data models. Searching and accessing databases and across Internet by alphanumeric, image, video, and audio content. Querying, visual languages, and communication. Database design and organization, logical and physical. Indexing methods. Internet multimedia streaming. Other topics at discretion of instructor. Letter grading. Mr. Cardenas (Sp) 244A. Distributed Database Systems. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses 215 and/or 241A. File allocation, intelligent directory design, transaction management, deadlock, strong and weak concurrency control, commit protocols, semantic query answering, multidatabase systems, fault recovery techniques, network partitioning, examples, trade-offs, and design experiences. Letter grading. Mr. Chu 245A. Intelligent Information Systems. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses 241A, 255A. Knowledge discovery in database, knowledge-base maintenance, knowledge-base and database integration architectures, and scale-up issues and applications to cooperative database systems, intelligent decision support systems, and intelligent planning and scheduling systems; computer architecture for processing largescale knowledge-base/database systems. Letter grading. Mr. Chu 246. Web Information Management. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses 112, 143, 180, 181. Designed for graduate students. Scale of Web data requires novel algorithms and principles for their management and retrieval. Study of Web characteristics and new management techniques needed to build computer systems suitable for Web environment. Topics include Web measuring techniques, large-scale data mining algorithms, efficient page refresh techniques, Websearch ranking algorithms, and query processing techniques on independent data sources. Letter grading. Mr. Cho (F) 249. Current Topics in Data Structures. (2 to 12) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Review of current literature in area of data structures in which instructor has developed special proficiency as consequence of research interests. Students report on selected topics. May be repeated for credit with consent of instructor. Letter grading. Mr. Parker (W) 251A. Advanced Computer Architecture. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course M151B. Recommended: course 111. Design and implementation of high-performance systems, advanced memory hierarchy techniques, static and dynamic pipelining, superscalar and VLIW processors, branch prediction, speculative execution, software support for instruction-level parallelism, simulation-based performance analysis and evaluation, state-of-art design examples, introduction to parallel architectures. Letter grading. Mr. Ercegovac, Mr. Tamir (F) 251B. Parallel Computer Architectures. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course M151B. Recommended: course 251A. SIMD and MIMD systems, symmetric multiprocessors, distributed-shared-memory systems, messages-passing systems, multicore chips, clusters, interconnection networks, host-network interfaces, switching element design, communication primitives, cache coherency, memory consistency models, synchronization primitives, state-of-art design examples. Letter grading. Mr. Ercegovac, Mr. Tamir (W) 252A. Arithmetic Algorithms and Processors. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 251A. Number systems: conventional, redundant, signed-digit, and residue. Types of algorithms and implementations. Complexity measures. Fast algorithms and implementations for two-operand addition, multioperand addition, multiplication, division, and square root. Online arithmetic. Evaluation of transcendental functions. Floating-point arithmetic and numerical error control. Arithmetic error codes. Residue arithmetic. Examples of contemporary arithmetic ICs and processors. Letter grading. Mr. Ercegovac (W) 253A. Design of Fault-Tolerant Systems. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite or corequisite: course 251A. Fundamental concepts of dependable computing. Design methodology for fault-tolerant systems. Analytic models and measures, modeling tools. Design for critical applications: long-life, real-time, and high-availability systems. Tolerance of design faults: design diversity and fault-tolerant software. Letter grading. 253C. Testing and Testable Design of VLSI Systems. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course M51A. Detailed study of various problems in testing and testable designs of VLSI systems, including fault modeling, fault simulation, testing for single stuck faults and multiple stuck faults, functional testing, design for testability, compression techniques, and built-in self-test. Letter grading. Mr. Cong 254A. Computer Memories and Memory Systems. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 251A. Generic types of memory systems; control, access modes, hierarchies, and allocation algorithms. Characteristics, system organization, and device considerations of ferrite memories, thin film memories, and semiconductor memories. Letter grading. Mr. Chu 255A. Distributed Processing Systems. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses 215 and/or 251A. Task partitioning and allocation, interprocess communications, task response time model, process scheduling, message passing protocols, replicated file systems, interface, cache memory, actor model, fine grain multicomputers, distributed operating system kernel, error recovery strategy, performance monitoring and measurement, scalability and maintainability, prototypes and commercial distributed systems. Letter grading. Mr. Chu 256A. Advanced Scalable Architectures. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course M151B. Recommended: course 251A. Stateof-art scalable multiprocessors. Interdependency among implementation technology, chip microarchitecture, and system architecture. High-performance building blocks, such as chip multiprocessors (CMPs). On-chip and off-chip communication. Mechanisms for exploiting parallelism at multiple levels. Current research areas. Examples of chips and systems. Letter grading. Mr. Tamir M258A. Design of VLSI Circuits and Systems. (4) (Same as Electrical Engineering M216A.) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; laboratory, four hours; outside study, three hours. Requisites: course M51A or Electrical Engineering M16, and Electrical Engineering 115A. Recommended: Electrical Engineering 115C. LSI/VLSI design and application in computer systems. Fundamental design techniques that can be used to implement complex integrated systems on chips. Letter grading. M258C. LSI in Computer System Design. (4) (Same as Electrical Engineering M216C.) Lecture, four hours; laboratory, four hours; outside study, four hours. Requisite: course M258A. LSI/VLSI design and application in computer systems. In-depth studies of VLSI architectures and VLSI design tools. Letter grading. 258E. Foundations of VLSI CAD Algorithms. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Preparation: one course in analysis and design of algorithms. Basic theory of combinatorial optimization for VLSI physical layout, including mathematical programming, network flows, matching, greedy and heuristic algorithms, and stochastic methods. Emphasis on practical application to computer-aided physical design of VLSI circuits at high-level phases of layout: partitioning, placement, graph folding, floorplanning, and global routing. Letter grading. 258F. Physical Design Automation of VLSI Systems. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Detailed study of various physical design automation problems of VLSI circuits, including logic partitioning, floorplanning, placement, global routing, channel and switchbox routing, planar routing and via minimization, compaction and performance-driven layout. Discussion of applications of number of important optimization techniques, such as network flows, Steiner trees, simulated annealing, and generic algorithms. Letter grading. Mr. Cong 258G. Logic Synthesis of Digital Systems. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses M51A, 180. Detailed study of various problems in logic-level synthesis of VLSI digital sys-
70 / Computer Science
tems, including two-level Boolean network optimization; multilevel Boolean network optimization; technology mapping for standard cell designs and fieldprogrammable gate-array (FPGA) designs; retiming for sequential circuits; and applications of binary decision diagrams (BDDS). Letter grading. Mr. Cong 258H. Analysis and Design of High-Speed VLSI Interconnects. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses M258A, 258F. Detailed study of various problems in analysis and design of high-speed VLSI interconnects at both integrated circuit (IC) and packing levels, including interconnect capacitance and resistance, lossless and lossy transmission lines, cross-talk and power distribution noise, delay models and power dissipation models, interconnect topology and geometry optimization, and clocking for high-speed systems. Letter Mr. Cong grading. 259. Current Topics in Computer Science: System Design/Architecture. (2 to 12) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Review of current literature in area of computer science system design in which instructor has developed special proficiency as consequence of research interests. Students report on selected topics. May be repeated for credit (F,W,Sp) with topic change. Letter grading. 261A. Problem Solving and Search. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 180. In-depth treatment of systematic problem-solving search algorithms in artificial intelligence, including problem spaces, brute-force search, heuristic search, linear-space algorithms, real-time search, heuristic evaluation functions, two-player games, and constraint-satisfaction problems. Letter grading. Mr. Korf (Sp) 262A. Reasoning with Partial Beliefs. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 112 or Electrical Engineering 131A. Review of several formalisms for representing and managing uncertainty in reasoning systems; presentation of comprehensive description of Bayesian inference using belief networks representation. Letter grading. Mr. Darwiche (F) 262B. Knowledge-Based Systems. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 262A. Machine representation of judgmental knowledge and uncertain relationships. Inference on inexact knowledge bases. Rule-based systems principles, advantages, and limitations. Signal understanding. Automated planning systems. Knowledge acquisition and explanation producing techniques. Letter grading. Mr. Pearl M262C. Causal Inference. (4) (Same as Statistics M241.) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 112 or equivalent probability theory course. Techniques of using computers to interpret, summarize, and form theories of empirical observations. Mathematical analysis of trade-offs between computational complexity, storage requirements, and precision of computerized models. Letter Mr. Pearl grading. 262Z. Current Topics in Cognitive Systems. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 262A. Additional requisites for each offering announced in advance by department. Theory and implementation of systems that emulate or support human reasoning. Current literature and individual studies in artificial intelligence, knowledge-based systems, decision support systems, computational psychology, and heuristic programming theory. May be repeated for credit with topic change. Letter grading. Mr. Pearl (Sp) 263A. Language and Thought. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 130 or 131 or 161. Introduction to natural language processing (NLP), with emphasis on semantics. Presentation of process models for variety of tasks, including question answering, paraphrasing, machine translation, word-sense disambiguation, narrative and editorial comprehension. Examination of both symbolic and statistical approaches to language processing and acquisition. Letter grading. Mr. Dyer 263B. Connectionist Natural Language Processing. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 161 or 263A. Examination of connectionist/ANN architectures designed for natural language processing. Issues include localist versus distributed representations, variable binding, instantiation and inference via spreading activation, acquisition of language and world knowledge (for instance, via back propagation in PDP networks and competitive learning in self-organizing feature maps), and grounding of symbols in sensory/motor experience. Letter grading. Mr. Dyer 263C. Animats-Based Modeling. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 130 or 131 or 161. Animats are mobile/sensing animal-like software agents embedded in simulated dynamic environments. Emphasis on modeling: goaloriented behavior via neurocontrollers, adaptation via reinforcement learning, evolutionary programming. Animat-based tasks include foraging, mate finding, predation, navigation, predator avoidance, cooperative nest construction, communication, and parenting. Letter grading. Mr. Dyer (W) 264A. Automated Reasoning: Theory and Applications. (4) Lecture, four hours; laboratory, four hours; outside study, four hours. Requisite: course 161. Introduction to theory and practice of automated reasoning using propositional and first-order logic. Topics include syntax and semantics of formal logic; algorithms for logical reasoning, including satisfiability and entailment; syntactic and semantic restrictions on knowledge bases; effect of these restrictions on expressiveness, compactness, and computational tractability; applications of automated reasoning to diagnosis, planning, design, formal verification, and reliability analysis. Letter grading. Mr. Darwiche 265A. Machine Learning. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses 263A, 264A. Introduction to machine learning. Learning by analogy, inductive learning, modeling creativity, learning by experience, role of episodic memory organization in learning. Examination of BACON, AM, Eurisko, HACKER, teachable production systems. Failuredriven learning. Letter grading. M266A. Statistical Modeling and Learning in Vision and Science. (4) (Same as Statistics M232A.) Lecture, three hours. Preparation: basic statistics, linear algebra (matrix analysis), computer vision. Computer vision and pattern recognition. Study of four types of statistical models for modeling visual patterns: descriptive, causal Markov, generative (hidden Markov), and discriminative. Comparison of principles and algorithms for these models; presentation of unifying picture. Introduction of minimax entropy and EM-type and stochastic algorithms for learning. S/U or letter grading. M266B. Statistical Computing and Inference in Vision and Image Science. (4) (Same as Statistics M232B.) Lecture, three hours. Preparation: basic statistics, linear algebra (matrix analysis), computer vision. Introduction to broad range of algorithms for statistical inference and learning that could be used in vision, pattern recognition, speech, bioinformatics, data mining. Topics include Markov chain Monte Carlo computing, sequential Monte Carlo methods, belief propagation, partial differential equations. S/U or letter grading. 267A. Neural Models. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Designed for graduate students. Review of major neurophysiological milestones in understanding brain architecture and processes. Focus on brain theories that are important for modern computer science and, in particular, on models of sensory perception, sensory-motor coordination, and cerebellar and cerebral structure and function. Students required to prepare papers analyzing research in one area of interest. Letter grading. Mr. Vidal 267B. Artificial Neural Systems and Connectionist Computing. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Designed for graduate students. Analysis of major connectionist computing paradigms and underlying models of biological and physical processes. Examination of past and current implementations of artificial neural networks along with their applications to associative knowledge processing, general multisensor pattern recognition including speed and vision, and adaptive robot control. Students required to prepare papers analyzing research in one Mr. Vidal area of interest. Letter grading. 268. Machine Perception. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Designed for graduate students. Computational aspects of processing visual and other sensory information. Unified treatment of early vision in man and machine. Integration of symbolic and iconic representations in process of image segmentation. Computing multimodal sensory information by neural-net architectures. Letter grading. 268S. Seminar: Computational Neuroscience. (2) Seminar, two hours; outside study, four hours. Designed for students undertaking thesis research. Discussion of advanced topics and current research in computational neuroscience. Neural networks and connectionism as paradigm for parallel and concurrent computation in application to problems of perception, vision, multimodal sensory integration, and robotics. May be repeated for credit. S/U grading. 269. Seminar: Current Topics in Artificial Intelligence. (2 to 4) Seminar, to be arranged. Review of current literature and research practicum in area of artificial intelligence in which instructor has developed special proficiency as consequence of research interests. Students report on selected topics. May be repeated for credit with topic change. Letter grading. Mr. Soatto, Ms. Vaughn (F,Sp) 270A. Computer Methodology: Advanced Numerical Methods. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: Electrical Engineering 103 or Mathematics 151B or comparable experience with numerical computing. Designed for graduate computer science and engineering students. Principles of computer treatment of selected numerical problems in algebraic and differential systems, transforms and spectra, data acquisition and reduction; emphasis on concepts pertinent to modeling and simulation and applicability of contemporary developments in numerical software. Computer exercises. Letter grading. Mr. Carlyle 271A. Modeling and Simulation of Lumped Parameter Systems. (4) Lecture, eight hours; outside study, four hours. Recommended preparation: course 270A. Characterization of electrical, electromechanical, and other engineering problems by systems of nonlinear ordinary differential equations. Survey of integration algorithms. Digital simulation languages for continuous systems. Real-time simulation using array processor and multiprocessor computer systems. Letter grading. 271B. Modeling and Simulation of Distributed Parameter Systems. (4) Lecture, eight hours; outside study, four hours. Recommended preparation: course 270A. Mathematical formulation of engineering field problems governed by partial differential equations. Finite difference and finite element approximations. Principal algorithms for solving elliptic, parabolic, and hyperbolic partial differential equations. Supercomputers, vector processors, multiprocessors, and array processors. Letter grading. 271C. Seminar: Advanced Simulation Methods. (2) Seminar, two hours; outside study, six hours. Requisite: course 271A. Discussion of advanced topics in simulation of systems characterized by ordinary and partial differential equations. Topics include (among others) simulation languages, dataflow machines, array processors, and advanced mathematical modeling techniques. Topics vary each term. May be repeated for credit. S/U grading. 272. Advanced Discrete Event Simulation and Modeling Techniques. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. In-depth study in discrete event simulation and modeling techniques, including building valid and credible simulation models, output analysis of systems, comparisons of alternative system configurations. Variance reduction techniques, simulation models of computer systems and manufacturing systems. Letter grading.
Computer Science / 71
273A. Digital Processing of Engineering and Statistical Data. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Computer methods for processing engineering and statistical data. Algorithms to evaluate recursive filter functions, Fourier series, power spectral, analysis correlation computations, and statistical testing. Letter grading. C274C. Computer Animation. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, six hours. Requisite: course 174A. Introduction to computer animation, including basic principles of character modeling, forward and inverse kinematics, forward and inverse dynamics, motion capture animation techniques, physics-based animation of particles and systems, and motor control. Concurrently scheduled with course C174C. Letter grading. Mr. Faloutsos (W, alternate years) 275. Artificial Life for Computer Graphics and Vision. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Enforced requisite: course 174A. Recommended: course 161. Investigation of important role that concepts from artificial life, emerging discipline that spans computational and biological sciences, can play in construction of advanced computer graphics and vision models for virtual reality, animation, interactive games, active vision, visual sensor networks, medical image analysis, etc. Focus on comprehensive models that can realistically emulate variety of living things (plants and animals) from lower animals to humans. Exposure to effective computational modeling of natural phenomena of life and their incorporation into sophisticated, self-animating graphical entities. Specific topics include modeling plants using L-systems, biomechanical simulation and control, behavioral animation, reinforcement and neural-network learning of locomotion, cognitive modeling, artificial animals and humans, human facial animation, and artificial evolution. Letter grading. Mr. Terzopoulos (W) M276A. Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning. (4) (Same as Statistics M231.) Lecture, three hours. Designed for graduate students. Fundamental concepts, theories, and algorithms for pattern recognition and machine learning that are used in computer vision, image processing, speech recognition, data mining, statistics, and computational biology. Topics include Bayesian decision theory, parametric and nonparametric learning, clustering, complexity (VCdimension, MDL, AIC), PCA/ICA/TCA, MDS, SVM, boosting. S/U or letter grading. Mr. Zhu 276B. Structured Computer Vision. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Designed for graduate students. Methods for computer processing of image data. Systems, concepts, and algorithms for image analysis, radiologic and robotic applications. Letter grading. 276C. Speech and Language Communication in Artificial Intelligence. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course M276A or 276B. Topics in human-computer communication: interaction with pictorial information systems, sound and symbol generation by humans and machines, semantics of data, systems for speech recognition and understanding. Use of speech and text for computer input and output in applications. Letter grading. M278. Probabilistic Models of Cognition. (4) (Same as Statistics M239.) Seminar, three hours; discussion, one hour. Requisites: course 180, Mathematics 33A, Statistics 100B. Modeling aspects of human cognition, designing artificial intelligence systems. Introduction to conceptual foundations and basic mathematical and computational techniques. Topics illustrated on different aspects of cognition. S/ U or letter grading. 279. Current Topics in Computer Science: Methodology. (2 to 12) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Review of current literature in area of computer science methodology in which instructor has developed special proficiency as consequence of research interests. Students report on selected topics. May be repeated for credit with topic change. Letter grading. 280A-280ZZ. Algorithms. (4 each) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 180. Additional requisites for each offering announced in advance by department. Selections from design, analysis, optimization, and implementation of algorithms; computational complexity and general theory of algorithms; algorithms for particular application areas. Subtitles of some current sections: Principles of Design and Analysis (280A); Distributed Algorithms (280D); Graphs and Networks (280G). May be repeated for credit with consent of instructor and topic change. Letter grading: 280AP. Approximation Algorithms. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 180. Background in discrete mathematics helpful. Theoretically sound techniques for dealing with NPHard problems. Inability to solve these problems efficiently means algorithmic techniques are based on approximation finding solution that is near to best possible in efficient running time. Coverage of approximation techniques for number of different problems, with algorithm design techniques that include primal-dual method, linear program rounding, greedy algorithms, and local search. Letter grading. Mr. Meyerson (F) 281A. Computability and Complexity. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 181 or compatible background. Concepts fundamental to study of discrete information systems and theory of computing, with emphasis on regular sets of strings, Turing-recognizable (recursively enumerable) sets, closure properties, machine characterizations, nondeterminisms, decidability, unsolvable problems, easy and hard problems, PTIME/ NPTIME. Letter grading. Mr. Ostrovsky (W) 281D. Discrete State Systems. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Recommended requisite: course 181. Finite-state machines, transducers, and their generalizations; regular expressions, transduction expressions, realizability; decomposition, synthesis, and design considerations; topics in state and system identification and fault diagnosis, linear machines, probabilistic machines, applications in coding, communication, computing, system modeling, and simulation. Letter grading. Mr. Carlyle M282A. Cryptography. (4) (Same as Mathematics M209A.) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Introduction to theory of cryptography, stressing rigorous definitions and proofs of security. Topics include notions of hardness, one-way functions, hardcore bits, pseudorandom generators, pseudorandom functions and pseudorandom permutations, semantic security, public-key and private-key encryption, secret-sharing, message authentication, digital signatures, interactive proofs, zero-knowledge proofs, collision-resistant hash functions, commitment protocols, key-agreement, contract signing, and two-party secure computation with static security. Letter grading. Mr. Ostrovsky M282B. Cryptographic Protocols. (4) (Same as Mathematics M209B.) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course M282A. Consideration of advanced cryptographic protocol design and analysis. Topics include noninteractive zeroknowledge proofs; zero-knowledge arguments; concurrent and non-black-box zero-knowledge; IP=PSPACE proof, stronger notions of security for public-key encryption, including chosen-ciphertext security; secure multiparty computation; dealing with dynamic adversary; nonmalleability and composability of secure protocols; software protection; threshold cryptography; identity-based cryptography; private information retrieval; protection against man-in-middle attacks; voting protocols; identification protocols; digital cash schemes; lower bounds on use of cryptographic primitives, software obfuscation. May be repeated for credit with topic change. Letter grading. Mr. Ostrovsky (F) M283A-M283B. Topics in Applied Number Theory. (4-4) (Same as Mathematics M208A-M208B.) Lecture, three hours. Basic number theory, including congruences and prime numbers. Cryptography: publickey and discrete log cryptosystems. Attacks on cryptosystems. Primality testing and factorization methods. Elliptic curve methods. Topics from coding theory: Hamming codes, cyclic codes, Gilbert/Varshamov bounds, Shannon theorem. S/U or letter grading. 284A-284ZZ. Topics in Automata and Languages. (4 each) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 181. Additional requisites for each offering announced in advance by department. Selections from families of formal languages, grammars, machines, operators; pushdown automata, context-free languages and their generalizations, parsing; multidimensional grammars, developmental systems; machine-based complexity. Subtitles of some current and planned sections: Context-Free Languages (284A), Parsing Algorithms (284P). May be repeated for credit with consent of instructor and topic change. Letter grading. Mr. Sahai (Sp) CM286B. Computational Systems Biology: Modeling and Simulation of Biological Systems. (5) (Same as Biomedical Engineering CM286B.) Lecture, four hours; laboratory, three hours; outside study, eight hours. Corequisite: Electrical Engineering 102. Dynamic biosystems modeling and computer simulation methods for studying biological/biomedical processes and systems at multiple levels of organization. Control system, multicompartmental, predatorprey, pharmacokinetic (PK), pharmacodynamic (PD), and other structural modeling methods applied to life sciences problems at molecular, cellular (biochemical pathways/networks), organ, and organismic levels. Both theory- and data-driven modeling, with focus on translating biomodeling goals and data into mathematics models and implementing them for simulation and analysis. Basics of numerical simulation algorithms, with modeling software exercises in class and PC laboratory assignments. Concurrently scheduled with course CM186B. Letter grading. Mr. DiStefano (F) CM286C. Thesis Research and Research Communication in Computational and Systems Biology. (2 to 4) (Formerly numbered CM286L.) (Same as Biomedical Engineering CM286C.) Lecture, one hour; discussion, two hours; laboratory, one hour; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course CM286B. Closely directed, interactive, and real research experience in active quantitative systems biology research laboratory. Direction on how to focus on topics of current interest in scientific community, appropriate to student interests and capabilities. Critiques of oral presentations and written progress reports explain how to proceed with search for research results. Major emphasis on effective research reporting, both oral and written. Concurrently scheduled with course CM186C. Letter grading. Mr. DiStefano (Sp) 287A. Theory of Program Structure. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 181. Models of computer programs and their syntax and semantics; emphasis on programs and recursion schemes; equivalence, optimization, correctness, and translatability of programs; expressive power of program constructs and data structures; selected current topics. Letter grading. Ms. Greibach 288S. Seminar: Theoretical Computer Science. (2) Seminar, two hours; outside study, six hours. Requisites: courses 280A, 281A. Intended for students undertaking thesis research. Discussion of advanced topics and current research in such areas as algorithms and complexity models for parallel and concurrent computation, and formal language and automata theory. May be repeated for credit. S/U grading. Ms. Greibach 289A-289ZZ. Current Topics in Computer Theory. (2 to 12 each) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Review of current literature in area of computer theory in which instructor has developed special proficiency as consequence of research interests. Students report on selected topics. Letter grading: 289CO. Complexity Theory. (4). Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Diagonalization, polynomial-time hierarchy, PCP theorem, randomness and derandomization, circuit complexity, attempts and limitations to proving P does not equal NP, average-case
72 / Electrical Engineering
complexity, one-way functions, hardness amplification. Problem sets and presentation of previous and original research related to course topics. Letter grading. Mr. Sahai (F) 289OA. Online Algorithms. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 180. Introduction to decision making under uncertainty and competitive analysis. Review of current research in online algorithms for problems arising in many areas, such as data and memory management, searching and navigating in unknown terrains, and server systems. Letter grading. Mr. Meyerson (Sp, alternate years) 289RA. Randomized Algorithms. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Basic concepts and design techniques for randomized algorithms, such as probability theory, Markov chains, random walks, and probabilistic method. Applications to randomized algorithms in data structures, graph theory, computational geometry, number theory, and parallel and distributed systems. Letter grading. Mr. Meyerson M296A. Advanced Modeling Methodology for Dynamic Biomedical Systems. (4) (Same as Biomedical Engineering M296A and Medicine M270C.) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: Electrical Engineering 141 or 142 or Mathematics 115A or Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 171A. Development of dynamic systems modeling methodology for physiological, biomedical, pharmacological, chemical, and related systems. Control system, multicompartmental, noncompartmental, and input/output models, linear and nonlinear. Emphasis on model applications, limitations, and relevance in biomedical sciences and other limited data environments. Problem solving in PC laboratory. Letter grading. Mr. DiStefano M296B. Optimal Parameter Estimation and Experiment Design for Biomedical Systems. (4) (Same as Biomathematics M270, Biomedical Engineering M296B, and Medicine M270D.) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course M296A or Biomathematics 220. Estimation methodology and model parameter estimation algorithms for fitting dynamic system models to biomedical data. Model discrimination methods. Theory and algorithms for designing optimal experiments for developing and quantifying models, with special focus on optimal sampling schedule design for kinetic models. Exploration of PC software for model building and optimal experiment design via applications in physiology and pharmacology. Letter grading. Mr. DiStefano M296C. Advanced Topics and Research in Biomedical Systems Modeling and Computing. (4) (Same as Biomedical Engineering M296C and Medicine M270E.) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course M296A. Recommended: course M296B. Research techniques and experience on special topics involving models, modeling methods, and model/computing in biological and medical sciences. Review and critique of literature. Research problem searching and formulation. Approaches to solutions. Individual M.S.- and Ph.D.-level project training. Letter grading. Mr. DiStefano M296D. Introduction to Computational Cardiology. (4) (Same as Biomedical Engineering M296D.) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course CM186B. Introduction to mathematical modeling and computer simulation of cardiac electrophysiological process. Ionic models of action potential (AP). Theory of AP propagation in one-dimensional and two-dimensional cardiac tissue. Simulation on sequential and parallel supercomputers, choice of numerical algorithms, to optimize accuracy and to provide computational stability. Letter grading. Mr. DiStefano, Mr. Kogan 298. Research Seminar: Computer Science. (2 to 4) Seminar, two to four hours; outside study, four to eight hours. Designed for graduate computer science students. Discussion of advanced topics and current research in algorithmic processes that describe and transform information: theory, analysis, design, efficiency, implementation, and application. May be repeated for credit. S/U grading. (F,W,Sp) 375. Teaching Apprentice Practicum. (1 to 4) Seminar, to be arranged. Preparation: apprentice personnel employment as teaching assistant, associate, or fellow. Teaching apprenticeship under active guidance and supervision of regular faculty member responsible for curriculum and instruction at UCLA. May be repeated for credit. S/U grading. (F,W,Sp) 495. Teaching Assistant Training Seminar. (2) Seminar, two hours; outside study, six hours. Limited to graduate Computer Science Department students. Seminar on communication of computer science materials in classroom: preparation, organization of material, presentation, use of visual aids, grading, advising, and rapport with students. S/U grading. 495B. Teaching with Technology. (2) Seminar, two hours; outside study, four hours. Limited to graduate Computer Science Department teaching assistants. Seminar for teaching assistants covering how technology can be used to aid instruction in and out of Mr. Korf classroom. S/U grading. 497D-497E. Field Projects in Computer Science. (4-4) Fieldwork, to be arranged. Students are divided into teams led by instructor; each team is assigned one external company or organization that they investigate as candidate for possible computerization, submitting team report of their findings and recommendations. In Progress (497D) and S/U or letter Mr. Cardenas (497E) grading. 596. Directed Individual or Tutorial Studies. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to graduate computer science students. Petition forms to request enrollment may be obtained from assistant dean, Graduate Studies. Supervised investigation of advanced technical problems. S/U grading. 597A. Preparation for M.S. Comprehensive Examination. (2 to 12) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to graduate computer science students. Reading and preparation for M.S. comprehensive examination. S/ U grading. 597B. Preparation for Ph.D. Preliminary Examinations. (2 to 16) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to graduate computer science students. Preparation for Ph.D. preliminary examinations. S/U grading. 597C. Preparation for Ph.D. Oral Qualifying Examination. (2 to 16) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to graduate computer science students. Preparation for oral qualifying examination, including preliminary research on dissertation. S/U grading. 598. Research for and Preparation of M.S. Thesis. (2 to 12) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to graduate computer science students. Supervised independent research for M.S. candidates, including thesis prospectus. S/U grading. 599. Research for and Preparation of Ph.D. Dissertation. (2 to 16) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to graduate computer science students. Petition forms to request enrollment may be obtained from assistant dean, Graduate Studies. S/U grading.
Electrical Engineering
UCLA 56-125B Engineering IV Box 951594 Los Angeles, CA 90095-1594 (310) 825-2647 fax: (310) 206-8495 e-mail: [email protected] http://www.ee.ucla.edu M.C. Frank Chang, Ph.D., Chair Jason Woo, Ph.D.,Vice Chair, Industry Relations Mani B. Srivastava, Ph.D.,Vice Chair, Graduate Affairs Lieven Vandenberghe, Ph.D.,Vice Chair, Undergraduate Affairs Professors
Asad A. Abidi, Ph.D. Abeer A.H. Alwan, Ph.D. A.V. Balakrishnan, Ph.D. M.C. Frank Chang, Ph.D. (Wintek Endowed Professor of Electrical Engineering) Panagiotis D. Christofides, Ph.D. Babak Daneshrad, Ph.D. Suhas N. Diggavi, Ph.D. Deborah L. Estrin, Ph.D. (Jonathan B. Postel Professor of Networking) Warren S. Grundfest, M.D., FACS Lei He, Ph.D. Tatsuo Itoh, Ph.D. (Northrop Grumman Professor of Electrical Engineering) Bahram Jalali, Ph.D. Chandrashekhar J. Joshi, Ph.D. Jack W. Judy, Ph.D. William J. Kaiser, Ph.D. Alan J. Laub, Ph.D. Jia-Ming Liu, Ph.D. Warren B. Mori, Ph.D. Stanley J. Osher, Ph.D. C. Kumar N. Patel, Ph.D. Gregory J. Pottie, Ph.D. Yahya Rahmat-Samii, Ph.D., (Northrop Grumman Professor of Electrical Engineering/ Electromagnetics) Behzad Razavi, Ph.D. Vwani P. Roychowdhury, Ph.D. Izhak Rubin, Ph.D. Henry Samueli, Ph.D. Ali H. Sayed, Ph.D. Stefano Soatto, Ph.D. Jason L. Speyer, Ph.D. Mani B. Srivastava, Ph.D. Oscar M. Stafsudd, Ph.D. Lieven Vandenberghe, Ph.D. Michaela van der Schaar, Ph.D. John D. Villasenor, Ph.D. Kang L. Wang, Ph.D. (Raytheon Company Professor of Electrical Engineering) Richard D. Wesel, Ph.D., Associate Dean Alan N. Willson, Jr., Ph.D. (Charles P. Reames Endowed Professor of Electrical Engineering) Jason C.S. Woo, Ph.D. C.-K. Ken Yang, Ph.D. Kung Yao, Ph.D.
Professors Emeriti
Frederick G. Allen, Ph.D. Francis F. Chen, Ph.D. Harold R. Fetterman, Ph.D.
Electrical Engineering / 73
Stephen E. Jacobsen, Ph.D. Rajeev Jain, Ph.D. Nhan N. Levan, Ph.D. Dee-Son Pan, Ph.D. Frederick W. Schott, Ph.D. Gabor C. Temes, Ph.D. Chand R. Viswanathan, Ph.D. Paul K.C. Wang, Ph.D. Donald M. Wiberg, Ph.D. Jack Willis, B.Sc.
tronics, plasma electronics, signal processing, and solid-state electronics. The program grants one undergraduate degree (Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering) and two graduate degrees (Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in Electrical Engineering). The graduate program provides students with an opportunity to pursue advanced coursework, in-depth training, and research investigations in several fields.
Undergraduate Study
The Electrical Engineering major is a designated capstone major. Undergraduate students complete a design course in which they integrate their knowledge of the discipline and engage in creative design within realistic and professional constraints. Students apply their knowledge and expertise gained in previous mathematics, science, and engineering coursework. Within a multidisciplinary team structure, students identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems and present their projects to the class.
Associate Professors
Mark H. Hansen, Ph.D. Diana L. Huffaker, Ph.D. Yuanxun Ethan Wang, Ph.D.
Assistant Professors
Danijela Cabric, Ph.D. Robert N. Candler, Ph.D. Chi On Chui, Ph.D. Lara Dolecek, Ph.D. Puneet Gupta, Ph.D. Jin-Hyung Lee, Ph.D. Dejan Markovic, Ph.D. Christoph Niemann, Ph.D. Aydogan Ozcan, Ph.D. Sudhakar Pamarti, Ph.D. Paulo Tabuada, Ph.D. Benjamin S. Williams, Ph.D.
Department Mission
The education and research activities in the Electrical Engineering Department are aligned with its mission statement. In partnership with its constituents, consisting of students, alumni, industry, and faculty members, the mission of the department is to (1) produce highly qualified, wellrounded, and motivated students with fundamental knowledge of electrical engineering who can provide leadership and service to California, the nation, and the world, (2) pursue creative research and new technologies in electrical engineering and across disciplines in order to serve the needs of industry, government, society, and the scientific community, (3) develop partnerships with industrial and government agencies, (4) achieve visibility by active participation in conferences and technical and community activities, and (5) publish enduring scientific articles and books.
Adjunct Professors
Ezio Biglieri, Ph.D. Mary Eshaghian-Wilner, Ph.D. Michael P. Fitz, Ph.D. Ingrid M. Verbauwhede, Ph.D. Eli Yablonovitch, Ph.D.
The undergraduate curriculum allows Electrical Engineering majors to specialize in one of three emphasis areas or options. The three options are structured as an electrical engineering degree, and the only degree offered to undergraduate students by the department is the Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering. No distinction is made among the three options: (1) electrical engineering (EE) option is the regular option that provides students with preparation in electrical engineering with a range of required and elective courses across several disciplines; (2) computer engineering (CE) option provides students with preparation in embedded systems and software and hardware issues. Students replace some of the senior courses in the regular EE option with computer engineering-oriented courses or computer science courses; and (3) biomedical engineering (BE) option provides students with exposure to additional chemistry and life sciences courses and helps them meet most of the premedical preparation requirements so that they are prepared for careers in bioengineering, medicine, or electrical engineering.
74 / Electrical Engineering The Major Required: Electrical Engineering 101, 102, 103, 110, 110L, 113, 115A, 115AL, 121B, 131A, 132A, 141, 161, Mathematics 132, Statistics 105; three technical breadth courses (12 units) selected from an approved list available in the Office of Academic and Student Affairs; and three major field elective courses (12 units), one design course (4 units), and one laboratory course (2 to 4 units) selected from one of the following pathways: Antennas and Microwaves: Three major field elective courses from Electrical Engineering 162A, 163A, and 163B or 163C; one capstone design course from 164D or 184DA/184DB (count as one course); and one laboratory course from 164L (or by petition from 194 or 199) Integrated Circuits: Three major field elective courses from Electrical Engineering 115B, 115C, and 132B or 163A; one capstone design course from 115D or 184DA/184DB (count as one course); and one laboratory course from 115BL (or by petition from 194 or 199) Microelectromechanical (MEMS) Systems: Three major field elective courses from Electrical Engineering 115B or 123A or 124, 128 or 163A or 173, and CM150; one capstone design course from 129D; and one laboratory course from 122L or CM150L (or by petition from 194 or 199) Photonics and Plasma Electronics: Three major field elective courses from Electrical Engineering 172, 173, and 174 or 175 or M185; one capstone design course from 173D; and one laboratory course from 172L (or by petition from 194 or 199) Signals and Systems: Three major field elective courses from Electrical Engineering 114, 115B, 131B, 132B, 136, 142, 162A; one capstone design course from 113D, 173D, 180D, 181D, or 184DA/184DB (count as one course); and one laboratory course from 115BL or M116L or M171L (or by petition from 194 or 199) Solid State: Three major field elective courses from Electrical Engineering 123A, 123B, and 124 or 128; one capstone design course from 129D; and one laboratory course from 122L (or by petition from 194 or 199) For information on University and general education requirements, see Requirements for B.S. Degrees on page 19 or http://www .registrar.ucla.edu/ge/.
184DA/184DB (count as one course); and one laboratory course from Electrical Engineering M116L (or by petition from 194 or 199). For information on University and general education requirements, see Requirements for B.S. Degrees on page 19 or http://www .registrar.ucla.edu/ge/.
Graduate Study
For information on graduate admission see Graduate Programs, page 23. The following introductory information is based on the 2010-11 edition of Program Requirements for UCLA Graduate Degrees. Complete annual editions of Program Requirements are available at http:// www.gdnet.ucla.edu/gasaa/library/pgmrq intro.htm. Students are subject to the degree requirements as published in Program Requirements for the year in which they enter the program. The Department of Electrical Engineering offers Master of Science (M.S.) and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) degrees in Electrical Engineering.
Course Requirements
Students may select either the thesis plan or the non-thesis (comprehensive examination) plan. The selection of courses is tailored to the professional objectives of the students and must meet the requirements stated below. The courses should be selected and approved in consultation with
Electrical Engineering / 75 the faculty adviser. Departures from the stated requirements are considered only in exceptional cases and must be approved by the departmental graduate adviser. The minimum requirements for the M.S. degree are as follows: 1. Requisite. B.S. degree in Electrical Engineering or a related field 2. All M.S. program requirements should be completed within two academic years from admission into the M.S. graduate program in the Henry Samueli School of Engineering and Applied Science 3. Students must maintain a minimum cumulative grade-point average of 3.0 every term and 3.0 in all graduate courses 4. Thesis Option. Students selecting the thesis option must complete at least the following requirements: (a) five formal graduate courses to serve as the major field of study, (b) two formal graduate courses to serve as the minor field of study, (c) Electrical Engineering 297, (d) two Electrical Engineering 598 courses involving work on the M.S. thesis, (e) no other 500-level courses, other seminar courses, nor Electrical Engineering 296 or 375 may be applied toward the course requirements, and (f) an M.S. thesis completed under the direction of the faculty adviser to a standard that is approved by a committee comprised of three faculty members. The thesis research must be conducted concurrently with the coursework 5. Non-Thesis Option. Students selecting the non-thesis option must complete at least the following requirements: (a) six formal graduate courses to serve as the major field of study, (b) two formal graduate courses to serve as the minor field of study, (c) Electrical Engineering 297, (d) Electrical Engineering 299 to serve as the M.S. comprehensive examination, which is evaluated by a committee of three faculty members appointed by the department. In case of failure, students may be reexamined only once with consent of the departmental graduate adviser, and (e) no 500-level courses, other seminar courses, nor Electrical Engineering 296 or 375 may be applied toward the course requirements 6. Students must select a number of formal graduate courses to serve as their major and minor fields of study accord-
Pradeep Senanayake and Baolai Liang work on the molecular beam epitaxy (MBE) system used to produce novel optoelectronic devices.
ing to the requirements listed above for the thesis (seven courses) and non-thesis (eight courses) options. The selection of the major and minor sequences of courses must be from different established tracks, or approved ad hoc tracks, or combinations thereof. The selected courses must be approved by the faculty adviser 7. For the thesis option at least four, and for the non-thesis option five, of the formal graduate courses used to satisfy the M.S. program requirements listed above must be in the Electrical Engineering Department 8. A formal graduate course is defined as any 200-level course, excluding seminar or tutorial courses 9. At most one upper division undergraduate course is allowed to replace one of the formal graduate courses covering the major and minor fields of study provided that (a) the undergraduate course is not required of undergraduate students in the Electrical Engineering Department and (b) the undergraduate course is approved by the faculty adviser 10.A track is a coherent set of courses in some general field of study. The department suggests lists of established tracks as a means to assist students in selecting their courses. Students are
76 / Electrical Engineering optical interaction, antenna measurement, and diagnostics; numerical and asymptotic techniques; satellite and personal communication antennas; periodic structures; genetic algorithms; and optimization techniques. Courses include Electrical Engineering 221C, 260A, 260B, 261, 262, 263, 266, 270 2. Photonics and Plasma Electronics Track. Courses deal with laser physics, optical amplification, electro-optics, acousto-optics, magneto-optics, nonlinear optics, photonic switching and modulation, ultrafast phenomena, optical fibers, integrated waveguides, photodetection, optoelectronic integrated circuits, optical microelectromechanical systems (MEMS), analog and digital signal transmission, photonics sensors, lasers in biomedicine, fundamental plasma waves and instability; interaction of microwaves and laser radiation with plasmas; plasma diagnostics; and controlled nuclear fusion. Courses include Electrical Engineering 270, 271, 272, 273, 274, 285A, 285B, M287 3. Solid-State and Microelectromechanical Systems (MEMS) Devices Track. Courses deal with solid-state physical electronics, semiconductor device physics and design, and microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) design and fabrication. Courses include Electrical Engineering 221A, 221B, 221C, 222, 223, 224, 225, CM250A, M250B, Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 281, 284, C287L of deterministic linear and nonlinear systems; stochastic control; Kalman filtering; stability theory of linear and nonlinear feedback control systems; computer-aided design of control systems; optimization theory, including linear and nonlinear programming; convex optimization and engineering applications; numerical methods; nonconvex programming; associated network flow and graph problems; renewal theory; Markov chains; stochastic dynamic programming; and queuing theory. Courses include Electrical Engineering 205A, 208A, M208B, M208C, 210B, 236A, 236B, 236C, M237, M240A, 240B, M240C, 241A, 241C, M242A, 243 3. Signal Processing Track. Courses deal with digital signal processing theory, statistical signal processing, analysis and design of digital filters, digital speech processing, digital image processing, multirate digital signal processing, adaptive filtering, estimation theory, neural networks, and communications signal processing. Courses include Electrical Engineering 205A, 210A, 210B, 211A, 211B, 212A, 212B, 213A, M214A, 214B, M217, 238 case of failure, students my be reexamined only once with consent of the departmental graduate adviser.
Course Requirements
The selection of courses for the Ph.D. program is tailored to the professional objectives of the students and must meet the requirements stated below. The courses should be selected and approved in consultation with the faculty adviser. Departures from the stated requirements are considered only in exceptional cases and must be approved by the departmental graduate adviser. Normally, students take additional courses to acquire deeper and broader knowledge in preparation for the dissertation research. The minimum requirements for the Ph.D. degree are as follows: 1. Requisite. M.S. degree in Electrical Engineering or a related field granted by UCLA or by an institution recognized by the UCLA Graduate Division 2. All Ph.D. program requirements should be completed within five academic years from admission into the Ph.D. graduate program in the Henry Samueli School of Engineering and Applied Science 3. Students must maintain a minimum cumulative grade-point average of 3.5 in the Ph.D. program 4. Students must complete at least the following requirements: (a) four formal graduate courses selected in consultation with the faculty adviser, (b) Electrical Engineering 297, (c) one technical communications course such as Electrical Engineering 295, (d) no 500-level courses, other seminar courses, nor Electrical Engineering 296 or 375 may
Ad Hoc Tracks
In consultation with their faculty advisers, students may petition for an ad hoc track tailored to their professional objectives. This may comprise graduate courses from established tracks, from across areas, and even from outside electrical engineering. The petition must justify how the selection of courses in the ad hoc track forms a coherent set of courses, and how the proposed ad hoc track serves the professional objectives. The petition must be approved by the faculty adviser and the departmental graduate adviser.
Comprehensive Examination
For M.S. students following the non-thesis option, the M.S. comprehensive examination is satisfied by completion of Electrical Engineering 299 (project seminar) under the direction of a faculty member. Students are assigned some topic of independent study by the faculty member. The study culminates with a written report and an oral presentation. The M.S. project seminar program across the department is administered, for each student, by the faculty member directing the course, the director of the area to which the student belongs, and the departmental graduate adviser. In
Electrical Engineering / 77 be applied toward the course requirements, (e) pass the Ph.D. preliminary examination which is administered by the department and takes place once every year. In case of failure, students may be reexamined only once with consent of the departmental graduate adviser, (f) pass the University Oral Qualifying Examination which is administered by the doctoral committee, (g) complete a Ph.D. dissertation under the direction of the faculty adviser, and (h) defend the Ph.D. dissertation in a public seminar with the doctoral committee 5. A formal graduate course is defined as any 200-level course, excluding seminar or tutorial courses. Formal graduate courses taken to meet the M.S. degree requirements may not be applied toward the Ph.D. course requirements 6. At least two of the formal graduate courses must be in electrical engineering 7. Within two academic years from admission into the Ph.D. program, all courses should be completed and the Ph.D. preliminary examination should be passed. It is strongly recommended that students take the Ph.D. preliminary examination during their first academic year in the program 8. The University Oral Qualifying Examination must be taken when all required courses are complete, and within one year after passing the Ph.D. preliminary examination 9. Students admitted originally to the M.S. program in the Electrical Engineering Department must complete all M.S. program requirements with a grade-point average of at least 3.5 to be considered for admission into the Ph.D. program. Only after admission into the program can students take the Ph.D. preliminary examination 10.Students must nominate a doctoral committee prior to taking the University Oral Qualifying Examination. A doctoral committee consists of a minimum of four members. Three members, including the chair, are inside members and must hold appointments in the Electrical Engineering Department at UCLA. The outside member must be a UCLA faculty member outside the Electrical Engineering Department. By petition, one of the four members may be a faculty member from another UC campus
well as Windows and Linux PCs. These machines are provided by the Electrical Engineering Department; most of them operate in a client-server mode, but standalone configurations are supported as well. Furthermore, this network connects to mainframes and supercomputers provided by the Henry Samueli School of Engineering and Applied Science and the Office of Academic Computing, as well as off-campus supercomputers according to need. The rapidly growing department-wide network comprises about 500 computers. These include about 200 workstations from Sun, HP, and SGI, and about 300 PCs, all connected to a 100 Mbit/s network with multiple parallel T3 lines running to individual research laboratories and computer rooms. The server functions are performed by several high-speed, high-capacity RAID servers from Network Appliance and IBM which serve user directories and software applications in a unified transparent fashion. All this computing power is distributed in research laboratories, computer classrooms, and open-access computer rooms.
78 / Electrical Engineering (such as Caltech and USC) have begun to combine and correlate certain research programs as a result of the formation of the center. Circuits Laboratories The Circuits Laboratories are equipped for measurements on high-speed analog and digital circuits and are used for the experimental study of communication, signal processing, and instrumentation systems. A hybrid integrated circuit facility is available for rapid mounting, testing, and revision of miniature circuits. These include both discrete components and integrated circuit chips. The laboratory is available to advanced undergraduate and graduate students through faculty sponsorship on thesis topics, research grants, or special studies. Electromagnetics Laboratories The Electromagnetics Laboratories involve the disciplines of microwaves, millimeter waves, wireless electronics, and electromechanics. Students enrolled in microwave laboratory courses, such as Electrical Engineering 164D and 164L, special projects classes such as Electrical Engineering 199, and/or research projects, have the opportunity to obtain experimental and design experience in the following technology areas: (1) integrated microwave circuits and antennas, (2) integrated millimeter wave circuits and antennas, (3) numerical visualization of electromagnetic waves, (4) electromagnetic scattering and radar cross-section measurements, and (5) antenna near field and diagnostics measurements. Nanoelectronics Research Facility The state-of-the-art Nanoelectronics Research Facility for graduate research and teaching as well as the undergraduate microelectronics teaching laboratory are housed in an 8,500-square-foot class 100/ class 1000 clean room with a full complement of utilities, including high purity deionized water, high purity nitrogen, and exhaust scrubbers. The NRF supports research on nanometer-scale fabrication and on the study of fundamental quantum size effects, as well as exploration of innovative nanometer-scale device concepts. The laboratory also supports many other schoolwide programs in device fabrication, such as MEMS and optoelectronics. For more information, see http://www.nanolab .ucla.edu. Photonics and Optoelectronics Laboratories In the Laser Laboratory students study the properties of lasers and gain an understanding of the application of this modern technology to optics, communication, and holography. The Photonics and Optoelectronics Laboratories include facilities for research in all of the basic areas of quantum electronics. Specific areas of experimental investigation include high-powered lasers, nonlinear optical processes, ultrafast lasers, parametric frequency conversion, electrooptics, infrared detection, and semiconductor lasers and detectors. Operating lasers include mode-locked and Qswitched Nd:YAG and Nd:YLF lasers, Ti:Al2O3 lasers, ultraviolet and visible wavelength argon lasers, wavelengthtunable dye lasers, as well as gallium arsenide, helium-neon, excimer, and highpowered continuous and pulsed carbon dioxide laser systems. Also available are equipment and facilities for research on semiconductor lasers, fiber optics, nonlinear optics, and ultrashort laser pulses. Facilities for mirror polishing and coating and high-vacuum gas handling systems are also available. These laboratories are open to undergraduate and graduate students who have faculty sponsorship for their thesis projects or special studies. Plasma Electronics Facilities Two laboratories are dedicated to the study of the effects of intense laser radiation on matter in the plasma state. One, located in Engineering IV, houses a state-of-the-art table top terawatt (T3) 400fs laser system that can be operated in either a single or dual frequency mode for laser-plasma interaction studies. Diagnostic equipment includes a ruby laser scattering system, a streak camera, and optical spectrographs and multichannel analyzer. Parametric instabilities such as stimulated Raman scattering have been studied, as well as the resonant excitation of plasma waves by optical mixing. The second laboratory, located in Boelter Hall, houses the MARS laser, currently the largest on-campus university CO2 laser in the U.S. It can produce 200J, 170ps pulses of CO2 radiation, focusable to 1016 W/cm2. The laser is used for testing new ideas for laser-driven particle accelerators and free-electron lasers. Several high-pressure, short-pulse drivers can be used on the MARS; other equipment includes a theta-pinch plasma generator, an electron linac injector, and electron detectors and analyzers. A second group of laboratories is dedicated to basic research in plasma sources for basic experiments, plasma processing, and plasma heating. Solid-State Electronics Facilities Solid-state electronics equipment and facilities include (1) a modern integrated semiconductor device processing laboratory, (2) complete new Si and III-V compound molecular beam epitaxy systems, (3) CAD and mask-making facilities, (4) lasers for beam crystallization study, (5) thin film and characterization equipment, (6) deep-level transient spectroscopy instruments, (7) computerized capacitance-voltage and other characterization equipment, including doping density profiling systems, (8) low-temperature facilities for material and device physics studies in cryogenic tem-
Professor Ozcan and students work in the Bio- and Nano-Photonics Laboratory on developing next-generation imaging systems for telemedicine needs.
Electrical Engineering / 79 peratures, (9) optical equipment, including many different types of lasers for optical characterization of superlattice and quantum well devices, (10) characterization equipment for high-speed devices, including (11) high magnetic field facilities for magnetotransport measurement of heterostructures. The laboratory facilities are available to faculty, staff, and graduate students for their research. Multidisciplinary Research Facilities The department is also associated with several multidisciplinary research centers including California NanoSystems Institute (CNSI) Center for Embedded Networked Sensing (CENS) Center for High-Frequency Electronics (CHFE) Center for Nanoscience Innovation for Defense (CNID) Functional Engineered Nano Architectonics Focus Center (FENA) Plasma Science and Technology Institute Western Institute for Nanoelectronics (WIN) Faculty Groups and Laboratories Department faculty members also lead a broad range of research groups and laboratories that cover a wide spectrum of specialties, including Adaptive Systems Laboratory (Sayed) Antenna Research, Analysis, and Measurement Laboratory (Rahmat-Samii) Autonomous Intelligent Networked Systems (Rubin) CMOS Research Laboratory (Woo) Communication Circuits Laboratory (Razavi) Complex Networks Group (Roychowdhury) Design Automation Laboratory (He) Device Research Laboratory (K. Wang) Digital Microwave Laboratory (E. Wang) Flight Systems Research Center (Balakrishnan) High-Performance Mixed Mode Circuit Design Group (Yang) High-Speed Electronics Laboratory (Chang) Image Communications Laboratory (Villasenor) Integrated Circuits and Systems Laboratory (Abidi) Laser-Plasma Group (Joshi) Microfabrication Laboratory (Judy) Microsystems Research Laboratory (Judy) Microwave Electronics Laboratory (Itoh) Millimeter Wave and Optoelectronics Laboratory (Fetterman) Nanoelectronics Research Center (Judy, Franz) Networked and Embedded Systems Laboratory (Srivastava) Neuroengineering Research Laboratory (Judy) Optoelectronics Circuits and Systems Laboratory (Jalali) Optoelectronics Group (Yablonovitch) Proactive Medianet Laboratory (van der Schaar) Speech Processing and Auditory Perception Laboratory (Alwan) Wireless Integrated Systems Research Group (Daneshrad)
technology, biologic feedback control mechanisms Lei He, Ph.D. (UCLA, 1999) Computer-aided design of VLSI circuits and systems, coarse-grain programmable systems and field programmable gate array (FPGA), high-performance interconnect modeling and design, power-efficient computer architectures and systems, numerical and combinatorial optimization Tatsuo Itoh, Ph.D. (Illinois, Urbana, 1969) Microwave and millimeter wave electronics; guided wave structures; low-power wireless electronics; integrated passive components and antennas; photonic bandgap structures and meta materials applications; active integrated antennas, smart antennas; RF technologies for reconfigurable front-ends; sensors and transponders Bahram Jalali, Ph.D. (Columbia U., 1989) RF photonics, integrated optics, fiber optic integrated circuits Chandrashekhar J. Joshi, Ph.D. (Hull U., England, 1978) Laser fusion, laser acceleration of particles, nonlinear optics, high-power lasers, plasma physics Jack W. Judy, Ph.D. (UC Berkeley, 1996) Microelectromechanical systems (MEMS), micromachining, microsensors, microactuators, and microsystems, neuroengineering, neural-electronic interfaces, neuroMEMS, implantable electronic systems, wireless telemetry, neural prostheses, and magnetism and magnetic materials William J. Kaiser, Ph.D. (Wayne State, 1983) Research and development of new microsensor and microinstrument technology for industry, science, and biomedical applications; development and applications of new atomicresolution scanning probe microscopy methods for microelectronic device research Alan Laub, Ph.D. (Minnesota, 1974) Numerical linear algebra, numerical analysis, condition estimation, computer-aided control system design, high-performance computing Jia-Ming Liu, Ph.D. (Harvard, 1982) Nonlinear optics, ultrafast optics, laser chaos, semiconductor lasers, optoelectronics, photonics, nonlinear and ultrafast processes Warren B. Mori, Ph.D. (UCLA, 1987) Laser and charged particle beam-plasma interactions, advanced accelerator concepts, advanced light sources, laser-fusion, high-energy density science, high-performance computing, plasma physics Stanley J. Osher, Ph.D. (New York U., 1966) Scientific computing, applied mathematics C. Kumar N. Patel, Ph.D. (Stanford, 1961) Quantum electronics; nonlinear optics; photoacoustics in gases, liquids, and solids; ultralow level detection of trace gases; chemical and toxic gas sensors Gregory J. Pottie, Ph.D. (McMaster, 1988) Communication systems and theory with applications to wireless sensor networks Yahya Rahmat-Samii, Ph.D. (Illinois, 1975) Satellite communications antennas, personal communication antennas including human interactions, antennas for remote sensing and radio astronomy applications, advanced numerical and genetic optimization techniques in electromagnetics, frequency selective surfaces and photonic band gap structures, novel integrated and fractal antennas, near-field antenna measurements and diagnostic techniques, electromagnetic theory Behzad Razavi, Ph.D. (Stanford, 1992) Analog, RF, and mixed-signal integrated circuit design, dual-standard RF transceivers, phase-locked systems and frequency synthe-
80 / Electrical Engineering
sizers, A/D and D/A converters, high-speed data communication circuits Vwani P. Roychowdhury, Ph.D. (Stanford, 1989) Models of computation including parallel and distributed processing systems, quantum computation and information processing, circuits and computing paradigms for nanoelectronics and molecular electronics, adaptive and learning algorithms, nonparametric methods and algorithms for large-scale information processing, combinatorics and complexity, and information theory Izhak Rubin, Ph.D. (Princeton, 1970) Telecommunications and computer communications systems and networks, mobile wireless networks, multimedia IP networks, UAV/ UGV-aided networks, integrated system and network management, C4ISR systems and networks, optical networks, network simulations and analysis, traffic modeling and engineering Henry Samueli, Ph.D. (UCLA, 1980) VLSI implementation of signal processing and digital communication systems, high-speed digital integrated circuits, digital filter design Ali H. Sayed, Ph.D. (Stanford, 1992) Adaptive systems, statistical and digital signal processing, estimation theory, signal processing for communications, linear system theory, interplays between signal processing and control methodologies, fast algorithms for large-scale problems Stefano Soatto, Ph.D. (Caltech, 1996) Computer vision, systems and control theory, detection and estimation, robotics, system identification, shape analysis, motion analysis, image processing, video processing, autonomous systems Jason L. Speyer, Ph.D. (Harvard, 1968) Stochastic and deterministic optimal control and estimation with application to aerospace systems; guidance, flight control, and flight mechanics Mani B. Srivastava, Ph.D. (UC Berkeley, 1992) Wireless networking, embedded computing, networked embedded systems, sensor networks, mobile and ubiquitous computing, lowpower and power-aware systems Oscar M. Stafsudd, Ph.D. (UCLA, 1967) Quantum electronics: I.R. lasers and nonlinear optics; solid-state: I.R. detectors Lieven Vandenberghe, Ph.D. (Katholieke U., Leuven, Belgium, 1992) Optimization in engineering and applications in systems and control, circuit design, and signal processing Mihaela van der Schaar, Ph.D. (Eindhoven U. of Technology, Netherlands, 2001) Multimedia processing and compression, multimedia networking, multimedia communications, multimedia architectures, enterprise multimedia streaming, mobile and ubiquitous computing John D. Villasenor, Ph.D. (Stanford, 1989) Communications, signal and image processing, configurable computing systems, and design environments Kang L. Wang, Ph.D. (MIT, 1970) Nanoelectronics and optoelectronics, nano and molecular devices, MBE and superlattices, microwave and millimeter electronics, quantum information Richard D. Wesel, Ph.D. (Stanford, 1996) Communication theory and signal processing with particular interests in channel coding, including turbo codes and trellis codes, joint algorithms for distributed communication and detection Alan N. Willson, Jr., Ph.D. (Syracuse, 1967) Theory and application of digital signal processing including VLSI implementations, digital filter design, nonlinear circuit theory Jason C.S. Woo, Ph.D. (Stanford, 1987) Solid-state technology, CMOS and bipolar device/circuit optimization, novel device design, modeling of integrated circuits, VLSI fabrication C.-K. Ken Yang, Ph.D. (Stanford, 1998) High-performance VLSI design, digital and mixed-signal circuit design Kung Yao, Ph.D. (Princeton, 1965) Communication theory, signal and array processing, sensor system, wireless communication systems, VLSI and systolic algorithms arrays, wireless and radar systems, microwave integrated circuits
Assistant Professors
Danijela Cabric, Ph.D. (UC Berkeley, 2007) Wireless communications system design, cognitive radio networks, VLSI architectures of signal processing and digital communication algorithms, performance analysis and experiments on embedded system platforms Robert N. Candler, Ph.D. (Stanford, 2006) MEMS and nanoscale devices, fundamental limitations of sensors, packaging, biological and chemical sensing Chi On Chui, Ph.D. (Stanford, 2004) Nanoelectronic and optoelectronic devices and technology, heterostructure semiconductor devices, monolithic integration of heterogeneous technology, exploratory nanotechnology Lara Dolecek, Ph.D. (UC Berkeley, 2007) Information and coding theory, graphical models, statistical algorithms and computational methods with applications to largescale and complex systems for data processing, communication and storage Puneet Gupta, Ph.D. (UC San Diego, 2007) CAD for VLSI design and manufacturing, physical design, manufacturing-aware circuits and layouts, design-aware manufacturing Jin Hyung Lee, Ph.D. (Stanford, 2004) Advanced imaging techniques for biomedical applications; neurosciences and neural-engineering; magnetic resonance imaging (MRI); development of novel image contrast strategies; alternate image acquisition, reconstruction, and processing techniques Dejan Markovic, Ph.D. (UC Berkeley, 2006) Power/area-efficient digital integrated circuits, VLSI architectures for wireless communications, organization methods and supporting CAD flows Christoph Niemann, Ph.D. (U. Technology, Darmstadt, Germany, 2002) Plasma physics in the context of thermonuclear fusion, laser and charged particle beam-plasma interaction, high-energy density science, plasma- and particle-beam diagnostics Aydogan Ozcan, Ph.D. (Stanford, 2005) Bioimaging, nano-photonics, nonlinear optics Sudhakar Pamarti, Ph.D. (UC San Diego, 2003) Mixed-signal IC design, signal processing and communication theory Paulo Tabuada, Ph.D. (Technical University of Lisbon, Portugal, 2002) Real-time, networked, embedded control systems; mathematical systems theory including discrete-event, timed, and hybrid systems; geometric nonlinear control; algebraic/categorical methods Benjamin Williams, Ph.D. (MIT, 2003) Development of terahertz quantum cascade lasers
Professors Emeriti
Frederick G. Allen, Ph.D. (Harvard, 1956) Semiconductor physics, solid-state devices, surface physics Francis F. Chen, Ph.D. (Harvard, 1954) Radio frequency plasma sources and diagnostics for semiconductor processing Harold R. Fetterman, Ph.D. (Cornell, 1968) Optical millimeter wave interactions, high-frequency optical polymer modulators and applications, solid-state millimeter wave structures and systems, biomedical applications of lasers Stephen E. Jacobsen, Ph.D. (UC Berkeley, 1968) Operations research, mathematical programming, nonconvex programming, applications of mathematical programming to engineering and engineering/economic systems Rajeev Jain, Ph.D. (Katholieke U., Leuven, Belgium, 1985) Design of digital communications and digital signal processing circuits and systems Nhan N. Levan, Ph.D. (Monash U., Australia, 1966) Control systems, stability and stabilizability, errors in dynamic systems, signal analysis, wavelets, theory and applications Dee-Son Pan, Ph.D. (Caltech, 1977) New semiconductor devices for millimeter and RF power generation and amplification, transport in small geometry semiconductor devices, generic device modeling Frederick W. Schott, Ph.D. (Stanford, 1949) Electromagnetics, applied electromagnetics Gabor C. Temes, Ph.D. (Ottawa, 1961) Analog MOS integrated circuits, signal processing, analog and digital filters Chand R. Viswanathan, Ph.D. (UCLA, 1964) Semiconductor electronics: VLSI devices and technology, thin oxides; reliability and failure physics of MOS devices; process-induced damage, low-frequency noise Paul K.C. Wang, Ph.D. (UC Berkeley, 1960) Control systems, modeling and control of nonlinear distributed-parameter systems with applications to micro-opto-electromechanical systems, micro and nano manipulation systems, coordination and control of multiple microspacecraft in formation *Donald M. Wiberg, Ph.D. (Caltech, 1965)* Identification and control, especially of aerospace, biomedical, mechanical, and nuclear processes, modeling and simulation of respiratory and cardiovascular systems Jack Willis, B.Sc. (U. London, 1945) Active circuits, electronic systems
Adjunct Professors
Ezio Biglieri, Dr. Ing. (Politecnico di Torino, Italy, 1967) Digital communication, wireless channels, modulation, error-control coding, signal processing in telecommunications Mary Eshagian-Wilner, Ph.D. (USC, 1998) Nanoscale architectures, bioinformatics networks, heterogeneous computing, mapping and scheduling paradigms, optical interconnects, VLSI and reconfigurable chips, parallel algorithms for image processing Michael P. Fitz, Ph.D. (USC, 1989) Physical layer communication theory and implementation with applications in wireless systems Joel Schulman, Ph.D. (Caltech, 1979) Semiconductor super lattices, solid-state physics
Associate Professors
Mark H. Hansen, Ph.D. (UC Berkeley, 1994) Estimation and inference, statistical learning, data analysis; model selection, nonparametric methods; visualization and information design Diana L. Huffaker, Ph.D. (Texas, Austin, 1995) Solid-state nanotechnology, MWIR optoelectronic devices, solar cells, Si photonics, novel materials Yuanxun Ethan Wang, Ph.D. (Texas, Austin, 1999) Smart antennas, RF and microwave power amplifiers, numerical techniques, DSP techniques for microwave systems, phased
* Also Professor Emeritus of Anesthesiology
Electrical Engineering / 81
Ingrid M. Verbauwhede, Ph.D. (Katholieke U., Leuven, Belgium, 1991) Embedded systems, VLSI, architecture and circuit design and design methodologies for applications in security, wireless communications and signal processing Eli Yablonovitch, Ph.D. (Harvard, 1972) Optoelectronics, high-speed optical communications, photonic integrated circuits, photonic crystals, plasmonic optics and plasmonic circuits, quantum computing and communication
rolled in minimum of 12 units (excluding this course). Individual contract required; consult Undergraduate Research Center. May be repeated. P/NP grading. Fourier transforms, and finite wordlength effects. Course project involving original design and implementation of signal processing systems for communications, speech, audio, or video using DSP chip. Letter grading. Mr. Daneshrad (F,W,Sp) 114. Speech and Image Processing Systems Design. (4) (Formerly numbered 114D.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour; laboratory, two hours; outside study, six hours. Requisite: course 113. Design principles of speech and image processing systems. Speech production, analysis, and modeling in first half of course; design techniques for image enhancement, filtering, and transformation in second half. Lectures supplemented by laboratory implementation of speech and image processing tasks. Letter Mr. Villasenor (W) grading. 115A. Analog Electronic Circuits I. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Requisite: course 110. Review of physics and operation of diodes and bipolar and MOS transistors. Equivalent circuits and models of semiconductor devices. Analysis and design of single-stage amplifiers. DC biasing circuits. Small-signal analysis. Operational amplifier systems. Letter grading. Mr. Abidi, Mr. Chang (F,W) 115AL. Analog Electronics Laboratory I. (2) Laboratory, four hours; outside study, two hours. Requisites: courses 110L, 115A. Experimental determination of device characteristics, resistive diode circuits, single-stage amplifiers, compound transistor stages, effect of feedback on single-stage amplifiers. Letter grading. Mr. Babaie, Mr. Kaiser (F,W,Sp) 115B. Analog Electronic Circuits II. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 115A. Analysis and design of differential amplifiers in bipolar and CMOS technologies. Current mirrors and active loads. Frequency response of amplifiers. Feedback and its properties. Stability issues and frequency compensation. Letter grading. Mr. Razavi (F,W) 115BL. Analog Electronics Laboratory II. (4) Laboratory, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses 115AL, 115B. Experimental and computer studies of multistage, wideband, tuned, and power amplifiers, and multiloop feedback amplifiers. Introduction to thick film hybrid techniques. Construction of amplifier using hybrid thick film techniques. Mr. Razavi (Sp) Letter grading. 115C. Digital Electronic Circuits. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Requisites: course 115A, Computer Science M51A. Recommended: course 115B. Transistor-level digital circuit analysis and design. Modern logic families (static CMOS, pass-transistor, dynamic logic), integrated circuit (IC) layout, digital circuits (logic gates, flipflops/latches, counters, etc.), computer-aided simulation of digital circuits. Letter grading. Mr. Markovic, Mr. Pamarti (W,Sp) 115D. Design Studies in Electronic Circuits. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, four hours; outside study, four hours. Requisites: courses 115B, 115C. Applications of distributed circuits. Operational amplifier applications and limitations. Power amplifiers. Feedback and stability. Precision analog circuits. Analysis and design of operational amplifiers. Noise in electronic circuits. Design of oscillators, phaselocked loops, and frequency synthesizers. Introduction to design of analog-to-digital and digital-to-analog converters. Letter grading. Mr. Abidi (Sp) M116C. Computer Systems Architecture. (4) (Same as Computer Science M151B.) Lecture, four hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, six hours. Requisites: course M16 or Computer Science M51A, Computer Science 33. Recommended: course M116L or Computer Science M152A, Computer Science 111. Computer system organization and design, implementation of CPU datapath and control, instruction set design, memory hierarchy (caches, main memory, virtual memory) organization and management, input/output subsystems (bus structures, interrupts, DMA), performance evaluation, pipelined processors. Letter grading. Mr. Gupta (F,W)
82 / Electrical Engineering
M116L. Introductory Digital Design Laboratory. (2) (Same as Computer Science M152A.) Laboratory, four hours; outside study, two hours. Requisite: course M16 or Computer Science M51A. Hands-on design, implementation, and debugging of digital logic circuits, use of computer-aided design tools for schematic capture and simulation, implementation of complex circuits using programmed array logic, design projects. Letter grading. Mr. He (F,W,Sp) M117. Computer Networks: Physical Layer. (4) (Same as Computer Science M117.) Lecture, two hours; discussion, two hours; laboratory, two hours; outside study, six hours. Not open to students with credit for course M171L. Introduction to fundamental computer communication concepts underlying and supporting modern networks, with focus on wireless communications and media access layers of network protocol stack. Systems include wireless LANs (IEEE802.11) and ad hoc wireless and personal area networks (e.g., Bluetooth, ZigBee). Experimental laboratory sessions included. Letter grading. Mr. Gerla (W,Sp) 121B. Principles of Semiconductor Device Design. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 2. Introduction to principles of operation of bipolar and MOS transistors, equivalent circuits, high-frequency behavior, voltage limitations. Letter grading. Mr. Chui, Mr. Woo (W,Sp) 122L. Semiconductor Devices Laboratory. (4) Lecture, four hours; laboratory, four hours; outside study, four hours. Requisites: courses 2, 121B (may be taken concurrently). Design fabrication and characterization of p-n junction and transistors. Students perform various processing tasks such as wafer preparation, oxidation, diffusion, metallization, and photolithography. Letter grading. Mr. Candler (Sp) 123A. Fundamentals of Solid-State I. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 2 or Physics 1C. Limited to junior/senior engineering majors. Fundamentals of solid-state, introduction to quantum mechanics and quantum statistics applied to solid-state. Crystal structure, energy levels in solids, and band theory and semiconductor properties. Letter grading. Mr. Candler (F) 123B. Fundamentals of Solid-State II. (4) Lecture, three hours; outside study, nine hours. Requisite: course 123A. Discussion of solid-state properties, lattice vibrations, thermal properties, dielectric, magnetic, and superconducting properties. Letter grading. Ms. Huffaker (W) 124. Semiconductor Physical Electronics. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 123A. Band structure of semiconductors, experimental probes of basic band structure parameters, statistics of carriers, carrier transport properties at low fields, excess carrier transport properties, carrier recombination mechanisms, heterojunction properties. Letter grading. (Not offered 2010-11) 128. Principles of Nanoelectronics. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, four hours; outside study, four hours. Requisites: course 1, or Physics 1A and 1B. Introduction to fundamentals of nanoscience for electronics nanosystems. Principles of fundamental quantities: electron charge, effective mass, Bohr magneton, and spin, as well as theoretical approaches. From these nanoscale components, discussion of basic behaviors of nanosystems such as analysis of dynamics, variability, and noise, contrasted with those of scaled CMOS. Incorporation of design project in which students are challenged to design electronics nanosystems. Letter grading. Mr. K.L. Wang (W) 129D. Semiconductor Processing and Device Design. (4) Lecture, two hours; laboratory, four hours; outside study, six hours. Requisite: course 121B. Introduction to CAD tools used in integrated circuit processing and device design. Device structure optimization tool is based on PISCES; process integration tool is based on SUPREM. Course familiarizes students with those tools. Using CAD tools, CMOS process integration to be designed. Letter grading. Mr. Chui (Sp) 131A. Probability. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, 10 hours. Requisites: course 102, Mathematics 32B, 33B. Introduction to basic concepts of probability, including random variables and vectors, distributions and densities, moments, characteristic functions, and limit theorems. Applications to communication, control, and signal processing. Introduction to computer simulation and generation of random events. Letter grading. Ms. Dolecek, Mr. Yao (F,W) 131B. Introduction to Stochastic Processes. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Requisite: course 131A. Introduction to concepts of stochastic processes, emphasizing continuous- and discrete-time stationary processes, correlation function and spectral density, linear transformation, and mean-square estimation. Applications to communication, control, and signal processing. Introduction to computer simulation and analysis of stochastic processes. Letter grading. Mr. Balakrishnan (Sp) 132A. Introduction to Communication Systems. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Requisites: courses 102, 113, 131A. Properties of signals and noise. Baseband pulse and digital signaling. Bandpass signaling techniques. Communication systems: digital transmission, frequency-division multiplexing and telephone systems, satellite communication systems. Performance of communication systems in presence of noise. Letter grading. Mr. Pottie, Mr. Villasenor (W,Sp) 132B. Data Communications and Telecommunication Networks. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Requisite: course 131A. Layered communications architectures. Queueing system modeling and analysis. Error control, flow and congestion control. Packet switching, circuit switching, and routing. Network performance analysis and design. Multiple-access communications: TDMA, FDMA, polling, random access. Local, metropolitan, wide area, integrated services networks. Letter grading. Mr. Rubin (F) 136. Introduction to Engineering Optimization Techniques. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Requisites: course 103, Mathematics 32A, 33A. Introduction to optimization techniques for engineering and science students. Minimization of unconstrained functions of several variables: steepest descent, Newton/Raphson, conjugate gradient, and quasi-Newton methods. Rates of convergence. Methods for constrained minimization: introduction to linear programming and gradient projection methods. Lagrangian methods. Students expected to use SEASnet computers. Letter grading. (Not offered 2010-11) 141. Principles of Feedback Control. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Requisite: course 102. Mathematical modeling of physical control systems in form of differential equations and transfer functions. Design problems, system performance indices of feedback control systems via classical techniques, root-locus and frequency-domain methods. Computer-aided solution of design problems from real world. Letter grading. Mr. Roychowdhury, Mr. Tabuada (W,Sp) 142. Linear Systems: State-Space Approach. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Requisite: course 102. Statespace methods of linear system analysis and synthesis, with application to problems in networks, control, and system modeling. Letter grading. Mr. Balakrishnan (W) CM150. Introduction to Micromachining and Microelectromechanical Systems (MEMS). (4) (Same as Biomedical Engineering CM150 and Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering CM180.) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Requisites: Chemistry 20A, 20L, Physics 1A, 1B, 1C, 4AL, 4BL. Corequisite: course CM150L. Introduction to micromachining technologies and microelectromechanical systems (MEMS). Methods of micromachining and how these methods can be used to produce variety of MEMS, including microstructures, microsensors, and microactuators. Students design microfabrication processes capable of achieving desired MEMS device. Concurrently scheduled with course CM250A. Letter grading. Mr. Candler (F) 150DL. Photonic Sensor Design Laboratory. (4) Lecture, two hours; laboratory, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Limited to seniors. Multidisciplinary course with lectures and laboratory experiments on optical sensors. Fundamentals of intensity and interference-based transducers, polarimeters, multiplexing and sensor networks, physical and biomedical sensors. Design and implementation of optical gyroscope, computer interfacing, and signal processing. Letter grading. (Not offered 2010-11) CM150L. Introduction to Micromachining and Microelectromechanical Systems (MEMS) Laboratory. (2) (Same as Biomedical Engineering CM150L and Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering CM180L.) Lecture, one hour; laboratory, four hours; outside study, one hour. Requisites: Chemistry 20A, 20L, Physics 1A, 1B, 1C, 4AL, 4BL. Corequisite: course CM150. Hands-on introduction to micromachining technologies and microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) laboratory. Methods of micromachining and how these methods can be used to produce variety of MEMS, including microstructures, microsensors, and microactuators. Students go through process of fabricating MEMS device. Concurrently scheduled with course CM250L. Letter grading. Mr. Candler (F) 161. Electromagnetic Waves. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Requisite: course 101. Time-varying fields and Maxwell equations, plane wave propagation and interaction with media, energy flow and Poynting vector, guided waves in waveguides, phase and group velocity, radiation and antennas. Letter grading. Mr. Y.E. Wang (F,Sp) 162A. Wireless Communication Links and Antennas. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 161. Basic properties of transmitting and receiving antennas and antenna arrays. Array synthesis. Adaptive arrays. Friis transmission formula, radar equations. Cell-site and mobile antennas, bandwidth budget. Noise in communication systems (transmission lines, antennas, atmospheric, etc.). Cell-site and mobile antennas, cell coverage for signal and traffic, interference, multipath fading, ray bending, and other propagation phenomena. Letter grading. Mr. Rahmat-Samii (Sp) 163A. Introductory Microwave Circuits. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 161. Transmission lines description of waveguides, impedance transformers, power dividers, directional couplers, filters, hybrid junctions, nonreciprocal devices. Letter Mr. Y.E. Wang (W) grading. 163B. Microwave and Millimeter Wave Active Devices. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 121B. MESFET, HEMT, HBT, IMPATT, Gunn, small signal models, noise model, large signal model, loadpull method, parameter extraction technique. Letter grading. (Not offered 2010-11) 163C. Active Microwave Circuits. (4) Lecture, three hours; outside study, nine hours. Requisites: courses 115A, 161. Theory and design of microwave transistor amplifiers and oscillators; stability, noise, distortion. Letter grading. Mr. Y.E. Wang (W) 164D. Microwave Wireless Design. (4) Lecture, one hour; laboratory, four hours; outside study, seven hours. Requisite: course 161. Microwave integrated circuit design from wireless system perspective, with focus on (1) use of microwave circuit simulation tools, (2) design of wireless frontend circuits including low noise amplifier, mixer, and power amplifier, (3) knowl-
Electrical Engineering / 83
edge and skills required in wireless integrated circuit characterization and implementation. Letter grading. Mr. Chang (Sp) 164L. Microwave Wireless Laboratory. (2) Lecture, one hour; laboratory, three hours; outside study, three hours. Requisite: course 161. Measurement techniques and instrumentation for active and passive microwave components; cavity resonators, waveguides, wavemeters, slotted lines, directional couplers. Design, fabrication, and characterization of microwave circuits in microstrip and coaxial systems. Letter grading. Mr. Itoh (W) M171L. Data Communication Systems Laboratory. (2 to 4) (Same as Computer Science M171L.) Laboratory, four to eight hours; outside study, two to four hours. Recommended preparation: course M116L. Limited to seniors. Interpretation of analogsignaling aspects of digital systems and data communications through experience in using contemporary test instruments to generate and display signals in relevant laboratory setups. Use of oscilloscopes, pulse and function generators, baseband spectrum analyzers, desktop computers, terminals, modems, PCs, and workstations in experiments on pulse transmission impairments, waveforms and their spectra, modem and terminal characteristics, and interfaces. Letter grading. Mr. Fetterman (F,W,Sp) 172. Introduction to Lasers and Quantum Electronics. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 101. Physical applications and principles of lasers, Gaussian optics, resonant cavities, atomic radiation, laser oscillation and amplification, cw and pulsed lasers. Letter grading. Mr.Jalali, Mr. Williams (F,Sp) 172L. Laser Laboratory. (4) Laboratory, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite or corequisite: course 172. Properties of lasers, including saturation, gain, mode structure. Laser applications, including optics, modulation, communication, holography, and interferometry. Letter grading. Mr. Stafsudd (F,Sp) 173. Photonic Devices. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Requisite: course 101. Introduction to basic principles of photonic devices. Topics include crystal optics, dielectric optical waveguides, waveguide couplers, electro-optic devices, magneto-optic devices, acousto-optic devices, second-harmonic generation, optical Kerr effect, optical switching devices. Letter grading. Mr. Liu (W) 173D. Photonics and Communication Design. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 102. Recommended: course 132A. Introduction to measurement of basic photonic devices, including LEDs, lasers, detectors, and amplifiers; fiber-optic fundamentals and measurement of fiber systems. Modulation techniques, including A.M., F.M., phase and suppressed carrier methods. Letter grading. Mr. Stafsudd (W) 174. Semiconductor Optoelectronics. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Requisite: course 172. Introduction to semiconductor optoelectronic devices for optical communications, interconnects, and signal processing. Basic optical properties of semiconductors, pin photodiodes, avalanche photodiode detectors (APD), light-emitting diodes (LED), semiconductor lasers, optical modulators and amplifiers, and typical photonic systems. Letter grading. (Not offered 2010-11) 175. Fourier Optics. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses 102, 161. Two-dimensional linear systems and Fourier transforms. Foundation of diffraction theory. Analysis of optical imaging systems. Spatial filtering and optical information processing. Wavefront reconstruction and holography. Letter grading. (Not offered 2010-11) 176. Lasers in Biomedical Applications. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 101. Study of different types of laser systems and their operation. Examination of their roles in current and projected biomedical applications. Specific capabilities of laser radiation to be related to each example. Letter grading. Mr. Ozcan (Sp) 180D. Systems Design. (4) Lecture, two hours; laboratory, two hours; outside study, eight hours. Limited to senior Electrical Engineering majors. Advanced systems design integrating communications, control, and signal processing subsystems. Different project to be assigned yearly in which student teams create high-performance designs that manage trade-offs among subsystems. Letter grading. Mr. Kaiser, Mr. Pottie (F,Sp) 181D. Robotic Systems Design. (4) Lecture, two hours; laboratory, four hours; outside study, six hours. Requisites: courses M16, 110L, M116L (or Computer Science M152A), Computer Science 31, 33. Recommended: courses 113, 141, Computer Science 35L. Design of robotics systems that combine embedded hardware, software, mechanical subsystems, and fundamental algorithms for sensing and control to expose students to basic concepts in robotics and current state of art. Lecture closely tied to design laboratory where students work in teams to construct series of subsystems leading to final project. Letter grading. Mr. Srivastava (W) 184DA-184DB. Independent Group Project Design. (2-2) (Formerly numbered 184D.) Laboratory, five hours; discussion, one hour. Requisites: courses M16, 110, 110L. Course 184DA is requisite to 184DB. Courses centered on group project that runs year long to give students intensive experience on hardware design, microcontroller programming, and project coordination. Several projects based on autonomous robots that traverse small mazes and courses offered yearly and target regional competitions. Students may submit proposals that are evaluated and approved by faculty members. Topics include sensing circuits and amplifier-based design, microcontroller programming, feedback control, actuation, and motor control. In Progress (184DA) and Mr. Yang (F,W) letter (184DB) grading. M185. Introduction to Plasma Electronics. (4) (Same as Physics M122.) Lecture, three hours. Requisite: course 101 or Physics 110A. Senior-level introductory course on electrodynamics of ionized gases and applications to materials processing, generation of coherent radiation and particle beams, and renewable energy sources. Letter grading. Mr. Mori (F, even years) 188. Special Courses in Electrical Engineering. (4) Seminar, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Special topics in electrical engineering for undergraduate students taught on experimental or temporary basis, such as those taught by resident and visiting faculty members. May be repeated once for credit with topic or instructor change. Letter grading. 194. Research Group Seminars: Electrical Engineering. (2 to 4) Seminar, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Designed for undergraduate students who are part of research group. Discussion of research methods and current literature in field. May be (F,W,Sp) repeated for credit. Letter grading. 199. Directed Research in Electrical Engineering. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to juniors/seniors. Supervised individual research or investigation under guidance of faculty mentor. Culminating paper or project required. May be repeated for credit with school approval. Individual contract required; enrollment petitions available in Office of Academic and (F,W,Sp) Student Affairs. Letter grading. 201C. Modeling of VLSI Circuits and Systems. (4) Lecture, four hours. Requisite: course 115C. Detailed study of VLSI circuit and system models considering performance, signal integrity, power and thermal effects, reliability, and manufacturability. Discussion of principles of modeling and optimization codevelopment. Letter grading. Mr. He (W) M202A. Embedded Systems. (4) (Same as Computer Science M213A.) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Designed for graduate computer science and electrical engineering students. Methodologies and technologies for design of embedded systems. Topics include hardware and software platforms for embedded systems, techniques for modeling and specification of system behavior, software organization, real-time operating system scheduling, real-time communication and packet scheduling, lowpower battery and energy-aware system design, timing synchronization, fault tolerance and debugging, and techniques for hardware and software architecture optimization. Theoretical foundations as well as practical design methods. Letter grading. Mr. Srivastava (F) M202B. Distributed Embedded Systems. (4) (Same as Computer Science M213B.) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: course 132B or Computer Science 118, and Computer Science 111. Designed for graduate computer science and electrical engineering students. Interdisciplinary course with focus on study of distributed embedded systems concepts needed to realize systems such as wireless sensor and actuator networks for monitoring and control of physical world. Topics include network self-configuration with localization and timing synchronization; energy-aware system design and operation; protocols for MAC, routing, transport, disruption tolerance; programming issues and models with language, OS, database, and middleware; in-network collaborative processing; fundamental characteristics such as coverage, connectivity, capacity, latency; techniques for exploitation and management of actuation and mobility; data and system integrity issues with calibration, faults, debugging, and security; and usage issues such as human interfaces and safety. Letter grading. (Not offered 2010-11) 202C. Networked Embedded Systems Design. (4) Lecture, four hours; laboratory, four hours; outside study, four hours. Designed for graduate computer science and electrical engineering students. Training in combination of networked embedded systems design combining embedded hardware platform, embedded operating system, and hardware/software interface. Essential graduate student background for research and industry career paths in wireless devices for applications ranging from conventional wireless mobile devices to new area of wireless health. Laboratory design modules and course projects based on state-of-art embedded hardware platform. Letter grading. Mr. Kaiser (W) 205A. Matrix Analysis for Scientists and Engineers. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Preparation: one undergraduate linear algebra course. Designed for first-year graduate students in all branches of engineering, science, and related disciplines. Introduction to matrix theory and linear algebra, language in which virtually all of modern science and engineering is conducted. Review of matrices taught in undergraduate courses and introduction to graduate-level topics. Letter grading. Mr. Laub (F) 208A. Analytical Methods of Engineering I. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Limited to graduate students. Application of techniques of linear algebra to engineering problems. Vector spaces: scalar products, Cauchy/Schwarz inequality. Gram/Schmidt orthogonalization. Matrices as linear transformations: eigenvalues and spectrum. Self-adjoint and covariance matrices. Square root and factorization, Cholesky decomposition. Determinants, Cayley/Hamilton theorem. Minimal polynomials, Bezout theorem. Polar and singular value decomposition. Sequences, convergence, and matrix exponential. Applications to problems in signal processing, communications, and control. Letter grading. (Not offered 2010-11)
Graduate Courses
201A. VLSI Design Automation. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 115C. Fundamentals of design automation of VLSI circuits and systems, including introduction to circuit and system platforms such as field programmable gate arrays and multicore systems; high-level synthesis, logic synthesis, and technology mapping; physical design; and testing and verification. Letter grading. Mr. He (F)
84 / Electrical Engineering
M208B. Functional Analysis for Applied Mathematics and Engineering. (4) (Same as Mathematics M268A.) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: course 208A (or Mathematics 115A and 115B), Mathematics 131A, 131B, 132. Topics may include L^{p} spaces, Hilbert, Banach, and separable spaces; Fourier transforms; linear functionals. Riesz representation theory, linear operators and their adjoints; self-adjoint and compact operators. Spectral theory. Differential operators such as Laplacian and eigenvalue problems. Resolvent distributions and Greens functions. Semigroups. Applications. S/U or letter grading. (Not offered 2010-11) M208C. Topics in Functional Analysis for Applied Mathematics and Engineering. (4) (Formerly numbered 208C.) (Same as Mathematics M268B.) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course M208B. Semigroups of linear operators over Hilbert spaces; generator and resolvent, generation theorems, Laplace inversion formula. Dissipative operators and contraction semigroups. Analytic semigroups and spectral representation. Semigroups with compact resolvents. Parabolic and hyperbolic systems. Controllability and stabilizability. Spectral theory of differential operators, PDEs, generalized functions. S/U or letter grading. (Not offered 2010-11) 209AS. Special Topics in Circuits and Embedded Systems. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Special topics in one or more aspects of circuits and embedded systems, such as digital, analog, mixed-signal, and radio frequency integrated circuits (RF ICs); electronic design automation; wireless communication circuits and systems; embedded processor architectures; embedded software; distributed sensor and actuator networks; robotics; and embedded security. May be repeated for credit with topic change. S/U or letter grading. Ms. Cabric, Mr. Chang, Mr. Gupta (F,W,Sp) 209BS. Seminar: Circuits and Embedded Systems. (2 to 4) Seminar, two to four hours; outside study, four to eight hours. Seminars and discussions on current and advanced topics in one or more aspects of circuits and embedded systems, such as digital, analog, mixed-signal, and radio frequency integrated circuits (RF ICs); electronic design automation; wireless communication circuits and systems; embedded processor architectures; embedded software; distributed sensor and actuator networks; robotics; and embedded security. May be repeated for credit with topic change. S/U grading. (Not offered 2010-11) 210A. Adaptive Filtering. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses 113, 131B, Mathematics 115A. Optimal filtering and estimation, Wiener filters, linear prediction. Steepest descent and stochastic gradient algorithms. Frequencydomain adaptive filters. Method of least squares, recursive least squares, fast fixed-order and order-recursive (lattice) filters. Misadjustment, convergence, and tracking analyses, stability issues, finite precision effects. Connections with Kalman filtering. Nonlinear adaptive filters. Letter grading. Mr. Sayed (W) 210B. Optimal Linear Estimation. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses 113, 131B, 210A, Mathematics 115A. Unified treatment of fundamental concepts and basic notions in adaptive filtering, Wiener filtering, Kalman filtering, and H_oo filtering. Emphasis on geometric, equivalence, and duality arguments. Development of array methods and fast algorithms. Discussion of practical issues. Examples of applications from fields of signal processing, communications, biomedical engineering, finance, and control. Letter grading. (Not offered 2010-11) 211A. Digital Image Processing I. (4) Lecture, three hours; laboratory, four hours; outside study, five hours. Preparation: computer programming experience. Requisite: course 113. Fundamentals of digital image processing theory and techniques. Topics include two-dimensional linear system theory, image transforms, and enhancement. Concepts covered in lecture applied in computer laboratory assignments. Letter grading. Mr. Villasenor (F) 211B. Digital Image Processing II. (4) Lecture, three hours; laboratory, four hours; outside study, five hours. Requisite: course 211A. Advanced digital image processing theory and techniques. Topics include modeling, restoration, still-frame and video image compression, tomographic imaging, and multiresolution analysis using wavelet transforms. Letter (Not offered 2010-11) grading. 212A. Theory and Design of Digital Filters. (4) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 113. Approximation of filter specifications. Use of design charts. Structures for recursive digital filters. FIR filter design techniques. Comparison of IIR and FIR structures. Implementation of digital filters. Limit cycles. Overflow oscillations. Discrete random signals. Wave digital filters. Letter grading. Mr. Willson (F) 212B. Multirate Systems and Filter Banks. (4) Lecture, three hours; outside study, nine hours. Requisite: course 212A. Fundamentals of multirate systems; polyphase representation; multistage implementations; applications of multirate systems; maximally decimated filter banks; perfect reconstruction systems; paraunitary filter banks; wavelet transform and its relation to multirate filter banks. Letter grading. Mr. Willson (Sp) 213A. Advanced Digital Signal Processing Circuit Design. (4) Lecture, three hours; outside study, nine hours. Requisite: course 212A. Digital filter design and optimization tools, architectures for digital signal processing circuits; integrated circuit modules for digital signal processing; programmable signal processors; CAD tools and cell libraries for application-specific integrated circuit design; case studies of speech and image processing circuits. Letter grading. (Not offered 2010-11) M214A. Digital Speech Processing. (4) (Same as Biomedical Engineering M214A.) Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours; outside study, seven hours. Requisite: course 113. Theory and applications of digital processing of speech signals. Mathematical models of human speech production and perception mechanisms, speech analysis/synthesis. Techniques include linear prediction, filter-bank models, and homomorphic filtering. Applications to speech synthesis, automatic recognition, and hearing aids. Letter grading. Ms. Alwan (W) 214B. Advanced Topics in Speech Processing. (4) Lecture, three hours; computer assignments, two hours; outside study, seven hours. Requisite: course M214A. Advanced techniques used in various speech-processing applications, with focus on speech recognition by humans and machine. Physiology and psychoacoustics of human perception. Dynamic Time Warping (DTW) and Hidden Markov Models (HMM) for automatic speech recognition systems, pattern classification, and search algorithms. Aids for hearing impaired. Letter grading. Ms. Alwan (Sp, even years) 215A. Analog Integrated Circuit Design. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Requisite: course 115B. Analysis and design of analog integrated circuits. MOS and bipolar device structures and models, single-stage and differential amplifiers, noise, feedback, operational amplifiers, offset and distortion, sampling devices and discrete-time circuits, bandgap references. Letter grading. Mr. Razavi (F) 215B. Advanced Digital Integrated Circuits. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses 115C, M216A. Analysis and comparison of modern logic families. VLSI memories (SRAM, DRAM, and ROMs). Accuracy of various simulation models and simulation methods for digital circuits. Letter grading. Mr. Yang (Sp) 215C. Analysis and Design of RF Circuits and Systems. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 215A. Principles of RF circuit and system design, with emphasis on monolithic implementation in VLSI technologies. Basic concepts, communications background, transceiver architectures, low-noise amplifiers and mixers, oscillators, frequency synthesizers, power amplifiers. Letter Mr. Abidi (W) grading. 215D. Analog Microsystem Design. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 215A. Analysis and design of data conversion interfaces and filters. Sampling circuits and architectures, D/A conversion techniques, A/D converter architectures, building blocks, precision techniques, discrete- and continuous-time filters. Letter grading. Mr. Razavi (Sp) 215E. Signaling and Synchronization. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses 215A, M216A. Analysis and design of circuits for synchronization and communication for VLSI systems. Use of both digital and analog design techniques to improve data rate of electronics between functional blocks, chips, and systems. Advanced clocking methodologies, phase-locked loop design for clock generation, and high-performance wire-line transmitters, receivers, and timing recovery circuits. Letter grading. Mr. Pamarti (Sp) M216A. Design of VLSI Circuits and Systems. (4) (Same as Computer Science M258A.) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; laboratory, four hours; outside study, three hours. Requisites: courses M16 or Computer Science M51A, and 115A. Recommended: course 115C. LSI/VLSI design and application in computer systems. Fundamental design techniques that can be used to implement complex integrated systems on chips. Letter grading. Mr. Markovic (F) 216B. VLSI Signal Processing. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Advanced concepts in VLSI signal processing, with emphasis on architecture design and optimization within block-based description that can be mapped to hardware. Fundamental concepts from digital signal processing (DSP) theory, architecture, and circuit design applied to complex DSP algorithms in emerging applications for personal communications and healthcare. Letter grading. (Not offered 2010-11) M216C. LSI in Computer System Design. (4) (Same as Computer Science M258C.) Lecture, four hours; laboratory, four hours; outside study, four hours. Requisite: course M216A. LSI/VLSI design and application in computer systems. In-depth studies of VLSI architectures and VLSI design tools. Letter grading. (Not offered 2010-11) M217. Biomedical Imaging. (4) (Same as Biomedical Engineering M217.) Lecture, three hours; outside study, nine hours. Requisite: course 114 or 211A. Optical imaging modalities in biomedicine. Other nonoptical imaging modalities discussed briefly for comparison purposes. Letter grading. Mr. Ozcan (W) 218. Network Economics and Game Theory. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Discussion of how different cooperative and noncooperative games among agents can be constructed to model, analyze, optimize, and shape emerging interactions among users in different networks and system settings. How strategic agents can successfully compete with each other for limited and time-varying resources by optimizing their decision process and learning from their past interaction with other agents. To determine their optimal actions in these distributed, informationally decentralized environments, agents need to learn and model directly or implicitly other agents responses to their actions. Discussion in detail of several existing multiagent learning techniques that can be successfully deployed in multiagent systems. Letter grading. Ms. van der Schaar (W) 221A. Physics of Semiconductor Devices I. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Physical principles and design considerations of junction devices. Letter grading. Mr. Woo (F) 221B. Physics of Semiconductor Devices II. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Principles and design considerations of field effect devices and charge-coupled devices. Letter grading. Mr. Woo (W)
Electrical Engineering / 85
221C. Microwave Semiconductor Devices. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Physical principles and design considerations of microwave solid-state devices: Schottky barrier mixer diodes, IMPATT diodes, transferred electron devices, tunnel diodes, microwave transistors. Letter grading. Mr. Chang (Sp) 222. Integrated Circuits Fabrication Processes. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 2. Principles of integrated circuits fabrication processes. Technological limitations of integrated circuits design. Topics include bulk crystal and epitaxial growth, thermal oxidation, diffusion, ionimplantation, chemical vapor deposition, dry etching, lithography, and metallization. Introduction of advanced process simulation tools. Letter grading. Mr. Chui (F) 223. Solid-State Electronics I. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses 124, 270. Energy band theory, electronic band structure of various elementary, compound, and alloy semiconductors, defects in semiconductors. Recombination mechanisms, transport properties. Letter Mr. K.L. Wang (F) grading. 224. Solid-State Electronics II. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 223. Techniques to solve Boltzmann transport equation, various scattering mechanisms in semiconductors, high field transport properties in semiconductors, Monte Carlo method in transport. Optical properties. Letter grading. Mr. K.L. Wang (W) 225. Physics of Semiconductor Nanostructures and Devices. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 223. Theoretical methods for circulating electronics and optical properties of semiconductor structures. Quantum size effects and low-dimensional systems. Application to semiconductor nanometer scale devices, including negative resistance diodes, transistors, and detectors. Letter grading. Ms. Huffaker (Sp, alternate years) 229. Seminar: Advanced Topics in Solid-State Electronics. (4) Seminar, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses 223, 224. Current research areas, such as radiation effects in semiconductor devices, diffusion in semiconductors, optical and microwave semiconductor devices, nonlinear optics, and electron emission. Letter grading. (Not offered 2010-11) 229S. Advanced Electrical Engineering Seminar. (2) Seminar, two hours; outside study, six hours. Preparation: successful completion of Ph.D. major field examination. Seminar on current research topics in solid-state and quantum electronics (Section 1) or in electronic circuit theory and applications (Section 2). Students report on tutorial topic and on research topic in their dissertation area. May be repeated for credit. S/U grading. (Not offered 2010-11) 230A. Estimation and Detection in Communication and Radar Engineering. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Requisite: course 131A. Applications of estimation and detection concepts in communication and radar engineering; random signal and noise characterizations by analytical and simulation methods; mean square (MS) and maximum likelihood (ML) estimations and algorithms; detection under ML, Bayes, and Neyman/Pearson (NP) criteria; signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) and error probability evaluations. Letter grading. Mr. Yao (F) 230B. Digital Communication Systems. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses 132A, 230A. Basic concepts of digital communication systems; representation of bandpass waveforms; signal space analysis and optimum receivers in Gaussian noise; comparison of digital modulation methods; synchronization and adaptive equalization; applications to modern communication systems. Letter grading. Mr. Daneshrad (W) 230C. Algorithms and Processing in Communication and Radar. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 230A. Concepts and implementations of digital signal processing algorithms in communication and radar systems. Optimum dynamic range scaling for random data. Algorithms for fast convolution and transform. Spectral estimation algorithms. Parallel processing, VLSI algorithms, and systolic arrays. Letter grading. Mr. Yao (Not offered 2010-11) 230D. Signal Processing in Communications. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 230C. Basic digital signal processing techniques for estimation and detection of signals in communication and radar systems. Optimization of dynamic range, quantization, and state constraints; DFT, convolution, FFT, NTT, Winograd DFT, systolic array; spectral analysis-windowing, AR, and ARMA; system applications. Letter grading. Mr. Yao (Not offered 2010-11) 231A. Information Theory: Channel and Source Coding. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Requisite: course 131A. Fundamental limits on compression and transmission of information. Topics include limits and algorithms for lossless data compression, channel capacity, rate versus distortion in lossy compression, and information theory for multiple users. Letter grading. Ms. Dolecek (W) 231E. Channel Coding Theory. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 131A. Fundamentals of error control codes and decoding algorithms. Topics include block codes, convolutional codes, trellis codes, and turbo codes. Letter grading. Mr. Wesel (Sp) 232A. Stochastic Modeling with Applications to four Telecommunication Systems. (4) Lecture, hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Requisite: course 131A. Introduction to stochastic processes as applied to study of telecommunication systems and traffic engineering. Renewal theory; discrete-time Markov chains; continuous-time Markov jump processes. Applications to traffic and queueing analysis of basic telecommunication system models. Letter grading. (Not offered 2010-11) 232B. Telecommunication Switching and Queueing Systems. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 232A. Queue modeling and analysis with applications to space-time digital switching systems and to integrated-service telecommunication systems. Fundamentals of traffic engineering and queueing theory. Queue size, waiting time, busy period, blocking, and stochastic process analysis for Markovian and non-Markovian models. Letter grading. Mr. Rubin (W) 232C. Telecommunication Architecture and Networks. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 232B. Analysis and design of integrated-service telecommunication networks and multiple-access procedures. Stochastic analysis of priority-based queueing system models. Queueing networks; network protocol architectures; error control; routing, flow, and access control. Applications to local-area, packet-radio, satellite, and computer communication networks. Letter grading. (Not offered 2010-11) 232D. Telecommunication Networks and MultipleAccess Communications. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 232B. Performance analysis and design of telecommunication networks and multiple-access communication systems. Topics include architectures, multiplexing and multiple-access, message delays, error/flow control, switching, routing, protocols. Applications to local-area, packet-radio, local-distribution, computer and satellite communication networks. Letter grading. (Not offered 2010-11) 232E. Graphs and Network Flows. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 136. Solution to analysis and synthesis problems that may be formulated as flow problems in capacity constrained (or cost constrained) networks. Development of tools of network flow theory using graph theoretic methods; application to communication, transportation, and transmission problems. Letter grading. Mr. Roychowdhury (Sp) 233. Wireless Communications Systems. (4) (Formerly numbered 233B.) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 230B. Various aspects of physical layer and medium access design for wireless communications systems. Topics include wireless signal propagation and channel modeling, single carrier and spread spectrum modulation for wireless systems, diversity techniques, multiple-access schemes, transceiver design and effects of nonideal components, hardware partitioning issues. Case study highlights system level trade-offs. Letter grading. Mr. Pottie (Sp) 236A. Linear Programming. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: Mathematics 115A or equivalent knowledge of linear algebra. Basic graduate course in linear optimization. Geometry of linear programming. Duality. Simplex method. Interior-point methods. Decomposition and large-scale linear programming. Quadratic programming and complementary pivot theory. Engineering applications. Introduction to integer linear programming and computational complexity theory. Letter grading. Mr. Roychowdhury (F) 236B. Convex Optimization. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 236A. Introduction to convex optimization and its applications. Convex sets, functions, and basics of convex analysis. Convex optimization problems (linear and quadratic programming, second-order cone and semidefinite programming, geometric programming). Lagrange duality and optimality conditions. Applications of convex optimization. Unconstrained minimization methods. Interior-point and cutting-plane algorithms. Introduction to nonlinear programming. Letter Mr. Vandenberghe (W) grading. 236C. Optimization Methods for Large-Scale Systems. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 236B. Theory and computational procedures for decomposing large-scale optimization problems: cutting-plane methods, column generation, decomposition algorithms. Techniques for global continuous optimization: branch-and-bound methods, reverse convex programming, bilinear and biconvex optimization, genetic algorithms, simulated annealing. Introduction to combinatorial optimization. Letter grading. (Not offered 2010-11) M237. Dynamic Programming. (4) (Same as Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering M276.) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Recommended requisite: course 232A or 236A or 236B. Introduction to mathematical analysis of sequential decision processes. Finite horizon model in both deterministic and stochastic cases. Finite-state infinite horizon model. Methods of solution. Examples from inventory theory, finance, optimal control and estimation, Markov decision processes, combinatorial optimization, communications. Letter grading. (Not offered 2010-11) 238. Multimedia Communications and Processing. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses 113, 131A. Key concepts, principles, and algorithms of real-time multimedia communications and processing across heterogeneous Internet and wireless channels. Due to flexible and low-cost infrastructure, new networks and communication channels enable variety of delay-sensitive multimedia transmission applications and provide varying resources with limited support for quality of service required by delay-sensitive, bandwidth-intense, and loss-tolerant multimedia applications. New concepts, principles, theories, and practical solutions for cross-layer design that can provide optimal adaptation for time-varying channel characteristics, adaptive and delay-sensitive applications, and multiuser transmission environments. Letter grading. Ms. van der Schaar (F) 239AS. Special Topics in Signals and Systems. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Special topics in one or more aspects of signals and systems, such as communications, control, image processing, information theory, multimedia, computer networking, optimization, speech processing, tele-
86 / Electrical Engineering
communications, and VLSI signal processing. May be repeated for credit with topic change. S/U or letter grading. (W,Sp) 239BS. Seminar: Signals and Systems. (2 to 4) Seminar, two to four hours; outside study, four to eight hours. Seminars and discussions on current and advanced topics in one or more aspects of signals and systems, such as communications, control, image processing, information theory, multimedia, computer networking, optimization, speech processing, telecommunications, and VLSI signal processing. May be repeated for credit with topic change. S/U grading. (Not offered 2010-11) M240A. Linear Dynamic Systems. (4) (Same as Chemical Engineering M280A and Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering M270A.) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 141 or Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 171A. Statespace description of linear time-invariant (LTI) and time-varying (LTV) systems in continuous and discrete time. Linear algebra concepts such as eigenvalues and eigenvectors, singular values, Cayley/Hamilton theorem, Jordan form; solution of state equations; stability, controllability, observability, realizability, and minimality. Stabilization design via state feedback and observers; separation principle. Connections with transfer function techniques. Letter grading. Mr. Tabuada (F) 240B. Linear Optimal Control. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses 141, M240A. Introduction to optimal control, with emphasis on detailed study of LQR, or linear regulators with quadratic cost criteria. Relationships to classical control system design. Letter grading. (Not offered 2010-11) M240C. Optimal Control. (4) (Same as Chemical Engineering M280C and Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering M270C.) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 240B. Applications of variational methods, Pontryagin maximum principle, Hamilton/Jacobi/Bellman equation (dynamic programming) to optimal control of dynamic systems modeled by nonlinear ordinary differential equations. Letter grading. (Not offered 2010-11) 241A. Stochastic Processes. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 131B. Random process models: basic concepts, properties. Stationary random processes: covariance and spectrum. Response of linear systems to random inputs: discrete-time and continuous-time models. Time averages and ergodic principle. Sampling principle and interpolation. Simulation of random processes. Letter grading. Mr. Diggavi (F) 241C. Stochastic Control. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses 240B, 241B. Linear quadratic Gaussian theory of optimal feedback control of stochastic systems; discrete-time state-space models; sigma algebra equivalence and separation principle; dynamic programming; compensator design for time invariant systems; feedforward control and servomechanisms, extensions to nonlinear systems; applications to interception guidance, gust alleviation. Letter grading. (Not offered 2010-11) M242A. Nonlinear Dynamic Systems. (4) (Same as Chemical Engineering M282A and Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering M272A.) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course M240A or Chemical Engineering M280A or Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering M270A. State-space techniques for studying solutions of time-invariant and time-varying nonlinear dynamic systems with emphasis on stability. Lyapunov theory (including converse theorems), invariance, center manifold theorem, input-to-state stability and small-gain theorem. (Not offered 2010-11) Letter grading. 243. Robust and Optimal Control by Convex Methods. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course M240A. Multivariable robust control, including H2 and H-infinity optimal control and robust performance analysis and synthesis against structured uncertainty. Emphasis on convex methods for analysis and design, in particular linear matrix inequality (LMI) approach to control. Letter grading. (Not offered 2010-11) M248S. Seminar: Systems, Dynamics, and Control Topics. (2) (Same as Chemical Engineering M297 and Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering M299A.) Seminar, two hours; outside study, six hours. Limited to graduate engineering students. Presentations of research topics by leading academic researchers from fields of systems, dynamics, and control. Students who work in these fields present their (Sp) papers and results. S/U grading. CM250A. Introduction to Micromachining and Microelectromechanical Systems (MEMS). (4) (Same as Biomedical Engineering CM250A and Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering CM280A.) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Requisites: Chemistry 20A, 20L, Physics 1A, 1B, 1C, 4AL, 4BL. Corequisite: course CM250L. Introduction to micromachining technologies and microelectromechanical systems (MEMS). Methods of micromachining and how these methods can be used to produce variety of MEMS, including microstructures, microsensors, and microactuators. Students design microfabrication processes capable of achieving desired MEMS device. Concurrently scheduled with course CM150. Letter grading. Mr. Candler (F) M250B. Microelectromechanical Systems (MEMS) Fabrication. (4) (Same as Biomedical Engineering M250B and Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering M280B.) Lecture, three hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, eight hours. Enforced requisite: course CM150 or CM250A. Advanced discussion of micromachining processes used to construct MEMS. Coverage of many lithographic, deposition, and etching processes, as well as their combination in process integration. Materials issues such as chemical resistance, corrosion, mechanical properties, and residual/intrinsic stress. Letter grading. (W) CM250L. Introduction to Micromachining and Microelectromechanical Systems (MEMS) Laboratory. (2) (Same as Biomedical Engineering CM250L and Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering CM280L.) Lecture, one hour; laboratory, four hours; outside study, one hour. Requisites: Chemistry 20A, 20L, Physics 1A, 1B, 1C, 4AL, 4BL. Corequisite: course CM250A. Hands-on introduction to micromachining technologies and microelectromechanical systems (MEMS) laboratory. Methods of micromachining and how these methods can be used to produce variety of MEMS, including microstructures, microsensors, and microactuators. Students go through process of fabricating MEMS device. Concurrently scheduled with course CM150L. Letter grading. Mr. Candler (F) M252. Microelectromechanical Systems (MEMS) numDevice Physics and Design. (4) (Formerly bered M250B.) (Same as Biomedical Engineering M252 and Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering M282.) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Introduction to MEMS design. Design methods, design rules, sensing and actuation mechanisms, microsensors, and microactuators. Designing MEMS to be produced with both foundry and nonfoundry processes. Computer-aided design for MEMS. Design project required. Letter grading. Mr. Judy (Sp) M255. Neuroengineering. (4) (Same as Biomedical Engineering M260 and Neuroscience M206.) Lecture, four hours; laboratory, three hours; outside study, five hours. Requisites: Mathematics 32A, Physics 1B or 6B. Introduction to principles and technologies of bioelectricity and neural signal recording, processing, and stimulation. Topics include bioelectricity, electrophysiology (action potentials, local field potentials, EEG, ECOG), intracellular and extracellular recording, microelectrode technology, neural signal processing (neural signal frequency bands, filtering, spike detection, spike sorting, stimulation artifact removal), brain-computer interfaces, deep-brain stimulation, and prosthetics. Letter grading. Mr. Markovic (W) M256A-M256B-M256C. Evaluation of Research Literature in Neuroengineering. (2-2-2) (Same as Biomedical Engineering M261A-M261B-M261C and Neuroscience M212A-M212B-M212C.) Discussion, two hours; outside study, four hours. Critical discussion and analysis of current literature related to neuroengineering research. S/U grading. M257. Nanoscience and Technology. (4) (Same as Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering M287.) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Introduction to fundamentals of nanoscale science and technology. Basic physical principles, quantum mechanics, chemical bonding and nanostructures, top-down and bottom-up (self-assembly) nanofabrication; nanocharacterization; nanomaterials, nanoelectronics, and nanobiodetection technology. Introduction to new knowledge and techniques in nano areas to understand scientific principles behind nanotechnology and inspire students to create new ideas in multidisciplinary nano areas. Letter grading. Mr. Chen (W) 260A. Advanced Engineering Electrodynamics. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses 161, 162A. Advanced treatment of concepts in electrodynamics and their applications to modern engineering problems. Waves in anisotropic, inhomogeneous, and dispersive media. Guided waves in bounded and unbounded regions. Radiation and diffraction, including optical phenomena. Partially coherent waves, statistical media. Letter grading. Mr. Rahmat-Samii (F) 260B. Advanced Engineering Electrodynamics. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses 161, 162A, 260A. Advanced treatment of concepts and numerical techniques in electrodynamics and their applications to modern engineering problems. Differential geometry of curves and surfaces. Geometrical optics and geometrical theory of diffraction. Physical optics techniques. Asymptotic techniques and uniform theories. Integral equations in electromagnetics. Numerical techniques based on method of moments. Letter grading. Mr. Rahmat-Samii (W) 261. Microwave and Millimeter Wave Circuits. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 163A. Rectangular and circular waveguides, microstrip, stripline, finline, and dielectric waveguide distributed circuits, with applications in microwave and millimeter wave integrated circuits. Substrate materials, surface wave phenomena. Analytical methods for discontinuity effects. Design of passive microwave and millimeter wave circuits. Letter grading. Mr. Itoh (W) 262. Antenna Theory and Design. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 162A. Antenna patterns. Sum and difference patterns. Optimum designs for rectangular and circular apertures. Arbitrary side lobe topography. Discrete arrays. Mutual coupling. Design of feeding networks. Letter grading. (Not offered 2010-11) 263. Reflector Antennas Synthesis, Analysis, and Measurement. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses 260A, 260B. Reflector pattern analysis techniques. Single and multireflector antenna configurations. Reflector synthesis techniques. Reflector feeds. Reflector tolerance studies, including systematic and random errors. Arrayfed reflector antennas. Near-field measurement techniques. Compact range concepts. Microwave diagnostic techniques. Modern satellite and ground antenna applications. Letter grading. Mr. Rahmat-Samii (Sp) 266. Computational Methods for Electromagnetics. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses 162A, 163A. Computational techniques for partial differential and integral equations: finite-difference, finite-element, method of moments. Applications include transmission lines, resonators, integrated circuits, solid-state device modeling, electromagnetic scattering, and antennas. Letter grading. Mr. Itoh (Sp) 270. Applied Quantum Mechanics. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Preparation: modern physics (or course 123A), linear algebra, and
Electrical Engineering / 87
ordinary differential equations courses. Principles of quantum mechanics for applications in lasers, solidstate physics, and nonlinear optics. Topics include eigenfunction expansions, observables, Schrdinger equation, uncertainty principle, central force problems, Hilbert spaces, WKB approximation, matrix mechanics, density matrix formalism, and radiation theory. Letter grading. Mr. Williams (Sp) 271. Classical Laser Theory. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 172. Microscopic and macroscopic laser phenomena and propagation of optical pulses using classical formalism. Letter grading. (Not offered 2010-11) 272. Dynamics of Lasers. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 271. Ultrashort laser pulse characteristics, generation, and measurement. Gain switching, Q switching, cavity dumping, active and passive mode locking. Pulse compression and soliton pulse formation. Nonlinear pulse generation: soliton laser, additive-pulse mode locking, and parametric oscillators. Pulse measurement techniques. Letter grading. Mr. Liu (Sp) 273. Nonlinear Photonics. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 173. Nonlinear optical susceptibilities. Coupled-wave and coupled-mode theories. Crystal optics, electro-optics, and magneto-optics. Nonlinear optical interactions, sum- and difference-frequency generation, harmonic and parametric generation, stimulated Raman and Brillouin scattering, field-induced index changes and self-phase modulation. Nonlinear photonic devices. Nonlinear guided-wave photonics and devices. Letter grading. Mr. Liu (Not offered 2010-11) 274. Fiber Optic System Design. (4) Lecture, three hours; outside study, nine hours. Requisites: courses 173D and/or 174. Top-down introduction to physical layer design in fiber optic communication systems, including Telecom, Datacom, and CATV. Fundamentals of digital and analog optical communication systems, fiber transmission characteristics, and optical modulation techniques, including direct and external modulation and computer-aided design. Architectural-level design of fiber optic transceiver circuits, including preamplifier, quantizer, clock and data recovery, laser driver, and predistortion circuits. Letter grading. Mr. Jalali (F) 279AS. Special Topics in Physical and Wave Electronics. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Special topics in one or more aspects of physical and wave electronics, such as electromagnetics, microwave and millimeter wave circuits, photonics and optoelectronics, plasma electronics, microelectromechanical systems, solid state, and nanotechnology. May be repeated for credit with topic change. S/ Mr. Joshi (Sp) U or letter grading. 279BS. Seminar: Physical and Wave Electronics. (2 to 4) Seminar, two to four hours; outside study, four to eight hours. Seminars and discussions on current and advanced topics in one or more aspects of physical and wave electronics, such as electromagnetics, microwave and millimeter wave circuits, photonics and optoelectronics, plasma electronics, microelectromechanical systems, solid state, and nanotechnology. May be repeated for credit with topic (Not offered 2010-11) change. S/U grading. 285A. Plasma Waves and Instabilities. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses 101, and M185 or Physics M122. Wave phenomena in plasmas described by macroscopic fluid equations. Microwave propagation, plasma oscillations, ion acoustic waves, cyclotron waves, hydromagnetic waves, drift waves. Rayleigh/Taylor, Kelvin/Helmholtz, universal, and streaming instabilities. Application to experiments in fully and partially ionized gases. Letter grading. (Not offered 2010-11) 285B. Advanced Plasma Waves and Instabilities. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses M185, and 285A or Physics 222A. Interaction of intense electromagnetic waves with plasmas: waves in inhomogeneous and bounded plasmas, nonlinear wave coupling and damping, parametric instabilities, anomalous resistivity, shock waves, echoes, laser heating. Emphasis on experimental considerations and techniques. Letter grading. (Not offered 2010-11) M287. Fusion Plasma Physics and Analysis. (4) (Same as Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering M237B.) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course M185. Fundamentals of plasmas at thermonuclear burning conditions. Fokker/Planck equation and applications to heating by neutral beams, RF, and fusion reaction products. Bremsstrahlung, synchrotron, and atomic radiation processes. Plasma surface interactions. Fluid description of burning plasma. Dynamics, stability, and control. Applications in tokamaks, tandem mirrors, and alternate concepts. Letter grading. (Not offered 2010-11) 295. Technical Writing for Electrical Engineers. (2) Lecture, two hours. Designed for electrical engineering Ph.D. students. Opportunity for students to improve technical writing skills by revising conference, technical, and journal papers and practicing writing about their work for undergraduate audience (potential students), engineers outside their specific fields, and nonscientists (colleagues with less expertise in field and policymakers). Students write in variety of genres, all related to their professional development as electrical engineers. Emphasis on writing as vital way to communicate precise technical and professional information in distinct contexts, directly resulting in specific outcomes. S/U grading. Ms. Alwan (F,W,Sp) 296. Seminar: Research Topics in Electrical Engineering. (2) Seminar, two hours; outside study, four hours. Advanced study and analysis of current topics in electrical engineering. Discussion of current research and literature in research specialty of faculty member teaching course. May be repeated for credit. S/U grading. 297. Seminar Series: Electrical Engineering. (1) Seminar, 90 minutes; outside study, 90 minutes. Limited to graduate electrical engineering students. Weekly seminars and discussion by invited speakers on research topics of heightened interest. S/U grading. (F,W,Sp) 298. Seminar: Engineering. (2 to 4) Seminar, to be arranged. Limited to graduate electrical engineering students. Seminars may be organized in advanced technical fields. If appropriate, field trips may be arranged. May be repeated with topic change. S/U or (Not offered 2010-11) letter grading. 299. M.S. Project Seminar. (4) Seminar, to be arranged. Required of all M.S. students not in thesis option. Supervised research in small groups or individually under guidance of faculty mentor. Regular meetings, culminating report, and presentation required. Individual contract required; enrollment petitions available in Office of Graduate Student Affairs. Letter grading. 375. Teaching Apprentice Practicum. (1 to 4) Seminar, to be arranged. Preparation: apprentice personnel employment as teaching assistant, associate, or fellow. Teaching apprenticeship under active guidance and supervision of regular faculty member responsible for curriculum and instruction at UCLA. May be repeated for credit. S/U grading. (F,W,Sp) 475C. Manufacturing Systems. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Modeling and analysis of manufacturing systems. Assembly and transfer lines. Facility layout and design. Group technology and flexible manufacturing systems. Planning and scheduling. Task management, machine setup, and operation sequencing. Manufacturing system models. Manufacturing information systems. Social, economic, environmental, and regulatory issues. Letter (Sp) grading. 596. Directed Individual or Tutorial Studies. (2 to 8) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to graduate electrical engineering students. Petition forms to request enrollment may be obtained from assistant dean, Graduate Studies. Supervised investigation of advanced technical problems. S/U grading. 597A. Preparation for M.S. Comprehensive Examination. (2 to 12) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to graduate electrical engineering students. Reading and preparation for M.S. comprehensive examination. S/U grading. 597B. Preparation for Ph.D. Preliminary Examinations. (2 to 16) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to graduate electrical engineering students. S/U grading. 597C. Preparation for Ph.D. Oral Qualifying Examination. (2 to 16) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to graduate electrical engineering students. Preparation for oral qualifying examination, including preliminary research on dissertation. S/U grading. 598. Research for and Preparation of M.S. Thesis. (2 to 12) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to graduate electrical engineering students. Supervised independent research for M.S. candidates, including thesis prospectus. S/U grading. 599. Research for and Preparation of Ph.D. Dissertation. (2 to 16) Tutorial, to be arranged. Limited to graduate electrical engineering students. Usually taken after students have been advanced to candidacy. S/U grading.
ids. Microstructure is used broadly in reference to solids viewed at the subatomic (electronic) and atomic levels, and the nature of the defects at these levels. The microstructure of solids at various levels profoundly influences the mechanical, electronic, chemical, and biological properties of solids. The phenomenological and mechanistic relationships between microstructure and the macroscopic properties of solids are, in essence, what materials science is all about. Materials engineering builds on the foundation of materials science and is concerned with the design, fabrication, and optimal selection of engineering materials that must simultaneously fulfill dimensional, property, quality control, and economic requirements. The department also has a program in electronic materials that provides a broadbased background in materials science, with opportunity to specialize in the study of those materials used for electronic and optoelectronic applications. The program incorporates several courses in electrical engineering in addition to those in the materials science curriculum. The undergraduate program leads to the B.S. degree in Materials Engineering. Students are introduced to the basic principles of metallurgy and ceramic and polymer science as part of the departments Materials Engineering major. A joint major field, Chemistry/Materials Science, is offered to students enrolled in the Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry (College of Letters and Science). The graduate program allows for specialization in one of the following fields: ceramics and ceramic processing, electronic and optical materials, and structural materials.
Undergraduate Study
The Materials Engineering major is a designated capstone major. Students undertake two individual projects involving materials selection, treatment, and serviceability. Successful completion requires working knowledge of physical properties of materials, and strategies and methodologies of using materials properties in the materials selection process. Students learn and work independently and practice leadership and teamwork in and across disciplines. They are also expected to communicate effectively in oral, graphic, and written forms.
Professors Emeriti
Alan J. Ardell, Ph.D. David L. Douglass, Ph.D. William Klement, Jr., Ph.D. John D. Mackenzie, Ph.D. (Nippon Sheet Glass Company Professor Emeritus of Materials Science) Kanji Ono, Ph.D. Aly H. Shabaik, Ph.D. George H. Sines, Ph.D. Christian N.J. Wagner, Dr.rer.nat. Alfred S. Yue, Ph.D.
Department Mission
The Department of Materials Science and Engineering faculty members, students, and alumni foster a collegial atmosphere to produce (1) highly qualified students through an educational program that cultivates excellence, (2) novel and highly innovative research that advances basic and applied knowledge in materials, and (3) effective interactions with the external community through educational outreach, industrial collaborations, and service activities.
Associate Professors
Ioanna Kakoulli, D.Phil. Benjamin M. Wu, D.D.S., Ph.D.
Assistant Professors
Yu Huang, Ph.D. Suneel Kodambaka, Ph.D.
Adjunct Professors
Harry Patton Gillis, Ph.D. Marek A. Przystupa, Ph.D.
The ABET-accredited materials engineering program is designed for students who wish to pursue a professional career in the materials field and desire a broad understanding of the relationship between microstructure and properties of materials. Metals, ceramics, and polymers, as well as the design, fabrication, and testing of metallic and other materials such as oxides, glasses, and fiber-reinforced
Materials Science and Engineering / 89 composites, are included in the course contents. The Major Required: Chemical Engineering 102A (or Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 105A), Electrical Engineering 101, 121B, Materials Science and Engineering 104, 110, 110L, 120 (or Electrical Engineering 2), 121, 121L, 122, 130, 131, 131L, Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 101, and 181A or 182A; four courses (16 units) from Electrical Engineering 123A, 123B, Materials Science and Engineering 132, 150, 160; 4 laboratory units from Electrical Engineering 172L, Materials Science and Engineering 141L, 161L, 199; three technical breadth courses (12 units) selected from an approved list available in the Office of Academic and Student Affairs; one capstone design course (Materials Science and Engineering 140); and one major field elective course (4 units) from Electrical Engineering 110, 124, 131A, 172, Materials Science and Engineering 111, 143A, 162. For information on University and general education requirements, see Requirements for B.S. Degrees on page 19 or http://www .registrar.ucla.edu/ge/. serve their interests best in regard to thesis research and job prospects.
Course Requirements
Thesis Plan. Nine courses are required, of which six must be graduate courses. The courses are to be selected from the following lists, although suitable substitutions can be made from other engineering disciplines or from chemistry and physics with the approval of the departmental graduate adviser. Two of the six graduate courses may be Materials Science and Engineering 598 (thesis research). Comprehensive Examination Plan. Nine courses are required, six of which must be graduate courses, selected from the following lists with the same provisions listed under the thesis plan. The remaining three courses in the total course requirement may be upper division courses. Ceramics and ceramic processing: Materials Science and Engineering 111, 121, 122, 143A, 151, 161, 162, 200, 201, 211, 246D, 298. Electronic and optical materials: Materials Science and Engineering 111, 121, 122, 143A, 151, 161, 162, 200, 201, 221, 222, 223, 298. Structural materials: Materials Science and Engineering 111, 121, 122, 143A, 151, 161, 162, 200, 201, 211, 243A, 243C, 250B, 298. As long as a majority of the courses taken are offered by the department, substitutions may be made with the consent of the departmental graduate adviser. Undergraduate Courses. No lower division courses may be applied toward graduate degrees. In addition, the following upper division courses are not applicable toward graduate degrees: Chemical Engineering 102A, 199; Civil and Environmental Engineering 106A, 108, 199; Computer Science M152A, 152B, M171L, 199; Electrical Engineering 100, 101, 102, 103, 110L, M116L, M171L, 199; Materials Science and Engineering 110, 120, 130, 131, 131L, 132, 140, 141L, 150, 160, 161L, 199; Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 102, 103, 105A, 105D, 199.
Graduate Study
For information on graduate admission, see Graduate Programs, page 23. The following introductory information is based on the 2010-11 edition of Program Requirements for UCLA Graduate Degrees. Complete annual editions of Program Requirements are available at http:// www.gdnet.ucla.edu/gasaa/library/pgmrq intro.htm. Students are subject to the degree requirements as published in Program Requirements for the year in which they enter the program. The Department of Materials Science and Engineering offers Master of Science (M.S.) and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) degrees in Materials Science and Engineering.
Thesis Plan
In addition to fulfilling the course requirements, under the thesis plan students are required to write a thesis on a research topic in materials science and engineering supervised by the thesis adviser. An M.S. thesis committee composed of three departmental faculty members, including
90 / Materials Science and Engineering the thesis chair, reviews and approves the thesis. take courses, a written preliminary examination in the major field is required. Students may not take an examination more than twice. After passing both preliminary examinations, students take the University Oral Qualifying Examination. The nature and content of the examination are at the discretion of the doctoral committee but ordinarily include a broad inquiry into the students preparation for research. The doctoral committee also reviews the prospectus of the dissertation at the oral qualifying examination. Note: Doctoral Committees. A doctoral committee consists of a minimum of four members. Three members, including the chair, are inside members and must hold appointments in the Materials Science and Engineering Department at UCLA. The outside member must be a UCLA faculty member outside the Materials Science and Engineering Department. Faculty members holding joint appointments with the department are considered inside members. structure and electronic/optical properties in these materials systems.
Structural Materials
The structural materials field is designed primarily to provide broad understanding of the relationships between processing, microstructure, and performance of various structural materials, including metals, intermetallics, ceramics, and composite materials. Research programs include material synthesis and processing, ion implantationinduced strengthening and toughening, mechanisms and mechanics of fatigue, fracture and creep, structure/property characterization, nondestructive evaluation, high-temperature stability, and aging of materials.
Course Requirements
There is no formal course requirement for the Ph.D. degree, and students may substitute coursework by examinations. Normally, however, students take courses to acquire the knowledge needed to satisfy the written preliminary examination requirement. In this case, a grade-point average of at least 3.33 in all courses is required, with a grade of B or better in each course. The basic program of study for the Ph.D. degree is built around one major field and one minor field. The major field has a scope corresponding to a body of knowledge contained in nine courses, at least six of which must be graduate courses, plus the current literature in the area of specialization. Materials Science and Engineering 599 may not be applied toward the ninecourse total. The major fields named above are described in a Ph.D. major field syllabus, each of which can be obtained in the department office. The minor field normally embraces a body of knowledge equivalent to three courses, at least two of which are graduate courses. If students fail to satisfy the minor field requirements through coursework, a minor field examination may be taken (once only). The minor field is selected to support the major field and is usually a subset of the major field. For information on completing the Engineer degree, see Schoolwide Programs, Courses, and Faculty.
Facilities
Facilities in the Materials Science and Engineering Department include: Ceramic Processing Laboratory Electron Microscopy Laboratories with a scanning transmission electron microscope (100 keV), a field emission transmission electron microscope (200 keV), and a scanning electron microscope, all equipped with a full quantitative analyzer, a stereo microscope, micro-cameras, and metallurgical microscopes Glass and Ceramics Research Laboratories Mechanical Testing Laboratory Metallographic Sample Preparation Laboratory Nano-Materials Laboratory Nondestructive Testing Laboratory Organic Electronic Materials Processing Laboratory Semiconductor and Optical Characterization Laboratory Thin Film Deposition Laboratory, including molecular beam epitaxy and wafer bonders X-Ray Diffraction Laboratory X-Ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy and Atomic Force Microscopy Facility
Fields of Study
Ceramics and Ceramic Processing
The ceramics and ceramic processing field is designed for students interested in ceramics and glasses, including electronic materials. As in the case of metallurgy, primary and secondary fabrication processes such as vapor deposition, sintering, melt forming, or extrusion strongly influence the microstructure and properties of ceramic components used in structural, electronic, or biological applications. Formal course and research programs emphasize the coupling of processing treatments, microstructure, and properties.
Associate Professors
Ioanna Kakoulli, D.Phil. (University of Oxford, 1999) Chemical and physical properties of nonmetallic archaeological materials; alteration processes in archaeological vitreous materials and pigments Benjamin Wu, Ph.D. (MIT, 1997) Processing, characterization, and controlled delivery of biological molecules of bioerodible polymers; design and fabrication of tissue engineering scaffolds and precursor tissue analogs; tissue-material interactions and dental biomaterials
Professors Emeriti
Alan J. Ardell, Ph.D. (Stanford, 1964) Irradiation-induced precipitation, high-temperature deformation of solids, electron
The research efforts of professor Suneel Kodambaka's In situ Microscopy Lab are focused on synthesis and characterization of low-dimensional structures such as quantum dots, nanowires, and graphene thin films. Research students include (left to right) Dean Cheikh, Jeung Hun Park, Chilan Ngo, Filiberto Colon, and Yuya Murata.
Adjunct Professors
Harry Patton Gillis, Ph.D. (Chicago, 1974) Application of surface science and chemical dynamics techniques to elucidate fundamental molecular mechanisms and optimize practical processes Marek A. Przystupa, Ph.D. (Michigan Tech, 1980) Mechanical behavior of solids
Graduate Courses
200. Principles of Materials Science I. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 120. Lattice dynamics and thermal properties of solids, classical and quantized free electron theory, electrons in a periodic potential, transport in semiconductors, dielectric and magnetic properties of solids. Letter grading. Mr. Y. Yang (F) 201. Principles of Materials Science II. (4) Lecture, three hours; outside study, nine hours. Requisite: course 131. Kinetics of diffusional transformations in solids. Precipitation in solids. Nucleation theory. Theory of precipitate growth. Ostwald ripening. Spinodal decomposition. Cellular reactions. Letter grading. Mr. Tu (Sp) 210. Diffraction Methods in Science of Materials. (4) (Formerly numbered 245C.) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 110. Theory of diffraction of waves (X rays, electrons, and neutrons) in crystalline and noncrystalline materials. Long- and short-range order in crystals, structural effects of plastic deformation, solid-state transformations, arrangements of atoms in liquids and amorphous solids. Letter grading. Mr. Goorsky (Sp, odd years) 211. Electron Microscopy. (4) (Formerly numbered 244.) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 111. Essential features of electron microscopy, geometry of electron diffraction, kinematical and dynamical theories of electron diffraction, including anomalous absorption, applications of theory to defects in crystals. Moir fringes, direct lattice resolutions, Lorentz microscopy, laboratory applications of contrast theory. Letter grading. Mr. Kodambaka (Sp, even years) CM212. Introduction to Archaeological Materials Science: Scientific Methodologies, Techniques, and Interpretation. (4) (Same as Conservation M210.) Lecture, three hours; laboratory, two hours. Preparation: general chemistry, or inorganic and organic chemistry. Recommended requisite: course
Assistant Professors
Pei-Yu Chiou, Ph.D. Richard E. Wirz, Ph.D.
Lecturers
Ravnesh Amar, Ph.D. Amiya K. Chatterjee, Ph.D. Carl F. Ruoff, Ph.D. Judy I. Shane, M.S. Mahmoud Youssef, Ph.D.
tives as follows: (1) to teach students how to apply their rigorous undergraduate education to creatively solve technical problems facing society and (2) to prepare them for successful and productive careers or graduate studies in mechanical or aerospace or other engineering fields and/or further studies in other fields such as medicine, business, and law.
Adjunct Professors
Leslie M. Lackman, Ph.D. Wilbur J. Marner, Ph.D. Neil B. Morley, Ph.D. Robert S. Shaefer, Ph.D. Ronaldo Szilard, Ph.D.
Undergraduate Study
The Aerospace Engineering and Mechanical Engineering majors are designated capstone majors. Aerospace Engineering students are exposed to the conceptual and design phases for aircraft development and produce a structural design of a component, such as a lightweight aircraft wing. Mechanical Engineering students work in teams to propose, design, analyze, and build a mechanical or electromechanical device. Graduates of both programs should be able to apply their knowledge of mathematics, science, and engineering in technical systems; design a system, component, or process to meet desired needs; function as productive members of a team; identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems; and communicate effectively, both orally and in writing.
Professors Emeriti
Andrew F. Charwat, Ph.D. Peretz P. Friedmann, Sc.D. H. Thomas Hahn, Ph.D. (Raytheon Company Professor Emeritus of Manufacturing Engineering) Walter C. Hurty, M.S. Robert E. Kelly, Sc.D. Michel A. Melkanoff, Ph.D. D. Lewis Mingori, Ph.D. Peter A. Monkewitz, Ph.D. Philip F. OBrien, M.S. David Okrent, Ph.D. Lucien A. Schmit, Jr., M.S. Richard Stern, Ph.D. Russell A. Westmann, Ph.D.
The ABET-accredited aerospace engineering program is concerned with the design and construction of various types of fixedwing and rotary-wing (helicopters) aircraft used for air transportation and national defense. It is also concerned with the design and construction of spacecraft, the exploration and utilization of space, and related technological fields. Aerospace engineering is characterized by a very high level of technology. The aerospace engineer is likely to operate at the forefront of scientific discoveries, often stimulating these discoveries and providing the inspiration for the creation of new scientific concepts. Meeting these demands requires the imaginative use of many disciplines, including fluid mechanics and aerodynamics, structural mechanics, materials and aeroelasticity, dynamics, control and guidance, propulsion, and energy conversion.
Department Mission
The mission of the Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering Department is to educate the nations future leaders in the science and art of mechanical and aerospace engineering. Further, the department seeks to expand the frontiers of engineering science and to encourage technological innovation while fostering academic excellence and scholarly learning in a collegial environment.
Associate Professors
Jeff D. Eldredge, Ph.D. Y. Sungtaek Ju, Ph.D. H. Pirouz Kavehpour, Ph.D. William S. Klug, Ph.D. Laurent Pilon, Ph.D.
96 / Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering Mathematics 31A, 31B, 32A, 32B, 33A, 33B; Physics 1A, 1B, 1C, 4AL, 4BL. two departmental breadth courses (Electrical Engineering 100 and Materials Science and Engineering 104 if one or both of these courses are taken as part of the technical breadth requirement, students must select a replacement upper division course or courses from the department except for Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 166A or, by petition, from outside the department); three technical breadth courses (12 units) selected from an approved list available in the Office of Academic and Student Affairs; two capstone design courses (Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 162B, 162M); and two major field elective courses (8 units) from Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 131A (unless taken as a required course), 131AL, C132A, 133A (unless taken as a required course), 133AL, 134, 135, 136, CM140, 150A, 150B, 150C, C150G, 150P, 150R, 153A, 155, 157A, 161A, 161B, 162C, 163A, 166C, M168, 169A, 171B, 172, 174, C175A, CM180, CM180L, 181A, 182B, 182C, 184, 185, C186, C187L. For information on University and general education requirements, see Requirements for B.S. Degrees on page 19 or http://www .registrar.ucla.edu/ge/. return it with their advisers signature by the end of the first term.
The Major
Required: Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 101, 102, 103, 105A, 107, 150A, 150B, 150P, 154S, 155 or 161A or 169A, 157A, 157S, 166A, 171A, 182A; two departmental breadth courses (Electrical Engineering 100 and Materials Science and Engineering 104 if one or both of these courses are taken as part of the technical breadth requirement, students must select a replacement upper division course or courses from the department except for Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 156A or, by petition, from outside the department); three technical breadth courses (12 units) selected from an approved list available in the Office of Academic and Student Affairs; two capstone design courses (Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 154A, 154B); and two major field elective courses (8 units) from Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 105D, 131A, 131AL, C132A, 133A, 133AL, 150C, C150G, 150R, 153A, 155 (unless taken as a required course), 161A (unless taken as a required course), 161B, 161C, 161D, 162A, 163A, 166C, M168, 169A (unless taken as a required course), 171B, 172, C175A, 181A, 182B, 182C, 183. For information on University and general education requirements, see Requirements for B.S. Degrees on page 19 or http://www .registrar.ucla.edu/ge/.
Graduate Study
For information on graduate admission, see Graduate Programs, page 23. The following introductory information is based on the 2010-11 edition of Program Requirements for UCLA Graduate Degrees. Complete annual editions of Program Requirements are available at http:// www.gdnet.ucla.edu/gasaa/library/pgmrq intro.htm. Students are subject to the degree requirements as published in Program Requirements for the year in which they enter the program. The Department of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering offers the Master of Science (M.S.) degree in Manufacturing Engineering, Master of Science (M.S.) and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) degrees in Aerospace Engineering, and Master of Science (M.S.) and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) degrees in Mechanical Engineering. All new M.S. and Ph.D. students who are pursuing an M.S. degree in the Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering Department must meet with their advisers in their first term at UCLA. The goal of the meeting is to discuss the students plans for satisfying the M.S. degree requirements. Students should obtain an M.S. planning form from the department Student Affairs Office and
The ABET-accredited mechanical engineering program is designed to provide basic knowledge in thermodynamics, fluid mechanics, heat transfer, solid mechanics, mechanical design, dynamics, control, mechanical systems, manufacturing, and materials. The program includes fundamental subjects important to all mechanical engineers.
The Major
Required: Electrical Engineering 110L, Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 101, 102, 103, 105A, 105D, 107, 131A or 133A, 156A, 157, 162A, 171A, 182A, 183;
Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering / 97 Mechanical Engineering Breadth Requirements. Students are required to take at least three courses from the following five categories: (1) Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 162A or 169A or 171A, (2) 150A or 150B, (3) 131A or 133A, (4) 156A, (5) 162B or 183. Graduate-Level Requirement. Students are required to take at least one course from the following: Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 231A, 231B, 231C, 250A, 250B, 255A, M256A, M256B, M269A, C271A, 294, or 297. The remaining courses can be taken to gain depth in one or more of the several specialty areas covering the existing major fields in the department. least five must be graduate courses. In the thesis plan, seven of the nine must be formal courses, including at least four from the 200 series. The remaining two may be 598 courses involving work on the thesis. In the comprehensive examination plan, no units of 500-series courses may be applied toward the minimum course requirement. Courses taken before the award of the bachelors degree may not be applied toward a graduate degree at UCLA. Choices may be made from the following major areas: Undergraduate Courses. No lower division courses may be applied toward graduate degrees. In addition, the following upper division courses are not applicable toward graduate degrees: Chemical Engineering 102A, 199; Civil and Environmental Engineering 106A, 108, 199; Computer Science M152A,152B, M171L, 199; Electrical Engineering 100, 101, 102, 103, 110L, M116L, M171L, 199; Materials Science and Engineering 110, 120, 130, 131, 131L, 132, 140, 141L, 150, 160, 161L, 199; Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 101, 102, 103, 105A, 105D, 107, 188, 194, 199. Upper Division Courses. Students are required to take at least three courses from the following: Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 163A, M168, 174, 183, 184, 185. Graduate Courses. Students are required to take at least three courses from the following: Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 263A, 263C, 263D, CM280A, 293, 294, 295A, 295B, 296A, 296B, 297. Additional Courses. The remaining courses may be taken from other major fields of study in the department or from the following: Architecture and Urban Design M226B, M227B, 227D; Computer Science 241A, 241B; Management 240A, 240D, 241A, 241B, 242A, 242B, 243B, 243C; Mathematics 120A, 120B. research or design project and submit a final report to the M.S. committee, or (3) take and pass three comprehensive examination questions offered in association with three graduate courses. Contact the department Student Affairs Office for more information.
Thesis Plan
The thesis must describe some original piece of research that has been done under the supervision of the thesis committee. Students would normally start to plan the thesis at least one year before the award of the M.S. degree is expected. There is no examination under the thesis plan.
Thesis Plan
The thesis must describe some original piece of research that has been done under the supervision of the thesis committee. Students should normally start to plan the thesis at least one year before the award of the M.S. degree is expected. There is no examination under the thesis plan.
Course Requirements
The basic program of study for the Ph.D. degree is built around major and minor fields. The established major fields are listed above, and a detailed syllabus describing each Ph.D. major field can be obtained from the Student Affairs Office. The program of study for the Ph.D. requires students to perform original research leading to a doctoral dissertation and to master a body of knowledge that encompasses material from their major field and breadth material from outside the major field. The body of knowledge should include (1) six
Course Requirements
Students may select either the thesis plan or comprehensive examination plan. At least nine courses are required, of which at
98 / Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering major field courses, at least four of which must be graduate courses, (2) one minor field, (3) any three additional courses, at least two of which must be graduate courses, that enhance the study of the major or minor field. The major field syllabus advises students as to which courses contain the required knowledge, and students usually prepare for the written qualifying examination (formerly referred to as the preliminary examination) by taking these courses. However, students can acquire such knowledge by taking similar courses at other universities or even by self-study. The minor field embraces a body of knowledge equivalent to three courses, at least two of which must be graduate courses. Minor fields are often subsets of major fields, and minor field requirements are then described in the syllabus of the appropriate major field. Established minor fields with no corresponding major field can also be used, such as applied mathematics and applied plasma physics and fusion engineering. Also, an ad hoc field can be used in exceptional circumstances, such as when certain knowledge is desirable for a program of study that is not available in established minor fields. Grades of B or better, with a grade-point average of at least 3.33 in all courses included in the minor field, and the three additional courses mentioned above are required. If students fail to satisfy the minor field requirements through coursework, a minor field examination may be taken (once only). mately equivalent in scope, length, and level to the written qualifying examination for an established major field. After passing the written qualifying examination, students take the University Oral Qualifying Examination within four calendar years from the time of admission into the Ph.D. program. The nature and content of the examination are at the discretion of the doctoral committee but include a review of the dissertation prospectus and may include a broad inquiry into the students preparation for research. Note: Doctoral Committees. A doctoral committee consists of a minimum of four members. Three members, including the chair, are inside members and must hold appointments in the Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering Department at UCLA. The outside member must be a UCLA faculty member outside the Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering Department. flow, reactive flows in porous media, as well as transport phenomena in support of microscale and nanoscale thermosciences, energy, bioMEMS/NEMS, and microfabrication/nanofabrication.
Fields of Study
Dynamics
Features of the dynamics field include dynamics and control of physical systems, including spacecraft, aircraft, helicopters, industrial manipulators; analytical studies of control of large space structures; experimental studies of electromechanical systems; and robotics.
Fluid Mechanics
The graduate program in fluid mechanics includes experimental, numerical, and theoretical studies related to a range of topics in fluid mechanics, such as turbulent flows, hypersonic flows, microscale and nanoscale flow phenomena, aeroacoustics, bio fluid mechanics, chemically reactive flows, chemical reaction kinetics, numerical methods for computational fluid dynamics (CFD), and experimental methods. The educational program for graduate students provides a strong foundational background in classical incompressible and compressible flows, while providing elective breadth courses in advanced specialty topics such as computational fluid dynamics, microfluidics, bio fluid mechanics, hypersonics, reactive flow, fluid stability, turbulence, and experimental methods.
Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering / 99 health monitoring, and analysis of adaptive structures.
tion pertaining to the application of modem diagnostic methods and computational tools to the development of improved combustion, propulsion, and fluid flow systems. Research is directed toward the development of fundamental engineering knowledge as well as tools for solving critical national problems, with current applications to improved engine efficiency, reduced emissions, alternative fuels, and advanced high-speed air breathing and rocket propulsion systems.
Facilities
The Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering Department has a number of experimental facilities at which both fundamental and applied research is being conducted. More information is at http://www.mae.ucla .edu.
nate measuring machine, a field emission scanning electron microscope, a scanning probe microscope, an FTIR, a rheometer, a thermal analysis system, an RCL analyzer, a microdielectric analyzer, an X-ray radiography machine, and a variety of mechanical testing machines.
imaging equipment for microstructural characterization for measurement and control study of thin film interface strength, NDE using laser ultrasound, de-icing of structural surfaces, and characterization of composites under multiaxial stress state.
Microsciences Laboratory
The Microsciences Laboratory is equipped with advanced sensors and imaging processors for exploring fundamental physical mechanisms in MEMS-based sciences.
Assistant Professors
Pei-Yu Chiou, Ph.D. (UC Berkeley, 2005) BioMEMS, biophotonics, electrokinetics, optical manipulation, optoelectronic devices Richard E. Wirz, Ph.D. (Caltech, 2005) Space and plasma propulsion, partially ionized plasma discharges, behavior of miniature plasma devices, spacecraft and space mission design, wind energy, solar thermal energy
Lecturers
Ravnesh Amar, Ph.D. (UCLA, 1974) Heat transfer and thermal science C.H. Chang, M.S. (UCLA, 1985), Emeritus Computer-aided manufacturing and numerical control Amiya K. Chatterjee, Ph.D. (UCLA, 1976) Elastic wave propagation and penetration dynamics Carl F. Ruoff, Ph.D. (Caltech, 1993) Robotics, computing, mechanical design, instrument technology, technology management Alexander Samson, Ph.D. (U. New South Wales, 1968), Emeritus Electromechanical system design, mechanical design, design of mechanical energy systems
Adjunct Professors
Leslie M. Lackman, Ph.D. (UC Berkeley, 1967) Structural analysis and design, composite structures, engineering management Wilbur J. Marner, Ph.D. (South Carolina, 1969) Thermal sciences, system design Neil B. Morley, Ph.D. (UCLA, 1994) Experimental and computational fluid mechanics Robert S. Shaefer, Ph.D. (UCLA, 1985) Radiation interaction with materials, microstructure evolution modeling, plasma and laser processing, fusion technology research, fusion reactor component design, material property RDMBS databases Ronaldo Szilard, Ph.D. (UCLA, 1992) Nuclear engineering, nuclear reload licensing, core design, core monitoring processes, and nuclear methods development
Associate Professors
Jeff D. Eldredge, Ph.D. (Caltech, 2002) Numerical simulations of fluid dynamics, bioinspired locomotion in fluids, transition and turbulence of high-speed flows, aerodynamically generated sound, vorticity-based numerical methods, simulations of biomedical flows Y. Sungtaek Ju, Ph.D. (Stanford, 1999) Heat transfer, thermodynamics, microelectromechanical and nanoelectromechanical systems (MEMS/NEMS), magnetism, nano-bio technology H. Pirouz Kavehpour, Ph.D. (MIT, 2003) Microscale fluid mechanics, transport phenomena in biological systems, physics of contact line phenomena, complex fluids, nonisothermal flows, micro- and nano-heat guides, microtribology William S. Klug, Ph.D. (Caltech, 2003) Computational structural and solid mechanics, finite element methods, computational biomechanics, nanomechanics of biological systems Laurent Pilon, Ph.D. (Purdue, 2002) Interfacial and transport phenomena, radiation transfer, materials synthesis, multi-phase flow, heterogeneous media
Professors Emeriti
Andrew F. Charwat, Ph.D. (UC Berkeley, 1952) Experimental fluid mechanics, two-phase flow, ocean thermal energy conversion
neering systems using modern data acquisition and processing techniques. Experiments include studies of heat transfer phenomena and testing of cooling tower, heat exchanger, and internal combustion engine. Students take and analyze data and discuss physical phenomena. Letter grading. Mr. Mills (Not offered 2010-11) C132A. Mass Transfer. (4) (Formerly numbered 132A.) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses 105D, 131A. Principles of mass transfer by diffusion and convection. Simultaneous heat and mass transfer. Transport in multicomponent systems. Thermal, forced, and pressure diffusion, Brownian diffusion. Analysis of evaporative and transpiration cooling, catalysis, and combustion. Mass exchangers, including automobile catalytic converters, electrostatic precipitators, filters, scrubbers, humidifiers, and cooling towers. Concurrently scheduled with course C232A. Letter grading. Mr. Mills (Sp) 133A. Engineering Thermodynamics. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, six hours. Requisites: courses 103, 105A. Applications of thermodynamic principles to engineering processes. Energy conversion systems. Rankine cycle and other cycles, refrigeration, psychrometry, reactive and nonreactive fluid flow systems. Letter grading. Mr. Catton (F,Sp) 133AL. Power Conversion Thermodynamics Laboratory. (4) Laboratory, eight hours; outside study, four hours. Requisites: courses 133A, and 157 or 157S. Experimental study of power conversion and heat transfer systems using state-of-art plant process instrumentation and equipment. Experiments include studies of thermodynamic operating characteristics of actual Brayton cycle, Rankine cycle, compressive refrigeration unit, and absorption refrigeration unit. Letter grading. Mr. Catton (Sp) 134. Design and Operation of Thermal Hydraulic Power Systems. (4) Lecture, three hours; laboratory, three hours; outside study, six hours. Requisites: courses 133A, 133AL. Thermal hydraulic design, maintenance and operation of power systems, gas turbines, steam turbines, centrifugal refrigeration units, absorption refrigeration units, compressors, valves and piping systems, and instrumentation and control systems. Letter grading. Mr. Catton (Not offered 2010-11) 135. Fundamentals of Nuclear Science and Engineering. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, six hours. Requisites: Chemistry 20A, Mathematics 33B. Review of nuclear physics, radioactivity and decay, and radiation interaction with matter. Nuclear fission and fusion processes and mass defect, chain reactions, criticality, neutron diffusion and multiplication, heat transfer issues, and applications. Introduction to nuclear power plants for commercial electricity production, space power, spacecraft propulsion, nuclear fusion, and nuclear science for medical uses. Letter grading. Mr. Morley (Sp) 136. Energy and Environment. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, six hours. Requisite: course 105D. Recommended: courses 131A, 133A. Global energy use and supply, electrical power generation, fossil fuel and nuclear power plants, renewable energy such as hydropower, biomass, geothermal, solar, wind, and ocean, fuel cells, transportation, energy conservation, air and water pollution, global warming. Letter grading. Mr. Mills (W) CM140. Introduction to Biomechanics. (4) (Same as Biomedical Engineering CM140.) Lecture, four hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, six hours. Requisites: courses 101, 102, 156A. Introduction to mechanical functions of human body; skeletal adaptations to optimize load transfer, mobility, and function. Dynamics and kinematics. Fluid mechanics applications. Heat and mass transfer. Power generation. Laboratory simulations and tests. Concurrently scheduled with course CM240. Letter grading. Mr. Gupta (W)
150A. Intermediate Fluid Mechanics. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Enforced requisites: courses 103, 182A. Basic equations governing fluid motion. Fundamental solutions of Navier/Stokes equations. Lubrication theory. Elementary potential flow theory. Boundary layers. Turbulent flow in pipes and boundary layers. Compressible flow: normal shocks, channel flow with friction or heat addition. Letter grading. Mr. Eldredge, Ms. Karagozian (F,W) 150B. Aerodynamics. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, six hours. Requisites: courses 103, 150A. Advanced aspects of potential flow theory. Incompressible flow around thin airfoils (lift and moment coefficients) and wings (lift, induced drag). Gas dynamics: oblique shocks, Prandtl/Meyer expansion. Linearized subsonic and supersonic flow around thin airfoils and wings. Wave drag. Transonic flow. Letter grading. Mr. Zhong (Sp) 150C. Combustion Systems. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses 103, 105A. Chemical thermodynamics of ideal gas mixtures, premixed and diffusion flames, explosions and detonations, combustion chemistry, high explosives. Combustion processes in rocket, turbine, and internal combustion engines; heating applications. Letter grading. Ms. Karagozian, Mr. Smith (W) C150G. Fluid Dynamics of Biological Systems. (4) (Formerly numbered 150D.) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 103. Mechanics of aquatic locomotion; insect and bird flight aerodynamics; pulsatile flow in circulatory system; rheology of blood; transport in microcirculation; role of fluid dynamics in arterial diseases. Concurrently scheduled with course C250G. Letter grading. Mr. Eldredge (Not offered 2010-11) 150P. Aircraft Propulsion Systems. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, six hours. Requisites: courses 105A, 150A. Thermodynamic properties of gases, aircraft jet engine cycle analysis and component performance, component matching, advanced aircraft engine topics. Letter grading. Ms. Karagozian, Mr. Smith (F) 150R. Rocket Propulsion Systems. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Requisites: courses 103, 105A. Not open to students with credit for both courses 161B and 161R. Rocket propulsion concepts, including chemical rockets (liquid, gas, and solid propellants), hybrid rocket engines, electric (ion, plasma) rockets, nuclear rockets, and solar-powered vehicles. Current issues in launch vehicle technologies. Letter grading. Ms. Karagozian, Mr. Smith (Sp) 153A. Engineering Acoustics. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, two hours; outside study, six hours. Designed for junior/senior engineering majors. Fundamental course in acoustics; propagation of sound; sources of sound. Design of field measurements. Estimation of jet and blade noise with design aspects. Letter grading. Mr. Eldredge (Not offered 2010-11) 154A. Preliminary Design of Aircraft. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Requisite: course 154S. Classical preliminary design of aircraft, including weight estimation, performance and stability, and control consideration. Term assignment consists of preliminary design of low-speed aircraft. Letter grading. Mr. Bendiksen (W) 154B. Design of Aerospace Structures. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses 154A, 166A. Design of aircraft, helicopter, spacecraft, and related structures. External loads, internal stresses. Applied theory of thin-walled structures. Material selection, design using composite materials. Design for fatigue prevention and structural optimization. Field trips to aerospace companies. Letter grading. Mr. Bendiksen (Sp) 154S. Flight Mechanics, Stability, and Control of Aircraft. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, one hour; outside study, seven hours. Requisites: courses 150A, 150B. Aircraft performance, flight mechanics, stability, and control; some basic ingredients needed
Graduate Courses
231A. Convective Heat Transfer Theory. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses 131A, 182B. Recommended: course 250A. Conservation equations for flow of real fluids. Analysis of heat transfer in laminar and turbulent, incompressible and compressible flows. Internal and external flows; free convection. Variable wall temperature; effects of variable fluid properties. Analogies among convective transfer processes. Letter grading. Ms. Lavine (W) 231B. Radiation Heat Transfer. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 105D. Radiative properties of materials and radiative energy transfer. Emphasis on fundamental concepts, including energy levels and electromagnetic waves as well as analytical methods for calculating radiative properties and radiation transfer in absorbing, emitting, and scattering media. Applications cover lasermaterial interactions in addition to traditional areas such as combustion and thermal insulation. Letter grading. Mr. Pilon (F) 231C. Phase Change Heat Transfer and TwoPhase Flow. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisites: courses 131A, 150A. Twophase flow, boiling, and condensation. Generalized constitutive equations for two-phase flow. Phenomenological theories of boiling and condensation, including forced flow effects. Letter grading. Mr. Catton (Sp) 231G. Microscopic Energy Transport. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Requisite: course 105D. Heat carriers (photons, electronics, phonons, molecules) and their energy characteristics, statistical properties of heat carriers, scattering and propagation of heat carriers, Boltzmann trans-
Graduate Study
For information on graduate admission, see Graduate Programs, page 23. The following introductory information is based on the 2010-11 edition of Program Requirements for UCLA Graduate Degrees. Complete annual editions of Program Requirements are available at http://www .gdnet.ucla.edu/gasaa/library/pgmrq intro.htm. Students are subject to the degree requirements as published in Program Requirements for the year in which they enter the program.
and application of CFD codes for solving practical aerospace problems. If students have taken Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 150B, 154B, and 171B or the equivalent at their undergraduate institutions, they can take other onlineoffered courses, approved by the area director, as substitute courses. In addition, students are required to complete a project on a topic related to the three major areas of this program. Computer Networking Mario Gerla, Ph.D. (Computer Science), Director; [email protected] Three undergraduate elective courses complement the basic background of the undergraduate electrical engineering or computer science degree with concepts in security, sensors, and wireless communications. The graduate courses expose students to key applications and research areas in the network and distributed systems field. Two required graduate courses cover the Internet and emerging sensor embedded systems. The electives probe different applications domains, including wireless mobile networks, security, network management, distributed P2P systems, and multimedia applications. Electronic Materials Ya-Hong Xie, Ph.D. (Materials Science and Engineering), Director; [email protected] The electronic materials program provides students with a knowledge set that is highly relevant to the semiconductor industry. The program has four essential attributes: theoretical background, applied knowledge, exposure to theoretical approaches, and introduction to the emerging field of microelectronics, namely organic electronics. All faculty members have industrial experience and are currently conducting active research in these subject areas. Integrated Circuits Dejan Markovic, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering), Director; [email protected] The integrated circuits program includes analog integrated circuit (IC) design, design and modeling of VLSI circuits and systems, RF circuit and system design, signaling and synchronization, VLSI signal processing, and communication system design. Summer courses are not yet offered in this program; therefore it cannot currently be completed in two calendar years. Manufacturing and Design Daniel C.H. Yang, Ph.D. (Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering), Director; dyang@ seas.ucla.edu
The manufacturing and design program covers a broad spectrum of fundamental and advanced topics, including mechanical systems, digital control systems, microdevices and nanodevices, wireless systems, failure of materials, composites, and computational geometry. The program prepares students with the higher educational background that is necessary for todays rapidly changing technology needs. Mechanics of Structures Ajit K. Mal, Ph.D. (Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering), Director; [email protected] The mechanics of structures program provides students with the knowledge required for the analysis and synthesis of modern engineered structures. The fundamental concepts of linear and nonlinear elasticity, plasticity, fracture mechanics, finite element analysis, and mechanics of composites and structural vibrations are developed in a series of undergraduate and graduate courses. These concepts are then applied in solving industry-relevant problems in a number of graduate-level courses. Students develop hands-on experience in using finite element packages for solving realistic structural analysis problems. Signal Processing and Communications Kung Yao, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering), Director; [email protected] The program provides training in a set of related topics in signal processing and communications. Students receive advanced training in multimedia systems from the fundamentals of media representation and compression through transmission of signals over communications links and networks. System Engineering Peter S. Pao, Ph.D. (Computer Science), Director; [email protected] System engineering has broad applications that include software, hardware, materials, and electrical and mechanical systems. A set of four core courses is offered that form the foundation of the system engineering program. The sequence of courses is designed for working professionals who are faced with design, development, support, and maintenance of complex systems. For students who already hold an M.S. degree, a separate certificate of completion of the system engineering program can be earned by completing three of the core courses. See http://msengrol.seas.ucla .edu/areas-of-study for further information.
Graduate Study
For information on graduate admission to the schoolwide engineering programs and requirements for the Engineer degree and
in biology and human social collectives, but also exists in certain physical processes such as earthquakes and some chemical reactions. Complexity also deals with how such systems undergo sudden changes, including catastrophic breakdowns, in absence of external force or central influence. Key aspect of biological and social collectives is their nature as complex adaptive systems, where individuals and groups adjust their behavior to external conditions. In biological and social systems, complexity science goes beyond traditional mathematics and statistics in its use of multiagent computational models that better capture these complex, adaptive, and self-organizing phenomena. Letter grading. Mr. Bragin (F) 19. Fiat Lux Freshman Seminars. (1) Seminar, one hour. Discussion of and critical thinking about topics of current intellectual importance, taught by faculty members in their areas of expertise and illuminating many paths of discovery at UCLA. P/NP grading. 87. Introduction to Engineering Disciplines. (4) Lecture, four hours; discussion, four hours; outside study, four hours. Introduction to engineering as professional opportunity for freshman students by exploring difference between engineering disciplines and functions engineers perform. Development of skills and techniques for academic excellence through team process. Investigation of national need underlying current effort to increase participation of historically underrepresented groups in U.S. technological work force. Letter grading. Mr. Wesel (F) 95. Internship Studies in Engineering. (2 to 4) Tutorial, two to four hours. Limited to freshmen/sophomores. Internship studies course supervised by associate dean or designated faculty members. Further supervision to be provided by organization for which students are doing internship. Students may be required to meet on regular basis with instructor and provide periodic reports of their experience. May not be applied toward major requirements. Normally, only 4 units of internship are allowed. Individual contract with associate dean required. P/NP grading. Mr. Wesel (F,W,Sp) 98. What Students Need to Know about Careers in Engineering. (2) Seminar, two hours. Introduction to skills and aptitudes that most engineers require in their careers and description of big picture of engineering careers. Integrating framework provided to relate specifics of engineering courses to real world of engineer and roadmap of extracurricular activity that strengthens skills needed to acquire good jobs and achieve career success. P/NP grading. Mr. Silverstein (F,W,Sp) 99. Student Research Program. (1 to 2) Tutorial (supervised research or other scholarly work), three hours per week per unit. Entry-level research for lower division students under guidance of faculty mentor. Students must be in good academic standing and enrolled in minimum of 12 units (excluding this course). Individual contract required; consult Undergraduate Research Center. May be repeated. P/NP grading.
Graduate Courses
200. Program Management Principles for Engineers and Professionals. (4) Lecture, four hours; outside study, eight hours. Designed for graduate students. Practical review of necessary processes and procedures to successfully manage technology programs. Review of fundamentals of program planning, organizational structure, implementation, and performance tracking methods to provide program manag-
cal engineering, medicine, and applied mathematics. CDSC offers many research opportunities for graduate students, and also provides summer research fellowship programs for high school and undergraduate students. The core funding for CDSC is provided by the National Science Foundation with a $10 million award from the 2009 Expedition in Computing Program. This program, established in 2008 by the NSF Directorate for Computer and Information Science and Engineering (CISE), provides the CISE research and education community with the opportunity to pursue ambitious, fundamental research agenda that promise to define the future of computing and information and to render great benefit to society.
114 / Externally Funded Research Centers and Institutes partnership of UCLA, UC Riverside, UC Merced, USC, and Caltech. The center's current research portfolio encompasses projects across nine technology and applications areas, examples of which include development and deployment of new measurement tools and techniques to identify the sources and fates of chemIcal and biological pollutants in natural, urban, and agricultural watersheds and coastal zones development of cameras and image analysis approaches that assist scientists in making biological observations. Together, the camera and analysis systems comprise a new type of biosensor that takes measurements otherwise unobservable to humans harnessing the technological power of mobile phones and the ubiquitous wireless infrastructure for applications in areas as diverse as public health, environmental protection, urban planning, and cultural expression, each of which is influenced by independent personal behaviors adding up in space and time can be easily assembled from intelligently designed building blocks (molecules, nanoparticles, and polymers), and have the potential to deliver transformative economic benefits in comparison with current crystalline- and polycrystalline-based energy technologies. A great deal of the center's research is aimed at understanding the basic science issues in energy-related materials phenomena. These advances will enable rational design, efficient synthesis, and effective deployment of novel materials for energy applications. As global energy demands continue, the centers work will be essential in helping to make alternative and renewable energy a viable resource for the 21st century. manufacturers are rapidly approaching the physical limits posed by current chipmaking processes. Researchers seek to resolve a number of issues related to postCMOS technologies that allow them to extend semiconductor technology further into the realm of the nanoscale.
Index
A
Academic Residence Requirement, 19 Active Materials Laboratory, 99 Admission to the School as a Freshman, 16 as a Graduate Student, 24 as a Transfer Student, 16 Admission to the School, 16 Advanced Placement Tests, Credit for, 16 Advanced Soil Mechanics Laboratory, 49 Advising, 21 Artificial Intelligence Laboratories, 62 Artificial Intelligence Laboratory, 62 Autonomous Vehicle Systems Instrumentation Laboratory, 99 Environmental Engineering Minor, 46 Facilities, 49 Faculty Areas of Thesis Guidance, 50 Fields of Study, 48 Graduate Study, 47 Instructional Laboratories, 49 Research Laboratories, 49 Cognitive Systems Laboratory, 62 Collaborative Design Laboratory, 62 Collective on Vision and Image Sciences, UCLA, 62 Compilers Laboratory, 63 Computational Cardiology Laboratory, 62 Computational Fluid Dynamics Laboratory, 99 Computational Systems Biology Laboratories, 62 Computer Communications Laboratory, 63 Computer Graphics and Vision Laboratories, 62 Computer Networks Laboratories, 62 Computer Science Department, 56 Bachelor of Science Degrees, 57, 123124 Computing Resources, 64 Course Descriptions, 65 Facilities, 62 Faculty Areas of Thesis Guidance, 64 Fields of Study, 59 Graduate Study, 58 Computer Science Theory Laboratories, 63 Computer Systems Architecture Laboratories, 63 Concurrent Systems Laboratory, 63 Continuing Education, UCLA Extension, 7 Correspondence Directory, 6 Endowed Chairs, 4 Energy Frontier Research Center, 114 Environmental Engineering Laboratories, 49 Environmental Engineering Minor, 46 Ethics Requirement, 20 Experimental Fracture Mechanics Laboratory, 49, 50 Experimental Mechanics Laboratory, 50 Externally Funded Research Centers and Institutes, 113
F
Fees and Financial Support, 8 Graduate Students, 10 Undergraduate Students, 9 Fellowships, 10 Fluid Mechanics Research Laboratory, 99 Fusion Science and Technology Center, 99
B
Bachelor of Science Degrees, Requirements for, 19 Biocybernetics Laboratory, 62 Bioengineering Department, 25 Bachelor of Science Degree, 25, 116 Course Descriptions, 26 Faculty Areas of Thesis Guidance, 26 Graduate Study, 26 Biomedical Engineering Interdepartmental Program, 28 Course Descriptions, 31 Fields of Study, 29 Graduate Study, 29 Biomedical Engineering Laboratory, 62 Biomolecular Engineering Laboratories, 39 Building Earthquake Instrumentation Network, 49
G
General Education Requirements, 20 Glass and Ceramics Research Laboratories, 90 Grade Disputes, 2, 14 Grading Policy, 13 Grants, 9
H
Harassment, 14 Heat Transfer Laboratories, 100 High-Performance Internet Laboratory, 63 Honors Deans Honors List, 21 Latin Honors, 22 Human/Computer Interface Laboratory, 62
D
Data Mining Laboratory, 63 Degrees Bachelor of Science (B.S.), 19 Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.), 23 Engineer (Engr.), 23 Master of Engineering (M.Engr.), 23 Master of Science (M.S.), 23 Master of Science in Engineering (online), 23 Department Requirements, 21 Departmental Scholar Program, 13 Digital Arithmetic and Reconfigurable Architecture Laboratory, 63 Distributed Simulation Laboratory, 63
C
Career Services, 8 CENS Systems Laboratory, 62 Center for Cell Control, 113 Center for Domain-Specific Computing 113 Center for Embedded Networked Sensing, 113 Center for Excellence in Engineering and Diversity (CEED), 11 Center for High-Frequency Electronics, 77 Center for Image and Vision Science (CIVS), 62 Center for Information and Computation Security (CICS), 63 Center on Functional Engineered Nano Architectonics, 114 Ceramic Processing Laboratory, 90 CEWS Systems Laboratory, 62 Chemical and Biomolecular Engineering Department, 36 Bachelor of Science Degree, 37, 117121 Course Descriptions, 41 Facilities, 39 Faculty Areas of Thesis Guidance, 41 Graduate Study, 38 Chemical Kinetics, Catalysis, Reaction Engineering, and Combustion Laboratory, 39 Circuits Laboratories, 78 Civil and Environmental Engineering Department, 45 Bachelor of Science Degree, 46, 122 Course Descriptions, 51
I
Information and Data Management Laboratories, 63 Institutes, Externally Funded, 113 Instructional Computer Facility, 7 Internet Research Laboratory, 63
K
Keck Laboratory for Computer Vision, 62 Knowledge-Based Multimedia Medical Distributed Database Systems Laboratory, 63
L
Laboratory for Advanced System Research, 64 Large-Scale Structure Test Facility, 50 Library Facilities Science and Engineering Library (SEL), 7 University Library System, 7 Living Accommodations, 9 Loans, 9
E
Electrical Engineering Department, 72 Bachelor of Science Degree, 73, 125127 Computing Resources, 77 Course Descriptions, 81 Facilities and Programs, 77 Faculty Areas of Thesis Guidance, 79 Graduate Study, 74 Research Centers and Laboratories, 77 Electrochemical Engineering and Catalysis Laboratories, 40 Electromagnetics Laboratories, 78 Electron Microscopy Laboratories, 90 Electronic Materials Processing Laboratory, 40 Embedded and Reconfigurable System Design Laboratory, 63
M
Master of Science in Engineering Online Program, 108 Graduate Study, 108 Materials and Plasma Chemistry Laboratory, 40 Materials Degradation Characterization Laboratory, 100
132 / Index
Materials Science and Engineering Department, 88 Bachelor of Science Degree, 88, 128129 Course Descriptions, 92 Facilities, 90 Faculty Areas of Thesis Guidance, 90 Fields of Study, 90 Graduate Study, 89 Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering Department, 95 Bachelor of Science Degrees, 95, 115, 130 Course Descriptions, 101 Facilities, 99 Faculty Areas of Thesis Guidance, 100 Fields of Study, 98 Graduate Study, 96 Mechanical Testing Laboratory, 90 Mechanical Vibrations Laboratory, 49 Metallographic Sample Preparation Laboratory, 90 Micro and Nano Manufacturing Laboratory, 100 Microsciences Laboratory, 100 Modeling Animation and Graphics Laboratory (MAGIX), 62 Multifunctional Composites Laboratory, 100 Multimedia Stream System Laboratory, 63 Multimedia Systems Laboratory, 63
O
Official publications, 13 Optical Metrology Laboratory, 50 Organic Electronic Materials Processing Laboratory, 90
P
Parallel Computing Laboratory, 64 Photonics and Optoelectronics Laboratories, 78 Plasma and Beam Assisted Manufacturing Laboratory, 100 Plasma Electronics Facilities, 78 Plasma Propulsion Laboratory, 100 Polymer and Separations Research Laboratory, 40 Precollege Outreach Programs, 11 Prizes and Awards, 13 Process Systems Engineering Laboratory, 41
Soil Mechanics Laboratory, 49, 50 Solid-State Electronics Facilities, 78 Special Programs, Activities, and Awards, 11 Structural Design and Testing Laboratory, 49 Student and Honorary Societies, 13 Student Organizations, 12 Study List, 21 Subsonic Wind Tunnel, 100
T
Teaching Assistantships, 10 Technical Breadth Requirement, 20 Theory Laboratory, 63 Thin Film Deposition Laboratory, 90 Thin Films, Interfaces, Composites, Characterization Laboratory, 100
U
Unit Requirement, 19 University Requirements, 19
R
Reinforced Concrete Laboratory, 49 Research Centers, Externally Funded, 113
V
Vision Laboratory, UCLA, 62 VLSI CAD Laboratory, 63
S
Scholarship Requirement, 19 Scholarships, 9 School Requirements, 19 Schoolwide Programs, Courses, and Faculty, 110 Course Descriptions, 110 Faculty Areas of Thesis Guidance, 110 Graduate Study, 110 Semiconductor and Optical Characterization Laboratory, 90 Services for Students with Disabilities, 8 Shop Services Center, 7 Software Systems Laboratories, 63 Software Systems Laboratory, 64
W
Web Information Systems Laboratory, UCLA, 63 Western Institute of Nanoelectronics, 114 Women in Engineering, 12 Work-Study Programs, 10 Writing Requirement, 19
N
Nanoelectronics Research Facility, 78 Nano-Materials Laboratory, 90 Nanoparticle Technology and Air Quality Engineering Laboratory, 40 Network Research Laboratory, 63 Nondestructive Testing Laboratory, 90 Nondiscrimination, 14
X
X-Ray Diffraction Laboratory, 90 X-Ray Photoelectron Spectroscopy and Atomic Force Microscopy Facility, 90
Academic Calendar
Fall 2010 First day for continuing students to check URSA at http://www.ursa.ucla.edu for assigned enrollment appointments URSA enrollment appointments begin Registration fee payment deadline QUARTER BEGINS Instruction begins Last day for undergraduates to ADD courses with per-course fee through URSA Last day for undergraduates to DROP nonimpacted courses without a transcript notation (with per-transaction fee through URSA) Last day for undergraduates to change grading basis (optional P/NP) with per-transaction fee through URSA Instruction ends Final examinations QUARTER ENDS HSSEAS Commencement Academic and administrative holidays June 9 Winter 2011 October 26, 2010 Spring 2011 February 2, 2011
November 5 December 3 December 6-10 December 10 November 11 November 25-26 December 24-25 December 30-31 December 24January 2
Winter Campus Closure* *Revised plan for winter holiday closure under review.
Admission Calendar
Fall 2010 Filing period for undergraduate applications (file with UC Undergraduate Application Processing Service, P.O. Box 23460, Oakland, CA 94623-0460) Last day to file application for graduate admission or readmission with complete credentials and application fee, with Graduate Admissions/Student and Academic Affairs, 1255 Murphy Hall, UCLA, Los Angeles, CA 90024-1428 Reentering students eligible to enroll begin to receive URSA notification letter at their mailing address Last day to file Undergraduate Application for Readmission form at 1113 Murphy Hall (late applicants pay a late fee) November 1-30, 2009 Consult department Winter 2011 Spring 2011
Consult department
Consult department
October 29 November 2
February 4 February 25